Product Guide Low Res
PRODUCT AND
ACCESSORY CATALOG
ELITE SERIES®
CONTRACTOR SERIES
GARAGE DOOR
OPENERS
PREMIUM SERIES
GARAGE DOOR
OPENERS
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Why LiftMaster ?...................................................................................................................................................... 3
®
LiftMaster Garage Door Openers.................................................................................................................. 5
Comparison Chart................................................................................................................................................... 6
Elite Series .................................................................................................................................................................. 8
®
8500 DC Battery Backup Capable Wall Mount............................................................................................................................................ 10
8550 DC Battery Backup Belt Drive............................................................................................................................................................. 11
8587 3/4 HP AC Chain Drive........................................................................................................................................................................ 12
8557 3/4 HP AC Belt Drive........................................................................................................................................................................... 13
Premium Series...................................................................................................................................................... 14
8360 DC Battery Backup Capable Chain Drive........................................................................................................................................... 16
8355 1/2 HP AC Belt Drive .......................................................................................................................................................................... 17
3240 1/2 HP AC Screw Drive....................................................................................................................................................................... 18
8365-267 1/2 HP AC Chain Drive................................................................................................................................................................ 19
Contractor Series................................................................................................................................................. 20
8165 1/2 HP AC Chain Drive........................................................................................................................................................................ 22
8155 1/2 HP AC Belt Drive........................................................................................................................................................................... 23
8065 1/2 HP AC Chain Drive........................................................................................................................................................................ 24
Rails for Operators.............................................................................................................................................. 25
MODEL NUMBER LOGIC CHART
1st digit = Generation
®
8 = Security+ 2.0 /MyQ
™
2nd digit = Series
3rd digit = Drive
4th digit = Motor
5 = Elite
3 = Premium
1 = Contractor
0 = Contractor/Square
0 = Direct
4 = Screw
5 = Belt
6 = Chain
8 = I-Beam Chain,
2‑Speed Sprocket
Chain
0 = DC
5 = AC 1/2 HP
7 = AC 3/4 HP
Example: 8550 = 8 (Security+ 2.0 /MyQ) + 5 (Elite Series) + 5 (Belt Drive) + 0 (DC Motor)
™
All LiftMaster Garage Door Openers follow this logic except for the 3240 model.
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
OPEN YOUR
WORLD WITH
LIFTMASTER
®
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
WHY LIFTMASTER
®
For over 45 years, LiftMaster has been exceeding expectations by providing
peace of mind through expert service and innovative solutions.
®
This catalog gives you access to our entire product and accessory lines. The
latest advances like our MyQ Technology, Security+ 2.0 , Battery Backup
and our specially designed P3 Motors allow our products to best serve
specific needs while staying safe and connected at all times.
®
™
™
LiftMaster provides products and access solutions for homes and businesses
worldwide. We are committed to providing quality products, innovative designs
and comprehensive services which go beyond our Customers’ expectations.
3
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
PEACE OF MIND
FROM ANYWHERE
Apple and iPhone are registered trademarks of Apple Inc.
®
®
LIFTMASTER GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
®
LiftMaster Garage Door Openers are engineered with advanced safety features and
the latest technology, making each one a reliable solution that’s sure to fit the needs of
any home.
®
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
We guarantee the highest level of performance in our Garage Door Openers by focusing
on four unique features within our product line.
BATTERY BACKUP
LiftMaster has a patented system to ensure that your Garage Door Opener continues to operate
during power outages.
CONNECTIVITY
LiftMaster Garage Door Openers help you stay connected to your home while you’re away with
your smartphone, tablet or computer, giving you greater control, information and access.
P3 MOTORS
™
LiftMaster designs our own purpose-built motor to meet the exact requirements needed to
move the heaviest moving object in your home.
SAFETY AND SECURITY
LiftMaster Garage Door Openers have security features designed to help safeguard your home,
giving you greater peace of mind.
Our line of Garage Door Openers provides a variety of solutions to serve specific household
needs while never compromising safety and security to ensure peace of mind.
5
COMPARISON
CHART
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
Series
Elite
Elite
Elite
Elite
Premium
Model Number
8500
8550
8587
8557
8360
DC Wall Mount
DC Belt
3/4 HP AC Chain
3/4 HP AC Belt
DC Chain
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Description
Timer-to-Close
Backwards Compatible
Remote (MAX)
LCD Programming
Menu
Soft Start/Stop
Yes
Yes
Yes
Capable
Battery Backup*
Capable
Yes
Motion Detection
Light Activation
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
MyQ Technology*
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Security+ 2.0 *
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
®
™
Reduced Standby
Power (Approx.
1 Watt)
Electronic Limit/
Automatic Force
Tri-Band Radio
(310, 315 and
390 MHz)
Maintenance Alert
System
Motor Vibration
Isolation System
(MVIS )
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Light/Lock Functions
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
888LM MyQ
Control Panel
880LM Smart
Control Panel
880LM Smart
Control Panel
880LM Smart
Control Panel
886LM Motion
Control Panel
895MAX 3-Button
895MAX 3-Button
895MAX 3-Button
895MAX 3-Button
893LM 3-Button
2 x 100 Watts, Side
to Side
2 x 100 Watts, Front
to Back
®
Control Panel
Remote Control
Remote Light, Power
Lock Deadbolt
485LM Battery
2 x 100 Watts,
Remote Fixture
2 x 100 Watts, Side
to Side
I-Beam Rail, 2-Speed
Sprocket, Sensor
Extension Brackets,
Chassis Support
Bracket
2 x 100 Watts, Side
to Side
Motor Warranty
Lifetime
Lifetime
Lifetime
Lifetime
Lifetime
Parts Warranty
5 Years
5 Years
5 Years
5 Years
1 Year
Other Warranty
1 Year Battery
(Optional)
Lifetime Belt, 1 Year
Battery
Lifetime Belt
1 Year Battery
(Optional)
Previous Model
3800
3850
3585
N/A
Additional
Components
Lighting
3595
*Top Consumer Features
6
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
Premium
Premium
Contractor
Contractor
Contractor
8355
3240
8365-267
8165
8155
8065
1/2 HP AC Belt
1/2 HP AC Screw
1/2 HP AC Chain
1/2 HP AC Chain
1/2 HP AC Belt
1/2 HP AC Chain
Series
Model Number
Description
Timer-to-Close
Backwards Compatible
Remote (MAX)
LCD Programming
Menu
Soft Start/Stop
Battery Backup*
Motion Detection
Light Activation
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
MyQ Technology*
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Security+ 2.0 *
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
®
™
Reduced Standby
Power (Approx.
1 Watt)
Electronic Limit/
Automatic Force
Tri-Band Radio
(310, 315 and
390 MHz)
Maintenance Alert
System
Motor Vibration
Isolation System
(MVIS )
®
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Light/Lock Functions
882LM MultiFunction Control
Panel
78LM MultiFunction Control
Panel
882LM MultiFunction Control
Panel
882LM MultiFunction Control
Panel
882LM MultiFunction Control
Panel
883LM Door
Button
893LM 3-Button
373LM 3-Button
893LM 3-Button
891LM 1-Button
891LM 1-Button
891LM 1-Button
2nd 893LM +
877LM Wireless
Keyless Entry
Control Panel
Remote Control
Additional
Components
2 x 100 Watts,
Front to Back
2 x 100 Watts,
Front to Back
2 x 100 Watts,
Front to Back
1 x 100 Watts,
Front
1 x 100 Watts,
Front
1 x 75 Watts,
Front
Lifetime
Lifetime
Lifetime
4 Years
4 Years
4 Years
Motor Warranty
1 Year
1 Year
1 Year
1 Year
1 Year
1 Year
Parts Warranty
Lifetime Belt
3280
10 Year Belt
N/A
3265-267
3255
3270
Lighting
Other Warranty
1355
Previous Model
7
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
Premium
ELITE
SERIES
8550 DC Battery Backup
Belt Drive
®
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
LIFTMASTER ELITE SERIES IS
HOME TO OUR TOP-OF-THE-LINE
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS.
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
®
®
For those looking to replace or upgrade
their Garage Door Opener, this series
offers the best advances in technology
and engineering, while remaining a
reliable, secure access solution to
any garage.
Powers up when the power is down with the reliability of
Battery Backup.
CONNECTIVITYPERFORMANCE
•LiftMaster MyQ Technology enables secure
®
• P3 Motors from LiftMaster are reliable, durable
™
monitoring and control of Garage Door Openers and
and powerful—designed specifically for the
houselights with a smartphone, tablet or computer
homeowner’s needs.
(when paired with the Internet Gateway).
• Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push)
notifications on a mobile device, so that the
status of the garage door and houselights is
always known.
• MyQ mobile app is a free download requiring no
activation or subscription fees.
• Ideal for vaulted ceilings, connecting to the power
source is easier than ever with the 6 ft. Power Cord.
• Eliminate the need for manual adjustments due to
weather conditions with Auto Force.
• Make the installation process faster and easier with
Electronic Limit Settings.
• 5-year parts warranty.
8
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
8500 DC Battery
Backup Capable
Wall Mount
8587 3/4 HP
AC Chain Drive
8557 3/4 HP
AC Belt Drive
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
Get an open-spaced solution
for any garage with the sleek
Battery Backup Capable Wall
Mount Design.
Strong enough to lift the heaviest
doors, including carriage house
and solid wood, with the chassis
support bracket and chain drive
of the I-Beam Rail.
One of our quietest Garage Door
Openers can move reinforced doors
in high-wind areas in near silence
with the LiftMaster Motor Vibration
Isolation System (MVIS ).
®
®
SAFETY
• Security+ 2.0 safeguards the household—with
™
• Motion Detector activates the Garage Door
every click, a new code is sent to the Garage
Opener lights as soon as movement is detected,
Door Opener so that the door opens only for
so no more fumbling in the dark (lightbulbs
the homeowner. Plus, get increased range with
not included).
reduced interference.
• The Protector System has safety sensors that
®
• When your Customer forgets to close the
project a light beam across the garage door
garage door, Timer-to-Close remembers
opening, automatically reversing the door if anything
and will automatically close the door after a
interrupts the beam when it is closing.
pre‑programmed number of minutes.
• Alert-2-Close warning system provides audible
and visual warnings when the garage door is
about to close while using MyQ Technology or
®
Timer‑to‑Close.
9
ELITE
SERIES
8500 DC Battery Backup
Capable Wall Mount
®
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
THIS SLEEK, SPACE-SAVING MODEL MOUNTS ON THE WALL BESIDE THE GARAGE DOOR, FREEING UP
CEILING SPACE. This LiftMaster Elite Series model comes fully equipped with Security+ 2.0 , MyQ
®
™
®
®
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
Technology and the Timer-to-Close system. It is also available with an optional Battery Backup that
continues working even when the power is out.
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• DC Motor is powerful, yet ultra-quiet and
maintenance free.
• Battery Backup powers up even when the power is out
so the garage can be accessed (optional battery 475LM
is required).
• Wall Mount Design frees the garage ceiling of
hanging operators and rails and opens up the
space for additional storage—ideal for cathedral or
obstructed ceilings.
• Remote light delivers 200 Watts of light (or CFL
equivalent) with adjustable light time delay.
• Soft start/stop ensures smooth operation.
• Lifetime motor warranty.
• Power Lock Deadbolt
ensures the door cannot be
forced open.
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
3-Button Elite Remote Control (895MAX).
Program up to three Garage Door Openers,
Gate Operators, Commercial Door Operators or
MyQ Light Accessories.
MyQ Control Panel (888LM). Control
LiftMaster Garage Door Openers by a
smartphone, tablet or computer (when paired
with the Internet Gateway). Equipped with the
Timer-to-Close and Motion Detection features.
Remote Light (380LM). Garage space is lit up
by placing this in any location in the garage
within 6 ft. of an outlet. Provides 200 Watts of
light with 1/2- to 4-1/2-minute timer.
Power Lock Deadbolt (041A6102).
Automatically locks door upon closure,
ensuring the door cannot be forced open.
COMPLETE THE PACKAGE
Internet Gateway (828LM). For LiftMaster
MyQ-Enabled Garage Door Openers, this
connects to the home Internet router. Open
and close the garage door or gate from
anywhere, and control home lighting with a
smartphone, tablet or computer.
Battery Backup (475LM). Powers up even
when the power is out, so Customers can get
into the garage.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
10
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
8550 DC Battery Backup
Belt Drive
GET INTO THE GARAGE EVERY TIME, EVEN WHEN THE POWER IS OUT, WITH
THIS LIFTMASTER ELITE SERIES MODEL. This revolutionary DC Motor
®
®
Belt Drive offers quiet operation and comes fully equipped with
™
®
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• DC Motor Belt Drive system is powerful, yet ultra-quiet
and maintenance free.
• Battery Backup powers up even when the power is out
so the garage can be accessed.
• Energy-efficient operation consumes up to 75% less
power in standby mode.
• Lifetime motor and belt warranty.
• Soft start/stop ensures smooth operation.
• 1-year Battery Backup warranty.
• PosiLock locks down the garage door by electronically
monitoring against a forced opening.
• Your Customer will receive an alert from the
Maintenance Alert System when their opener is due
for service. (Must be activated by a LiftMaster Dealer.)
®
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
3-Button Elite Remote Control (895MAX).
Program up to three Garage Door Openers,
Gate Operators, Commercial Door Operators or
MyQ Light Accessories.
Smart Control Panel (880LM). Program
remote controls, adjust settings and get
system diagnostics. Equipped with the
Timer-to-Close and Motion Detection features.
Includes time and temperature on LCD panel
and maintenance alerts.
COMPLETE THE PACKAGE
Ceiling Mount (195LM). Give the garage the
style it’s been missing by hiding wires and
cords with the sleek, black powder-coated
Ceiling Mount.
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM). Monitor and
close up to four garage doors or gates from
any room inside the house.
Remote Light Control (825LM). Control
any lamp with a Garage Door Opener
remote control or smartphone via the
Internet Gateway.
Internet Gateway (828LM). For LiftMaster
MyQ-Enabled Garage Door Openers, this
connects to the home Internet router. Open
and close the garage door or gate from
anywhere, and control home lighting with a
smartphone, tablet or computer.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
11
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
Security+ 2.0 , MyQ Technology and the Timer-to-Close feature.
ELITE
SERIES
8587 3/4 HP
AC Chain Drive
®
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
THIS ULTRA-POWERFUL LIFTMASTER ELITE SERIES GARAGE DOOR
®
®
OPENER IS BUILT TO PROVIDE MAXIMUM POWER TO LIFT THE HEAVIEST
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
DOORS, INCLUDING CARRIAGE HOUSE AND SOLID WOOD DOORS. The
Motor Vibration Isolation System (MVIS ) provides quiet, smooth
®
operation, and the Garage Door Opener comes fully equipped with
Security+ 2.0 , MyQ Technology and the Timer‑to‑Close feature.
™
®
PERFORMANCE
• 3/4 HP motor with chain drive is built to provide
maximum power to lift the heaviest doors, including
carriage house and solid wood.
• I-Beam Rail System and reinforced chassis bracket
provide maximum support.
• Motor Vibration Isolation System (MVIS) provides
super-quiet, smooth operation year after year.
• Energy-efficient operation consumes up to 75% less
power in standby mode.
• Enclosed Gear Case protects gears from dirt and dust,
which provides longer gear life.
• Get the option of installation customization with the
2-Speed Sprocket, which slows down heavy doors.
• Lifetime motor warranty.
SAFETY
• PosiLock locks down the garage door by electronically
monitoring against a forced opening.
• Your Customer will receive an alert from the
Maintenance Alert System when their opener is due for
service. (Must be activated by a LiftMaster Dealer.)
®
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
3-Button Elite Remote Control (895MAX).
Program up to three Garage Door Openers,
Gate Operators, Commercial Door Operators or
MyQ Light Accessories.
Smart Control Panel (880LM). Program
remote controls, adjust settings and get
system diagnostics. Equipped with the
Timer-to-Close and Motion Detection features.
Includes time and temperature on LCD panel
and maintenance alerts.
COMPLETE THE PACKAGE
Wireless Keyless Entry (877MAX). Open
or close the garage door without using a
remote control or key. Holds four unique
PINs, and users can control up to four Garage
Door Openers.
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM). Monitor and
close up to four garage doors or gates from
any room inside the house.
Remote Light Control (825LM). Control
any lamp with a Garage Door Opener
remote control or smartphone via the
Internet Gateway.
Internet Gateway (828LM). For LiftMaster
MyQ-Enabled Garage Door Openers, this
connects to the home Internet router. Open
and close the garage door or gate from
anywhere, and control home lighting with a
smartphone, tablet or computer.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
12
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
8557 3/4 HP
AC Belt Drive
THIS LIFTMASTER ELITE SERIES GARAGE DOOR OPENER GIVES YOU
®
®
POWERFUL, YET QUIET, PERFORMANCE. It is designed specifically for
heavy-load doors and reinforced doors. The Motor Vibration Isolation
®
Opener comes fully equipped with Security+ 2.0 , MyQ Technology and
™
®
the Timer-to-Close feature.
PERFORMANCE
• 3/4 HP motor combines a strong pulling force with a
steel-reinforced belt to lift heavy doors and reinforced
doors in high-wind areas.
• Belt Drive System means ultra-quiet performance—ideal
if the home has living space above or next to the garage.
• Motor Vibration Isolation System (MVIS) provides
super-quiet, smooth operation year after year.
• Energy-efficient operation consumes up to 75% less
power in standby mode.
• Enclosed Gear Case protects gears from dirt and dust,
which provides longer gear life.
• Lifetime motor and belt warranty.
SAFETY
• PosiLock locks down the garage door by electronically
monitoring against a forced opening.
• Your Customer will receive an alert from the
Maintenance Alert System when their opener is due
for service. (Must be activated by a LiftMaster Dealer.)
®
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
3-Button Elite Remote Control (895MAX).
Program up to three Garage Door Openers,
Gate Operators, Commercial Door Operators or
MyQ Light Accessories.
Smart Control Panel (880LM). Program
remote controls, adjust settings and get
system diagnostics. Equipped with the
Timer-to-Close and Motion Detection features.
Includes time and temperature on LCD panel
and maintenance alerts.
COMPLETE THE PACKAGE
Wireless Keyless Entry (877MAX). Open
or close the garage door without using a
remote control or key. Holds four unique
PINs, and users can control up to four Garage
Door Openers.
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM). Monitor and
close up to four garage doors or gates from
any room inside the house.
Remote Light Control (825LM). Control
any lamp with a Garage Door Opener
remote control or smartphone via the
Internet Gateway.
Internet Gateway (828LM). For LiftMaster
MyQ-Enabled Garage Door Openers, this
connects to the home Internet router. Open
and close the garage door or gate from
anywhere, and control home lighting with a
smartphone, tablet or computer.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
13
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
System (MVIS ) provides quiet, smooth operation, and the Garage Door
PREMIUM
SERIES
8355 1/2 HP AC Belt Drive
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
LIFTMASTER PREMIUM SERIES IS
HOME TO OUR MID-TIER GARAGE
DOOR OPENERS.
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
®
These products offer a variety of
features that provides a wide spectrum
of innovative solutions while never
compromising the safety and reliability
every household needs.
Get quiet, energy-efficient performance with the LiftMaster
Motor Vibration Isolation System (MVIS ).
®
CONNECTIVITY*PERFORMANCE
•LiftMaster MyQ Technology enables secure
®
• P3 Motors from LiftMaster are reliable, durable
™
monitoring and control of Garage Door Openers and
and powerful—designed specifically for the
houselights with a smartphone, tablet or computer
homeowner’s needs.
(when paired with the Internet Gateway).
• Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push)
notifications on a mobile device, so that the
• Lifetime motor warranty.
• 1-year parts warranty.
status of the garage door and houselights is
always known.
• MyQ mobile app is a free download requiring no
activation or subscription fees.
*Excludes the 3240 1/2 HP AC Screw Drive
14
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
8360 DC Battery
Backup Capable
Chain Drive
8365-267 1/2 HP
AC Chain Drive
A reliable choice equipped with
an Extra Remote and Wireless
Keyless Entry.
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
Rely on the Battery Backup
Capable Chain Drive to power
up when the power is down.
3240 1/2 HP
AC Screw Drive
One-Piece Screw Drive Rail
provides smooth, powerful
performance.
SAFETY*
• Security+ 2.0 safeguards the household—with
™
every click, a new code is sent to the Garage
Door Opener so that the door opens only for
the homeowner. Plus, get increased range with
reduced interference.
• PosiLock locks down the garage door by
®
electronically monitoring against a forced opening.
• The Protector System has safety sensors that
®
project a light beam across the garage door
opening, automatically reversing the door if anything
interrupts the beam when it is closing.
*Excludes the 3240 1/2 HP AC Screw Drive
15
PREMIUM
SERIES
8360 DC Battery Backup Capable
Chain Drive
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
LIFTMASTER PREMIUM SERIES MODEL PROVIDES INDUSTRIAL®
STRENGTH PERFORMANCE, COMES FULLY EQUIPPED WITH
SECURITY+ 2.0 AND MYQ TECHNOLOGY AND IS ALSO AVAILABLE
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
™
®
WITH AN OPTIONAL BATTERY BACKUP SYSTEM THAT CONTINUES
WORKING EVEN WHEN THE POWER IS OUT.
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• DC Motor Chain Drive system provides steady
performance and industrial-strength lifting power.
• Battery Backup powers up even when the power is out
so the garage can be accessed (optional battery 485LM
is required).
• Energy-efficient operation consumes up to 75% less
power in standby mode.
• Soft start/stop ensures smooth operation.
• 1-year Battery Backup warranty.
• Alert-2-Close warning system provides audible and
visual warnings when the garage door is about to
close while using LiftMaster MyQ Technology or
Timer-to-Close.
• Motion Detector activates the Garage Door Opener
lights as soon as you walk in, so no more fumbling in the
dark (lightbulbs not included).
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
3-Button Standard Remote Control (893LM).
Program up to three Garage Door Openers,
Gate Operators, Commercial Door Operators
or MyQ Light Accessories. With Security+ 2.0 ,
users are assured of a new code with
every use.
™
Motion-Detecting Control Panel (886LM).
Automatically turns on the light when motion
is detected. Includes Garage Door Opener
light control and lockout transmitters for
added security.
COMPLETE THE PACKAGE
Ceiling Mount (195LM). Give the garage the
style it’s been missing by hiding wires and
cords with the sleek, black powder-coated
Ceiling Mount.
Internet Gateway (828LM). For LiftMaster
MyQ-Enabled Garage Door Openers, this
connects to the home Internet router. Open
and close the garage door or gate from
anywhere, and control home lighting with a
smartphone, tablet or computer.
Remote Light Control (825LM). Control
any lamp with a Garage Door Opener
remote control or smartphone via the
Internet Gateway.
Integrated Battery Backup (485LM). Operates
the Garage Door Opener as if the power was
still on, plus all safety and security features
will be operational.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
16
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
8355 1/2 HP
AC Belt Drive
LIFTMASTER PREMIUM SERIES GARAGE DOOR OPENER PROVIDES
®
RELIABLE, ENERGY-EFFICIENT PERFORMANCE YEAR AFTER YEAR.
The Motor Vibration Isolation System (MVIS ) provides quiet,
®
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
smooth operation, and the Garage Door Opener comes fully
equipped with Security+ 2.0 and MyQ Technology.
™
®
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• 1/2 HP motor with belt drive system provides quiet,
reliable and maintenance-free performance.
• Motor Vibration Isolation System (MVIS) provides
super-quiet, smooth operation year after year.
• Energy-efficient operation consumes up to 75% less
power in standby mode.
• 1-year Battery Backup warranty.
• Alert-2-Close warning system provides audible and
visual warnings when the garage door is about to
close while using LiftMaster MyQ Technology or
Timer-to-Close.
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
3-Button Standard Remote Control (893LM).
Program up to three Garage Door Openers,
Gate Operators, Commercial Door Operators
or MyQ Light Accessories. With Security+ 2.0 ,
users are assured of a new code with
every use.
™
Multi-Function Control Panel (882LM).
Program transmitters, keypads and MyQ Light
Accessories from the control panel. Includes
display lights, Garage Door Opener light
control, lockout transmitters and keypad for
added security.
COMPLETE THE PACKAGE
Ceiling Mount (195LM). Give the garage the
style it’s been missing by hiding wires and
cords with the sleek, black powder-coated
Ceiling Mount.
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM). Monitor and
close up to four garage doors or gates from
any room inside the house.
Remote Light Control (825LM). Control
any lamp with a Garage Door Opener
remote control or smartphone via the
Internet Gateway.
Internet Gateway (828LM). For LiftMaster
MyQ-Enabled Garage Door Openers, this
connects to the home Internet router. Open
and close the garage door or gate from
anywhere, and control home lighting with a
smartphone, tablet or computer.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
17
PREMIUM
SERIES
3240 1/2 HP
AC Screw Drive
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
THIS LIFTMASTER PREMIUM SERIES GARAGE DOOR OPENER PROVIDES
®
OPTIMAL PERFORMANCE NO MATTER THE CLIMATE. This model is
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
maintenance free and specially engineered to run smoothly and quietly.
The Motor Vibration Isolation System (MVIS ) provides quiet, smooth
®
operation. It is also equipped with Security+ Rolling Code Technology.
®
PERFORMANCE
• 1/2 HP motor with industrial-strength screw drive
provides steady performance and lifting power.
•LiftMaster Motor Vibration Isolation System (MVIS)
provides super-quiet, smooth operation year after year.
• 200-Watt lighting (or CFL equivalent) with adjustable
light time delay for more energy-efficient use.
• One-piece screw drive means less friction, so no
binding or lubrication is needed.
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
3-Button Remote Control (373LM). Program
up to three Garage Door Openers, Gate
Operators and Commercial Door Operators.
With Security+ Rolling Code Technology, users
are assured of a new code with every use.
Multi-Function Control Panel (78LM). Turn
Garage Door Opener lights on and off from
inside the garage. Includes adjustable light
timer, illuminated push button for convenience
and lockout button for added security.
COMPLETE THE PACKAGE
MyQ Control Panel (888LM). Control
LiftMaster Garage Door Openers by a
smartphone, tablet or computer (when paired
with the Internet Gateway). Equipped with the
Timer-to-Close and Motion Detection features.
3-Button Mini Remote Control (890MAX).
Program up to three Garage Door Openers,
Gate Operators, Commercial Door Operators or
MyQ Light Accessories.
Wireless Keyless Entry (877MAX). Open
or close the garage door without using a
remote control or key. Holds four unique
PINs, and users can control up to four Garage
Door Openers.
Internet Gateway (828LM). For LiftMaster
MyQ-Enabled Garage Door Openers, this
connects to the home Internet router. Open
and close the garage door or gate from
anywhere, and control home lighting with a
smartphone, tablet or computer.
®
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
18
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
8365-267 1/2 HP
AC Chain Drive
THE ENHANCED LIFTMASTER PREMIUM SERIES GARAGE DOOR OPENER
®
OFFERS SUPERIOR LIFTING POWER. Comes with two Remotes and a
Wireless Keyless Entry for added home access.
SAFETY
• 1/2 HP motor with industrial-strength chain drive
provides steady performance and lifting power.
• 200-Watt lighting (or CFL equivalent) with adjustable
light time delay for more energy-efficient use.
• Alert-2-Close warning system provides audible and
visual warnings when the garage door is about to
close while using LiftMaster MyQ Technology or
Timer‑to‑Close.
• Your Customer will receive an alert from the
Maintenance Alert System when their opener is due
for service. (Must be activated by a LiftMaster Dealer.)
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
PERFORMANCE
®
COMPLETE THE PACKAGE
3-Button Standard Remote Control
(893LM). Program up to three Garage Door
Openers, Gate Operators, Commercial Door
Operators or MyQ Light Accessories. With
Security+ 2.0 , users are assured of a new
code with every use. Comes standard with
two remotes.
3-Button Mini Remote Control (890MAX).
Program up to three Garage Door Openers,
Gate Operators, Commercial Door Operators
or MyQ Light Accessories.
Multi-Function Control Panel (882LM).
Program transmitters, keypads and MyQ
Light Accessories from the control panel.
Includes display lights, Garage Door Opener
light control, lockout transmitters and
keypad for added security.
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM). Monitor and
close up to four garage doors or gates from
any room inside the house.
Wireless Keyless Entry (877LM). Open or
close the garage door instantly without a
remote using one-press activation. Holds
four unique PINs, and users can control up
to four Garage Door Openers. Temporary
codes can be created for friends and
service people.
Internet Gateway (828LM). For LiftMaster
MyQ-Enabled Garage Door Openers, this
connects to the home Internet router. Open
and close the garage door or gate from
anywhere, and control home lighting with a
smartphone, tablet or computer.
™
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
19
CONTRACTOR
SERIES
8165 1/2 HP
AC Chain Drive
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
THE LIFTMASTER CONTRACTOR
SERIES CONTAINS OUR LINE OF
BASIC GARAGE DOOR OPENERS.
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
®
These Garage Door Openers offer simple
and dependable access solutions.
Get rugged, reliable performance for everyday use.
PERFORMANCESAFETY
• P3 Motors from LiftMaster are reliable, durable
™
• Security+ 2.0 safeguards the household—with
™
and powerful—designed specifically for the
every click, a new code is sent to the Garage
homeowner’s needs.
Door Opener so that the door opens only for
• 4-year motor warranty.
• 1-year parts warranty.
the homeowner. Plus, get increased range with
reduced interference.
• PosiLock locks down the garage door by
®
electronically monitoring against a forced opening.
• The Protector System has safety sensors that
®
project a light beam across the garage door
opening, automatically reversing the door if anything
interrupts the beam when it is closing.
20
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
8155 1/2 HP
AC Belt Drive
8065 1/2 HP
AC Chain Drive
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
Get ultimate dependability with the Belt
Drive System and 10-year belt warranty.
A basic solution for any garage.
21
CONTRACTOR
SERIES
8165 1/2 HP
AC Chain Drive
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
THIS LIFTMASTER CONTRACTOR SERIES GARAGE DOOR OPENER IS
®
THE IDEAL CHOICE FOR VALUE AND RELIABILITY. Its industrial-strength
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
design provides smooth and steady performance. It is also equipped with
Security+ 2.0 and MyQ Technology.
™
®
PERFORMANCE
• 1/2 HP motor with industrial-strength chain drive
provides steady performance and lifting power.
• 100-Watt lighting (or CFL equivalent) with adjustable
light time delay for more energy-efficient use.
SAFETY
• Your Customer will receive an alert from the
Maintenance Alert System when their opener is due
for service. (Must be activated by a LiftMaster Dealer.)
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
1-Button Remote Control (891LM). Program
a single Garage Door Opener, Gate Operator,
Commercial Door Operator or MyQ Light
Accessories. With LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 ,
users are assured of a new code with
every use.
™
Multi-Function Control Panel (882LM).
Program transmitters, keypads and MyQ Light
Accessories from the control panel. Includes
display lights, Garage Door Opener light
control, lockout transmitters and keypad for
added security.
COMPLETE THE PACKAGE
Internet Gateway (828LM). For LiftMaster
MyQ-Enabled Garage Door Openers, this
connects to the home Internet router. Open
and close the garage door or gate from
anywhere, and control home lighting with a
smartphone, tablet or computer.
3-Button Mini Remote Control (890MAX).
Program up to three Garage Door Openers,
Gate Operators, Commercial Door Operators or
MyQ Light Accessories.
Wireless Keyless Entry (877MAX). Open
or close the garage door without using a
remote control or key. Holds four unique
PINs, and users can control up to four Garage
Door Openers.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
22
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
8155 1/2 HP
AC Belt Drive
THIS LIFTMASTER CONTRACTOR SERIES GARAGE DOOR OPENER
®
OFFERS RELIABLE AND DEPENDABLE PERFORMANCE. It is also
equipped with Security+ 2.0 and MyQ Technology.
™
®
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
PERFORMANCE
• 1/2 HP motor with belt drive system provides reliable
and maintenance-free performance.
• 100-Watt lighting (or CFL equivalent) with adjustable light
time delay for more energy-efficient use.
• 10-year belt warranty.
SAFETY
• Your Customer will receive an alert from the
Maintenance Alert System when their opener is due
for service. (Must be activated by a LiftMaster Dealer.)
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
1-Button Remote Control (891LM). Program
a single Garage Door Opener, Gate Operator,
Commercial Door Operator or MyQ Light
Accessories. With Security+ 2.0 , users are
assured of a new code with every use.
™
Multi-Function Control Panel (882LM).
Program transmitters, keypads and MyQ Light
Accessories from the control panel. Includes
display lights, Garage Door Opener light
control, lockout transmitters and keypad for
added security.
COMPLETE THE PACKAGE
Internet Gateway (828LM). For LiftMaster
MyQ-Enabled Garage Door Openers, this
connects to the home Internet router. Open
and close the garage door or gate from
anywhere, and control home lighting with a
smartphone, tablet or computer.
3-Button Mini Remote Control (890MAX).
Program up to three Garage Door Openers,
Gate Operators, Commercial Door Operators or
MyQ Light Accessories.
Wireless Keyless Entry (877MAX). Open
or close the garage door without using a
remote control or key. Holds four unique
PINs, and users can control up to four Garage
Door Openers.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
23
CONTRACTOR
SERIES
8065 1/2 HP
AC Chain Drive
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
THIS BASIC MODEL OFFERS STRONG LIFTING POWER AND STEADY
PERFORMANCE. It is also equipped with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0
™
®
and MyQ Technology.
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
®
PERFORMANCE
• 1/2 HP motor with industrial-strength chain drive
provides steady performance and lifting power.
• 75-Watt lighting (or CFL equivalent) with adjustable light
time delay for more energy-efficient use.
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
1-Button Remote Control (891LM). Program
a single Garage Door Opener, Gate Operator,
Commercial Door Operator or MyQ Light
Accessories. With LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 ,
users are assured of a new code with
every use.
™
Door-Control Button (883LM). Program
transmitters, keypad and MyQ Light
Accessories from the control panel. Controls
one Garage Door Opener and turns lights on
and off.
COMPLETE THE PACKAGE
Internet Gateway (828LM). For LiftMaster
MyQ-Enabled Garage Door Openers, this
connects to the home Internet router. Open
and close the garage door or gate from
anywhere, and control home lighting with a
smartphone, tablet or computer.
3-Button Mini Remote Control (890MAX).
Program up to three Garage Door Openers,
Gate Operators, Commercial Door Operators or
MyQ Light Accessories.
Wireless Keyless Entry (877MAX). Open
or close the garage door without using a
remote control or key. Holds four unique
PINs, and users can control up to four Garage
Door Openers.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
24
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
RAILS FOR
OPERATORS
BELT RAILS
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
2777BD 7 ft. Belt Rail
2778BD 8 ft. Belt Rail
2770BD 10 ft. Belt Rail
CHAIN RAILS
1707LM 7 ft. Full Chain Rail
1708LM 8 ft. Chain Rail
1710LM 10 ft. Chain Rail
I-BEAM CHAIN RAILS
3707CH 7 ft. I-Beam Rail
3708CH 8 ft. I-Beam Rail
3710CH 10 ft. I-Beam Rail
3712RV 12 ft. I-Beam Rail
3714RV 14 ft. I-Beam Rail
SCREW DRIVE RAILS
3077SD 7 ft. Screw Rail
3088SD 8 ft. Screw Rail
25
ELITE SERIES®
MEDIUM-DUTY
LIGHT-DUTY
MODIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL
DOOR OPERATORS
FIRE DOOR ALARM &
DETECTION SYSTEMS
COMMERCIAL
DOOR OPERATORS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Why LiftMaster ...................................................... 3
Modifications........................................................ 52
LiftMaster Commercial
Door Operators...................................................... 5
Modifications At A Glance.........................................................52
®
Safety Information................................................ 6
How to Place Your Orders............................... 8
Elite Series .............................................................10
®
Logic 5.0 Operators | Power Transmission...............................56
Mechanical Powerheads | Starter Panels..................................70
Fire Door Systems
........................................... 84
Release Devices........................................................................84
Installation Information..............................................................86
GT Gearhead Trolley Operator................................................12
Application................................................................................86
T Trolley Operator....................................................................14
Detection Devices.....................................................................87
APT Trolley Operator..............................................................16
GH Gearhead Hoist Operator.................................................18
H Hoist Operator.....................................................................20
DHJ Door Lock Hoist Jackshaft Operator..............................22
J Jackshaft Operator...............................................................24
DJ Door Lock Jackshaft Operator..........................................26
GSD Gearhead Slide Door Operator......................................28
SD Slide Door Operator..........................................................30
Medium-Duty Series........................................ 32
MT Medium-Duty Series Logic Trolley Operator....................34
MH Medium-Duty Series Logic Hoist Operator......................36
MHS Medium-Duty Series Logic
Slow-Speed Hoist Operator..........................................38
MJ Medium-Duty Series Logic Jackshaft Operator...............40
MGJ Medium-Duty Series Logic Gear-Reduced Operator....42
Light-Duty Series............................................... 44
3900 Light‑Duty Series Jackshaft Door Operator..................46
3950 Light‑Duty Series Jackshaft Door Operator
for Rolling Sheet Doors..................................................48
ATS Light‑Duty Series Trolley Operator..................................50
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
OPEN YOUR
WORLD WITH
LIFTMASTER
®
WHY LIFTMASTER
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
®
For over 45 years, LiftMaster has been exceeding expectations by providing
peace of mind through expert service and innovative solutions.
®
This catalog gives you access to our entire product and accessory lines. The
latest advances like our MyQ Technology, Security+ 2.0 , Battery Backup
and our specially designed P3 Motors allow our products to best serve
specific needs while staying safe and connected at all times.
®
™
™
LiftMaster provides products and access solutions for homes and businesses
worldwide. We are committed to providing quality products, innovative designs
and comprehensive services which go beyond our Customers’ expectations.
3
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
STARTS WHEN YOU NEED IT.
STOPS AT NOTHING.
LIFTMASTER COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
®
LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators are engineered with strength and durability, providing Customers
with the reliability of knowing their doors will withstand heavy industrial usage several times an hour.
®
Our Elite Series contains our next generation of Commercial Door Operators, all equipped with MyQ
Technology. Now Customers can monitor their properties and operate their doors from any smartphone,
tablet or computer.
®
®
LiftMaster guarantees a high level of quality and performance in all our Commercial Door Operators by
staying true to our unique features throughout our product line:
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
CONNECTIVITY
LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators help you stay connected with your business while you’re
away, giving you greater control, information and access.
P3 MOTORS
™
LiftMaster designs our own purpose-built motor to meet the exact requirements needed to open
and close your business’s commercial doors.
SAFETY AND SECURITY
LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators have security features designed to help safeguard your
business, giving you greater peace of mind.
Our line of Commercial Door Operators provides a variety of access solutions that best
serves specific needs while never compromising safety and security.
5
SAFETY
INFORMATION
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH the following should be
read by ANYONE involved in the design, specification, selection or purchase
of an industrial Door Operator or automated door system.
Automated Door Systems
Entrapment Protection Devices
For the purposes of this Safety Information, an automated door system
consists of a vehicular door, an electric Door Operator, control equipment
to interface with the Door Operator and safety equipment to protect people
and property.
Any Commercial/Industrial Door Operator manufacturer wishing to List
and Label product to UL 325 on or after August 29, 2010, must be fully
compliant with the requirements mandated by the new UL 325 regulations.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Vehicular Doors
A vehicular door is a large, heavy object that moves with the help of a
counterbalance and electric motor. A moving door can cause SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH! The safety and well-being of others depends on
properly selecting products appropriate for the application and installing
the products per the manufacturer’s recommendations. In addition, it’s
imperative that all door components, including the Door Operator, be
installed and serviced by a trained door systems technician.
The door itself must be properly balanced and aligned and work freely
and smoothly by hand. The Door Operator is not intended to operate a
poorly installed, improperly balanced or worn-out door. The use of a Door
Operator to attempt to compensate for any door defect can result in a
dangerous situation.
Door Operator Selection
The proper Door Operator must be selected for the application. Pay
attention to all application information in this catalog, including door type,
size, voltage and control wiring. IMPROPER SELECTION CAN RESULT
IN A DANGEROUS SYSTEM. Be sure you understand the application and
limitations of the model Door Operator you select for your door. If you are
in doubt, contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative.
®
Control Accessories
Door Operators can present serious hazards to persons in the immediate
area when not controlled in a safe manner or by responsible persons.
Choose one or more controls that together will allow complete control of
the door. Most importantly, THE DOOR MUST BE ABLE TO BE STOPPED
at all times in case of emergency and the control for stopping should be
conveniently located and clearly marked and visible.
All controls should be located OUT OF REACH OF SMALL CHILDREN.
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH CAN RESULT FROM CHILDREN PLAYING
WITH CONTROLS.
ALL CONTROLS SHOULD BE LOCATED SO THAT THE PERSON
OPERATING THEM CAN SEE THE FULL AREA OF DOOR MOVEMENT,
but should not be so close that a person starting the door could be injured
due to his/her proximity to the door.
Be especially careful in designing systems with automatic controls, that
is, controls that can cause the door to operate without warning to persons
in the immediate door area. Such controls include, but are not limited
to, radio controls, remote mounted access controls, telephone access
systems and timing devices. SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND SIGNS WARNING
OF THE AUTOMATIC OPERATION ARE A MUST IN THE DESIGN OF
SUCH A SYSTEM.
6
The UL 325 standard requires continuous monitoring of primary
entrapment devices if the Door Operator is used with any operating mode
or feature other than constant pressure on the CLOSE button to lower the
door. These types of primary entrapment devices can be either monitored
photo eyes or a 2- or 4-wire monitored edge sensor.
Other entrapment protection devices will be treated as ancillary. Installation
of these types of entrapment protection devices is optional. Examples of
these devices are 2-wire non-monitored and pneumatic edge sensors.
These devices cannot be substituted for primary entrapment protection
devices; instead these devices may be used to supplement the primary
devices or constant-pressure-to-close. Such devices can be attached to
UL 325 compliant Logic 5.0, Logic 4.0 and Medium-Duty Logic Operators
but cannot be used to replace the primary safety devices.
There are many types of primary and ancillary entrapment devices
available, but LiftMaster Door Operators are designed to communicate
with LiftMaster brand monitored primary Entrapment Protection Devices
only. Types of LiftMaster photo eyes are the standard commercial/industrial
CPS-U, NEMA 4 rated CPS-OPEN4 and CPS-UN4 and Retro‑Reflective
CPS-RPEN4 may be installed on a LiftMaster Door Operator in order
to achieve any operating mode or feature beyond constant pressure
on the close button to lower the door. In addition, LiftMaster also offers
the Optical Edge System (OES), CPS-MEI and CPS-EI Edge Interfaces,
which permit the attachment of a 2-wire or 4-wire monitored sensing
edge to satisfy the requirement for primary entrapment protection. For
easy reference, all UL 325 compliant LiftMaster Door Operator installation
manuals provide a reference chart stating which entrapment protection
devices have been approved for each Door Operator. The UL 325 listing
is dependent on testing each Door Operator with each of the approved
entrapment protection devices. Only those entrapment protection devices
approved by UL for use with the Door Operator as primary entrapment
protection devices are referenced in the instruction manual.
While LiftMaster Door Operators provide basic constant pressure on the
CLOSE button to lower the door without a primary entrapment device,
IT IS STRONGLY RECOMMENDED THAT AN ENTRAPMENT
PROTECTION DEVICE BE USED WITH EVERY DOOR OPERATOR.
There are many types of safety entrapment protections devices available;
photo eyes, edge sensors, motion detectors and vehicle detectors are
some of the more common types of primary and ancillary entrapment
protection devices shown in the Accessories section of the Commercial
Door Operators and Accessories Price List. Audible and/or visible warning
devices are recommended when automatic controls are used in the door
operating system. A variety of warning signs and labels are also offered
in this section. WITHOUT ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION DEVICES THE
DOOR COULD CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH!
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
Safe Installation Instructions
Door Operators and associated control equipment should only be installed
and serviced by qualified professionals. Professional Installers should
observe the following safe installation procedures. To ensure that this is the
case, provide a copy of this Safety Information Section to the Installer.
Read and follow all warnings and instructions within the
installation manual.
2.
Install the Door Operator only on a properly balanced and lubricated
door. An improperly balanced door may not reverse when required
and could result in SEVERE INJURY or DEATH.
3.
All repairs to cables, spring assemblies and other hardware
MUST be made by a trained door technician BEFORE installing the
Door Operator.
4.
Disable ALL locks and remove ALL ropes connected to the door
before installing the Door Operator to avoid entanglement.
5.
Install Door Operator 8 ft. or more above floor. Operators installed
below this height must be enclosed with an operator cover.
6.
NEVER connect the Door Operator to a power source until instructed
within the manual to do so.
7.
Installation and wiring must be in compliance with all applicable local
building and electrical codes.
8.
NEVER wear watches, rings or loose clothing, which could become
caught within the door or operator mechanisms, while installing or
servicing the Door Operator.
9.
Install control station:
• Within sight of the door
• Out of reach of children at a minimum height of 5 ft.
• Away from ALL moving parts of the door
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
1.
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular
doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and
other safety accessories on every door system.
10. Install the control station far enough from the door to prevent the user
from coming in contact with the door while operating the controls.
11. Install the entrapment warning placard on the wall next to the control
station in a prominent location that is visible from the door.
12. Place manual release/safety reverse test label in plain view on inside
of door.
13. Upon completion of installation, test entrapment protection device.
14. The operation of the door, controls and primary entrapment
protection devices should be reviewed with the owner and/or end
user of the automated door system. Owner should also be informed
of the need to maintain control and entrapment protection on a
regular basis. Entrapment protection devices should be checked
at least once monthly to ensure that it is working properly. All
installation manuals, instructions and safety information should be
left with the owner.
UL 325 requires all Commercial Door Operators to be either constant
pressure to close or be equipped with a primary external Monitored
Entrapment Protection Device. Failure to use an appropriate sensor,
or failure to install the sensor properly, may expose the Installer and
Customer to liability, should an accident occur. LiftMaster offers a wide
range of photo eyes and edge sensors that protect people and property
while meeting this UL 325 requirement.
®
7
HOW TO PLACE
YOUR ORDERS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Building a Complete Model Number
1 Select the proper model type for your door based on your door type. A brief
description of the door type(s) for which a model is intended to be used is
included at the beginning of each model page. If you are not sure of the proper
model for your door, contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative.
®
The model type will become the first part of the complete model number.
Example: H (Hoist)
2 COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Select the horsepower rating of your Door Operator by studying the Door Size
Selection Guide for the model type you have chosen. This guide is based on the
overall area of the door and is a general guideline only for new and properly
installed doors. Light‑duty and medium‑duty model types are only available in one
horsepower rating. If your door size is beyond the range on the guide for one of these
models, go to the standard‑duty or heavy‑duty operator of the same type.
The ORDERING CODE for Horsepower Rating is as follows:
1/3 HP 33
1/2 HP 50
3/4 HP 75
1 HP 10
1-1/2 HP 15
2 HP 20
3 HP 30
5 HP 5HP
How to Choose the Proper Handing for
your Commercial Operator
Please note when ordering any hoisted operator, knowing the handing of the operator is important. When ordering any hoisted operator with a modification such as the M102,
M103 or a GH operator at 3 HP, this information is critical since the drive sprocket cannot
be repositioned after production.
1 On all belt drive hoist operators (Models MHS, MH and H) please specify the
HOIST LOCATION according to the chart below. This is needed to ensure that
the Door Operator is built with the manual hoist on the correct side of the Door
Operator for your installation. The Model GH has a quick-change hoist design which
allows the hoist wheel to be moved from one side to another in minutes in the field.
These units will be supplied with the hoist wheel on the right side standard. It is not
necessary to specify left or right when ordering a standard GH model.
NOTE: For GH 3HP Models or models with C/N4/N4X prefixes, the drive sprocket is
not movable in the field. For these models, please specify the hoist and drive sprocket
location at the time of order placement.
Example: H501L5R
Drive Sprocket
Hoist
The Horsepower Rating code will become the second part of the complete
model number.
Wall Mount
Example: H50 (Hoist 1/2 HP)
3 Select the voltage, phase and frequency according to your installation
requirement. The power available at the job site must be of the same voltage,
phase and frequency as ordered for the Door Operator. A MISMATCH CAN
CAUSE A DANGEROUS SITUATION AND RESULT IN DAMAGE TO THE OPERATOR AND/OR
INSTALLATION POWER SUPPLY.
Example: H501L5R
Drive Sprocket
Hoist
The ORDERING CODE for Voltage, Phase and Frequency is as follows:
Voltage
PhaseHz..........................................Code
115V/230V 160......................................... 1
208/230/460V3 60......................................... 3
575V
360......................................... 5
The Voltage, Phase and Frequency code will become the third part of the complete
model number.
Example: H501L5 (Hoist 1/2 HP 115/230V Single Phase Logic 5.0)
Additional Information Required
1 2 3 4 5 On all orders please specify the door TYPE, WIDTH and HEIGHT, and VERTICAL or
HIGH LIFT applications.
On all side mount operators (Models MJ, J, MGJ, MH, H and GH), please specify
HANDING, DOOR SHAFT DIAMETER AND KEYWAY SIZE.
All Door Operators meeting UL 325 include the CPS-U Commercial Photo Eyes as
part of the Door Operator standard package price. It is possible to upgrade the
Door Operator to other safety devices at time of ordering. Please list the safety
device on the order.
Drive Sprocket
Hoist
Front of Hood Mount
2 On all slide Door Operators (Models SD and GSD) please specify RIGHT or LEFT
TO OPEN. (View from inside structure looking out.)
An automated vehicular door system includes several components, all of which must
be selected in concert with each other and with the requirements of the job if the
system is to be a successful one. In addition to the door itself, a system consists of a
Door Operator, entry control equipment to interface with the Door Operator and safety
equipment to protect people and property from hazards of an electrically powered door.
As a general rule, a medium‑duty operator is not recommended for applications
requiring more than 50 cycles per day. An industrial belt drive operator should be
used in applications with cycles of up to 80–90 per day. High cycle modifications and/
or Gearhead Operators should be used for applications requiring cycles in excess of
90 per day.
Please list any Modifications, Accessories and Omissions
as separate line items.
Please indicate any markings required on packing cartons.
8
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
DOOR OPERATOR MODELS
DETERMINE AND SET WIRING TYPE
DOOR OPERATOR MODELS
The LiftMaster Logic 5.0 are equipped with seven field selectable operating wiring
formats, allowing for customization of the Door Operator functionality in order to meet
the commercial environment needs and requirements. This is accomplished through the
positioning of the selectable dial on the desired type. See below for an explanation of
these types.
High or
Vertical Lift
Sectional
Rolling
Doors and
Grilles
Rolling
Sheet Doors
Sliding
Doors
ATS
3900
—
3950
—
CONTROL FUNCTION SELECTION
SWITCHES
MT
MJ, MGJ
MGJ, MH
MHS
—
Allows for the selection of various control functions by positioning selector dial as
indicated. The control functions which may be selected are as follows:
Standard-Duty
Up to 25 cycles/hr.
at peak periods
Up to 80–90 cycles/day
T
H, DHJ,
J, DJ
H, DHJ,
J, DJ
—
SD
Heavy-Duty
25 cycles/hr. constant
high loading in excess
of 90 cycles/day
GT
GH
GH
—
GSD
Special Application
APT
—
—
—
—
Usage
Light‑Duty
7–8 cycles/hr.
Medium-Duty
12 cycles/hr.
< 50 cycles/day
C2
Momentary contact to open and stop with constant pressure to close, open
override, plus wiring for sensing device to reverse.
B2
Momentary contact to open, close and stop, plus wiring for sensing device to
reverse and auxiliary devices to open and close with open override.
D1
Constant pressure to open and close with wiring for sensing device to stop.
E2
Momentary contact to open with override and constant pressure to close. Early
release of close button will cause door to reverse (rollback feature), plus wiring for
sensing device to reverse.
F2
Fail-safe wiring can be selected with the addition of a CPS-U, CPS-UN4 or failsafe edge and CPS3 card, or other approved LiftMaster Monitored Entrapment
Protection Device (LMEP).
T
Momentary contact to open, close and stop, with open override and
Timer‑to‑Close. Open button may be connected to activate timer if desired.
Auxiliary controls may be connected to open and activate Timer‑to‑Close, or to
open and close without activating timer. If timer has been activated, all opening
devices will recycle timer. Includes wiring for sensing devices to reverse which will
not activate timer. Timer will also work from mid-stop position.
TS
Momentary contact to open, close and stop, with open override and
Timer‑to‑Close. Every momentary contact (open, close and stop) with device that
causes the door to open will activate Timer‑to‑Close, including sensing devices
to reverse. Timer may be deactivated until next opening signal is received by
depressing stop button after door has reached open position. Timer will also work
from mid-stop position.
Operating Amp Rating (Full Workload)
Heavy-Duty Logic 5.0 Operators: GT, GH, GSD
OPERATING AMP RATING (FULL WORKLOAD)
HP
VOLTAGE –
PHASE
60 Hz
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
3
115-1Ø
11.2
13.6
16.0
20
N/A
N/A
230-1Ø
5.6
6.8
8.0
10
N/A
N/A
208/230-3Ø
3.1
4.0
6.0
7
8
10.6
460-3Ø
1.75
2.0
3.0
3.5
4
4.8
575-3Ø
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.75
3
N/A
Industrial-Duty Logic 5.0 Operators: T, H, DHJ, J, DJ, SD
VOLTAGE –
PHASE
60 Hz
OPERATING AMP RATING (FULL WORKLOAD)
HP
1/3
1/2
3/4
1
115-1Ø
8.5
11.2
13.6
16.0
230-1Ø
4.2
5.6
6.8
8.0
208/230-3Ø
3.0
3.1
4 .0
6 .0
460-3Ø
1.5
1.75
2 .0
3 .0
575-3Ø
1.3
1.4
1.6
1.8
Medium-Duty Operators: MT, MH, MHS, MJ, MGJ
VOLTAGE –
PHASE
60 Hz
OPERATOR AMP RATING (FULL LOAD)
115-1Ø
Note: All control functions require the use of LiftMaster Monitored Entrapment Protection
Device (LMEP). See Commercial Door Operator pages for approved. I n order to access
the complete feature set of the Logic 5.0 control board. The Logic 5.0 Operator may be
used without such safety devices; however, operation will be limited to C2 (with ability
to use the Programmable Mid-Stop option), D1 or E2 operation only. LiftMaster safety
options are mandatory for T, TS and FSTS control functions.
IMPORTANT NOTES
6.6
1.
Light‑Duty Operators: ATS, 3900, 3950
OPERATOR AMP RATING (FULL LOAD)
VOLTAGE –
PHASE
60 Hz
FSTS Ideal for Fire Stations—Momentary contact to open, close and stop, with open
override. A single-button station (panic button) can be used to activate the open
cycle and the Timer‑to‑Close. Only the single-button control will activate the timer.
1/2 HP
ATS2113X
3900, 3950
115-1Ø
5.6
1.5
External interlocks may be used with all functional modes.
2.Auxiliary devices are any devices that have only dry contacts. Examples: photo
eyes, loop detector, pneumatic or electrical treadles, radio controls, one button
stations, pull cords, etc.
3.Open override means that the door may be reversed while closing by activating an
opening device without the need to use the stop button first.
4.When the door is in a stopped position other than fully closed, and a safety input
is activated (LMEP or EDGE), the Restricted Close (RC) feature will allow a close
command when the close button is pressed and held. The Door Operator will
begin closing after 5 seconds. If the close button is released, the door will stop.
When in E2 mode, the door will move to the fully open position.
Power supply will need to be delivered to meet product requirements.
9
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Standard Lift
Sectional
®
ELITE
SERIES
Gearhead Trolley
Operator (GT)
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
OUR COMPLETELY UPGRADED
ELITE SERIES COMMERCIAL DOOR
OPERATORS WORK HARDER SO YOU
CAN WORK SMARTER.
®
The Logic 5.0 operators feature our
most advanced features, including MyQ
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
®
Technology and Security+ 2.0 , to help you
™
keep your facility running smoothly and
safely at all times.
Gearhead Trolley Operators employ
lubricated gears and are optimal for heavy,
industrial, high-cycle applications.
CONNECTIVITYPERFORMANCE
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor
®
• Dual Voltage Connections increase flexibility by
and control your facility operator and lights with
enabling the Installer to select the required voltage
your smartphone, tablet or computer for greater
within phase to meet job-site requirements.
peace of mind (when paired with the Internet
Gateway 828LM).
• Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push
notifications) on a mobile device, ensuring the
status of your commercial door.
• MyQ Mobile App is a free download with no annual
activation fee.
• Control Function Selector Dial enables easy
selection and programming of (7) wiring types,
from constant pressure to close to specialized
Timer‑to‑Close functionality to meet end user needs.
• Continuous-Duty High-Starting Torque Motor
performs in demanding industrial overhead and
rolling door applications.
• Motor Removable without Affecting Limit Switch
Settings saves time and money for maintenance.
• Mid-Stop enables partial opening of door to a
preprogrammed position for energy savings, time
savings and convenience.
10
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
Gearhead Hoist
Operator (GH)
Hoist Operator (H)
Trolley Operators are optimal for
use on industrial sectional overhead
doors with standard lift.
Gearhead Hoist Operators employ
lubricated gears for heavy, industrial,
high-cycle applications.
Hoist Operators are optimal for
industrial applications, providing a
floor-level chain hoist for ease of
manual operation.
• Maximum Run Timer reverses or stops door if
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Trolley Operator (T)
SAFETY
• Our built-in Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually
™
closing time exceeds expected time frame to limit
eliminates interference so properties are secure and
damage to door and operator.
only designated remote controls will open and close
• Delay-on-Reverse Circuit prevents abrupt
reversal of door, reducing wear on the door and
operator system.
• With a powder‑coated finish, the NEMA 1 rated
type electrical box construction is durable enough
for most applications.
• Warranty: 2 Years.
your commercial door.
•LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with
®
UL 325 standards. Approved LiftMaster Monitored
Entrapment Protection Devices must be added
in order to comply to meet UL 325 standards
for momentary contact to close operation.
Additional monitored and secondary entrapment
devices can be added to suit the needs of the
commercial environment.
• Timer‑to‑Close conveniently and confidently
closes the commercial door automatically after
a predetermined amount of time has elapsed for
added security and peace of mind.
11
GT ELITE SERIES
Gearhead
Trolley
Operator
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC 5.0 GEARHEAD TROLLEY COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS EMPLOY LUBRICATED GEARS AND ARE
OPTIMAL FOR HEAVY INDUSTRIAL, HIGH-CYCLE APPLICATIONS. Suspended from the ceiling, the door operators
are used on sectional overhead doors with standard lift. GT Operators are directly attached to drive and control
the door.
CONNECTIVITY
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control
your facility door operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet
or computer for greater peace of mind.
• Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications.
®
• Heavy-duty wormgear-in-oil gear reducer delivers performance
for heavy industrial, high‑cycle applications.
• Control function selector dial allows for easy selection and
programming of (7) wiring types, from constant pressure to
close to specialized Timer‑to‑Close functionality to meet end
user needs.
• Timer‑to‑Close conveniently and confidently closes the
commercial door automatically after a predetermined amount of
time has elapsed for added security and peace of mind.
• Mid-stop enables partial opening of door to a preprogrammed
position for energy savings, time savings and convenience.
• Dual voltage connections increase flexibility by enabling the
Installer to select the required voltage within phase to meet
job‑site requirements. Within phases, voltage is selectable at the
time of installation with the placement of a connector.
• Continuous‑duty high-starting torque motor with instant reverse
and overload protection. Capacitor start with single phase,
removable without affecting limit switches.
• Adjustable friction clutch helps to protect door and operator from
damage should the door meet an obstruction.
• Maximum run timer reverses or stops door if closing time exceeds
expected time frame to limit damage to door and operator.
• Delay-on-reverse circuit prevents abrupt reversal of door,
reducing wear on the door and operator system.
• 3-Button Control Station with Maintenance Alert System (MAS).
• Drive reduction, 10:1 first stage using heavy‑duty gears running
in oil bath, cast iron housing; #41 chain second stage; #41 output
chain on trolley.
SAFETY
• Security+ 2.0 radio receiver is standard on-board with Logic 5.0
Operators, and virtually eliminates radio frequency interference.
Accepts up to (90) 1-button or (30) 3-button remote controls plus
up to (30) wireless keypads or an unlimited number of DIP switch
remote controls.
•LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with
UL 325 standards.
• LiftMaster offers a variety of entrapment protection devices for
every commercial application.
• Emergency Disconnect, disconnects door operator from door for
manual lifting in an emergency.
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
• Control circuit: 5VDC NEC Class 2 control circuit
• Approximate 160 lbs. shipping weight
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
—
24 ga., 22
ga. Steel
20 ga. Steel
16 ga. Steel
Fiberglass
Alum. Doors
Wood Doors
—
—
—
—
24 ga. Steel
Insul.
20 ga. Steel
Insul.
16 ga. Steel
Insul.
1/2
400
350
320
250
200
3/4
560
500
450
325
250
1
625
575
500
400
300
625
550
475
380
STANDARD
SECTIONAL
HP
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
PERFORMANCE
• Bearings: sealed roller
bearings in gear reducer,
flange-mount industrial ball
bearings on drive shaft.
• Brake: standard on all GT
operators.
• Construction: NEMA 1 rated type
electrical box, heavy‑duty 11-gauge steel
frame with durable powder‑coat finish, all
reduction sprockets drilled and pinned to shafts.
• #41 trolley roller chain standard on GT operators.
• Door speed: 6–7 in. per second.
• Warranty: 2 Years.
1-1/2
12
—
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
1/2 HP Solenoid Brake Included
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
GT501L5................................................115/230 1
60
GT503L5................................................208/230/4603
60
GT505L5*...............................................575V 360
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Internet Gateway (828LM)*
Receive alerts or monitor and activate your commercial door from
anywhere via an Internet-enabled device.
3/4 HP Solenoid Brake Included
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)*
Monitor and open or close up to four commercial doors from any room
in your facility.
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
GT751L5................................................115/230 1
60
GT753L5................................................208/230/4603
60
GT755L5*...............................................575
360
Remote Light Control (825LM)*
Control any lamp with a commercial door operator remote control or
smartphone via the Internet Gateway.
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
GT101L5................................................115/230 1
60
GT103L5................................................208/230/4603
60
GT105L5*...............................................575
360
1-1/2 HP Solenoid Brake Included
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
GT151L5................................................115/230 1
60
GT153L5................................................208/230/4603
60
GT155L5*...............................................575
360
*When ordering a 575V, three phase operator, the ORDERING CODE for
voltage/phase in the model number is designated as a “5.”
Models listed above are equipped for doors up to 12 ft.
Track is available for doors up to the following:
14 ft., 16 ft., 18 ft., 20 ft. and 24 ft.
(See Accessory Section for track and chain model numbers.)
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT
PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP)
CPS-UN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4 rated.
CPS-RPEN4Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and
reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA
4X rated.
CPS-OPEN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4X rated.
CPS-UThru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment
protection device).
OESOptical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors,
premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for
exact fit, NEMA 6 rated.
CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire
monitored edge.
CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire
monitored edge.
NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
Mushroom Button Control Station (02401M)
Provides single button to activate opening one or more
commercial doors.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
1 HP Solenoid Brake Included
Red/Green Traffic Light (RGL24LY)
Indicates when a commercial door reaches the open position. Provides
assurance of safe entering and exiting of the facility, reducing the
potential for costly accidents. (TLS1CARD is recommended.)
3-Button Remote Control (813LM)
Extreme range 3-button encrypted DIP switch remote control with
Security+ 2.0 narrow band on 310/315/390 MHz tri-band. Red/Green/
Yellow on buttons designed to be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
functionality for commercial door operators. Easy‑to‑code 12-position
DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes.
™
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway Accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a
MyQ ‑Enabled Commercial Door Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited
by distance and type of building materials. A general range estimate between the Internet
Gateway and the commercial door operator is 300 ft.
®
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular
doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and
other safety accessories on every door system.
13
T ELITE SERIES
Trolley
Operator
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC 5.0 TROLLEY COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS ARE OPTIMAL FOR GENERAL INDUSTRIAL
APPLICATIONS. Suspended from the ceiling, the operators are used on sectional overhead doors
with standard lift. T Operators are directly attached to drive and control the door.
CONNECTIVITY
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control
your facility door operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet
or computer for greater peace of mind.
• Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications.
®
• Control function selector dial allows for easy selection and
programming of (7) wiring types, from constant pressure to
close to specialized Timer‑to‑Close functionality to meet end
user needs.
• Timer‑to‑Close conveniently and confidently closes the
commercial door automatically after a predetermined amount of
time has elapsed for added security and peace of mind.
• Mid-stop enables partial opening of door to a preprogrammed
position for energy savings, time savings and convenience.
• Dual voltage connections increase flexibility by enabling the
Installer to select the required voltage within phase to meet
job‑site requirements. Within phases, voltage is selectable at the
time of installation with the placement of a connector.
• Continuous‑duty high-starting torque motor with instant reverse
and overload protection. Capacitor start with single phase,
removable without affecting limit switches.
• Adjustable friction clutch helps to protect door and operator from
damage should the door meet an obstruction.
• Maximum run timer reverses or stops door if closing time exceeds
expected time frame to limit damage to door and operator.
• Delay-on-reverse circuit prevents abrupt reversal of door,
reducing wear on the door and operator system.
• 3-Button Control Station with Maintenance Alert System (MAS).
• Drive reduction, first stage heavy‑duty 5L V-belt; second #41
chain; #48 (for 1/3 and 1/2 HP) and #41 (for 3/4 and 1 HP) output
SAFETY
• Security+ 2.0 radio receiver is standard on-board with Logic 5.0
Operators, and virtually eliminates radio frequency interference.
Accepts up to (90) 1-button or (30) 3-button remote controls plus
up to (30) wireless keypads or an unlimited number of DIP switch
remote controls.
•LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with
UL 325 standards.
• LiftMaster offers a variety of entrapment protection devices for
every commercial application.
• Emergency Disconnect, disconnects door operator from door for
manual lifting in an emergency.
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
• Control circuit: 5VDC NEC Class 2 control circuit
• Approximate 130 lbs. shipping weight
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
—
24 ga., 22
ga. Steel
20 ga. Steel
Fiberglass
Alum. Doors
Wood Doors
—
—
—
—
24 ga. Steel
Insul.
20 ga. Steel
Insul.
16 ga. Steel
Insul.
1/3
310
285
260
175
125
1/2
400
350
320
250
200
3/4
560
500
450
325
275
1
640
625
560
400
310
STANDARD
SECTIONAL
HP
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
PERFORMANCE
chain on trolley.
•Bearings/
bushings:
industrial ball
bearings on output
shaft; heavy‑duty
oil-filled bushings on
reduction shafts.
• Brake: standard on 3/4
and 1 HP Operators
(optional on 1/2 HP, not available on 1/3 HP).
• Construction: NEMA 1 rated type electrical box, heavy‑duty
11-gauge steel frame with durable powder‑coat finish, all
reduction sprockets drilled and pinned to shafts.
• Trolley roller chain #48 on 1/3 HP and 1/2 HP, #41 on 3/4 and 1 HP.
• Door speed: 11–12 in. per second.
• Warranty: 2 Years.
16 ga. Steel
—
NOTE: On steel-insulated doors, a 24 ga. back panel is assumed. If a
heavier back panel is supplied, use the next higher HP rating. A dual trolley
modification is recommended for doors 22 ft. or wider. See Modifications at a
Glance section.
14
*
* F or models with brakes add 3.5".
(Brake standard on 3/4 HP and 1 HP, optional on 1/2 HP)
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
1/3 HP
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
T331L5...................................................115/230 1
T333L5...................................................208/230/4603
(For 1/3 HP options not shown, use 1/2 HP operator.)
Hz
60
60
Internet Gateway (828LM)*
Receive alerts or monitor and activate your commercial door from
anywhere via an Internet-enabled device.
1/2 HP
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)*
Monitor and open or close up to four commercial doors from any room
in your facility.
Phase
Hz
Model....................................................Voltage T501L5...................................................115/230 1
60
T503L5...................................................208/230/460 3
60
T505L5*.................................................575
360
Remote Light Control (825LM)*
Control any lamp with a commercial door operator remote control or
smartphone via the Internet Gateway.
SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
T751L5...................................................115/2301 60
T753L5...................................................208/230/4603
60
T755L5...................................................575
360
1 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
T101L5...................................................115/2301 60
T103L5...................................................208/230/4603
60
T105L5*.................................................575
360
*When ordering a 575V, three phase operator, the ORDERING CODE for
voltage/phase in the model number is designated as a “5.”
Models listed above are equipped for doors up to 12 ft.
Track is available for doors up to the following: 14 ft., 16 ft., 18 ft., 20 ft., 24 ft.
1/3 and 1/2 HP operators come equipped with #48 Roller Chain.
3/4 HP and greater come equipped with #41 Roller Chain.
Mushroom Button Control Station (02401M)
Provides single button to activate opening one or more
commercial doors.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
3/4 HP
Red/Green Traffic Light (RGL24LY)
Indicates when a commercial door reaches the open position. Provides
assurance of safe entering and exiting of the facility, reducing the
potential for costly accidents. (TLS1CARD is recommended.)
3-Button Remote Control (813LM)
Extreme range 3-button encrypted DIP switch remote control with
Security+ 2.0 narrow band on 310/315/390 MHz tri-band. Red/Green/
Yellow on buttons designed to be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
functionality for commercial door operators. Easy‑to‑code 12-position
DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes.
™
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway Accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a
MyQ ‑Enabled Commercial Door Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited
by distance and type of building materials. A general range estimate between the Internet
Gateway and the commercial door operator is 300 ft.
®
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT
PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP)
CPS-UN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4 rated.
CPS-RPEN4Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and
reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA
4X rated.
CPS-OPEN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4X rated.
CPS-UThru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment
protection device).
OESOptical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors,
premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for
exact fit, NEMA 6 rated.
CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire
monitored edge.
CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire
monitored edge.
NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular
doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and
other safety accessories on every door system.
15
APT ELITE SERIES
Trolley
Operator
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC 5.0 APARTMENT TROLLEY COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS ARE OPTIMAL FOR HIGH-CYCLE
APARTMENT HOUSE APPLICATIONS. These operators employ an auto-reconnect trolley with nylon inserts and
a resilient-mount motor for quiet operation. Suspended from the ceiling, the operators are used on sectional
overhead doors with a standard lift. APT Operators are directly attached to drive and control the door.
CONNECTIVITY
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control
your facility door operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet
or computer for greater peace of mind.
• Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications.
®
• Resilient mount motor provides quiet operation.
• Control function selector dial allows for easy selection and
programming of (7) wiring types, from constant pressure to
close to specialized Timer‑to‑Close functionality to meet end
user needs.
• Timer‑to‑Close conveniently and confidently closes the
commercial door automatically after a predetermined amount of
time has elapsed for added security and peace of mind.
• Mid-stop enables partial opening of door to a preprogrammed
position for energy savings, time savings and convenience.
• Dual voltage connections increase flexibility by enabling the
Installer to select the required voltage within phase to meet
job‑site requirements. Within phases, voltage is selectable at the
time of installation with the placement of a connector.
• Continuous‑duty high-starting torque motor with instant reverse
and overload protection. Capacitor start with single phase,
removable without affecting limit switches.
• Adjustable friction clutch helps to protect door and operator from
damage should the door meet an obstruction.
• Maximum run timer reverses or stops door if closing time exceeds
expected time frame to limit damage to door and operator.
• Delay-on-reverse circuit prevents abrupt reversal of door,
reducing wear on the door and operator system.
• 3-Button Control Station with Maintenance Alert System (MAS).
• Drive reduction, first stage heavy‑duty 5L V-belt; second and third
stages #41 chain; #48 output chain on trolley.
SAFETY
• Security+ 2.0 radio receiver is standard on-board with Logic 5.0
Operators, and virtually eliminates radio frequency interference.
Accepts up to (90) 1-button or (30) 3-button remote controls plus
up to (30) wireless keypads or an unlimited number of DIP switch
remote controls.
•LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with
UL 325 standards.
• LiftMaster offers a variety of entrapment protection devices for
every commercial application.
•Emergency Disconnect with auto-reconnect, disconnects operator
from door for manual lifting in an emergency and automatically
reconnects for convenience.
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
• Control circuit: 5VDC NEC Class 2 control circuit
• Approximate 130 lbs. shipping weight
STANDARD
SECTIONAL
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
SQ. FT.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
PERFORMANCE
• Bearings, industrial ball
bearings on output and
first reduction shafts;
bearings on second
reduction shaft.
• Brake: standard on APT.
• Construction: NEMA 1
rated type electrical box,
heavy‑duty 11-gauge steel
frame with durable powder‑coat finish, all reduction sprockets
drilled and pinned to shafts.
• #41 trolley roller chain standard with APT operators.
• Door speed: 6–7 in. per second.
• Warranty: 2 Years.
16
24 ga., 22 ga.
Steel
20 ga. Steel
16 ga. Steel
Alum. Doors
Wood Doors
—
—
Fiberglass Doors
24 ga. Steel
Insul.
20 ga. Steel
Insul.
16 ga. Steel
Insul.
250
225
150
100
—
24"
(includes brake)
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
1/2 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
APT501L5...............................................115/230 1
60
Models listed above are equipped for doors up to 12 ft.
Track is available for doors up to the following: 14 ft.,16 ft., 18 ft., 20 ft., 24 ft.
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT
PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP)
Internet Gateway (828LM)*
Receive alerts or monitor and activate your commercial door from
anywhere via an Internet-enabled device.
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)*
Monitor and open or close up to four commercial doors from any room
in your facility.
Remote Light Control (825LM)*
Control any lamp with a commercial door operator remote control or
smartphone via the Internet Gateway.
Mushroom Button Control Station (02401M)
Provides single button to activate opening one or more
commercial doors.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
CPS-UN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4 rated.
CPS-RPEN4Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and
reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA
4X rated.
CPS-OPEN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4X rated.
CPS-UThru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment
protection device).
OESOptical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors,
premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for
exact fit, NEMA 6 rated.
CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire
monitored edge.
CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire
monitored edge.
NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Red/Green Traffic Light (RGL24LY)
Indicates when a commercial door reaches the open position. Provides
assurance of safe entering and exiting of the facility, reducing the
potential for costly accidents. (TLS1CARD is recommended.)
3-Button Remote Control (813LM)
Extreme range 3-button encrypted DIP switch remote control with
Security+ 2.0 narrow band on 310/315/390 MHz tri-band. Red/Green/
Yellow on buttons designed to be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
functionality for commercial door operators. Easy‑to‑code 12-position
DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes.
™
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway Accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a
MyQ ‑Enabled Commercial Door Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited
by distance and type of building materials. A general range estimate between the Internet
Gateway and the commercial door operator is 300 ft.
®
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular
doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and
other safety accessories on every door system.
17
GH ELITE SERIES
Gearhead
Hoist
Operator
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC 5.0 GEARHEAD HOIST COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS employ lubricated gears for heavy industrial,
high‑cycle applications. These operators include a floor-level chain hoist for ease of manual operation in an
emergency or power outage.
CONNECTIVITY
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control
your facility door operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet
or computer for greater peace of mind.
• Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications.
®
• Heavy-duty wormgear-in-oil gear reducer delivers performance
for heavy industrial, high‑cycle applications.
• Floor-level chain hoist with electrical interlock provides easy
disconnect and manual operation in an emergency.
• Control function selector dial allows for easy selection and
programming of (7) wiring types, from constant pressure to
close to specialized Timer‑to‑Close functionality to meet end
user needs.
• Timer‑to‑Close conveniently and confidently closes the
commercial door automatically after a predetermined amount of
time has elapsed for added security and peace of mind.
• Mid-stop enables partial opening of door to a preprogrammed
position for energy savings, time savings and convenience.
• Dual voltage connections increase flexibility by enabling the
Installer to select the required voltage within phase to meet
job‑site requirements. Within phases, voltage is selectable at the
time of installation with the placement of a connector.
• Continuous‑duty high-starting torque motor with instant reverse
and overload protection. Capacitor start with single phase,
removable without affecting limit switches.
• Maximum run timer reverses or stops door if closing time exceeds
expected time frame to limit damage to door and operator.
• Delay-on-reverse circuit prevents abrupt reversal of door,
reducing wear on the door and operator system.
SAFETY
• Security+ 2.0 radio receiver is standard on-board with Logic 5.0
Operators, and virtually eliminates radio frequency interference.
Accepts up to (90) 1-button or (30) 3-button remote controls plus
up to (30) wireless keypads or an unlimited number of DIP switch
remote controls.
•LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325
standards.
• LiftMaster offers a variety of entrapment protection devices for
every commercial application.
• Emergency disconnect disconnects door operator from door for
manual lifting in an emergency.
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
• Control circuit: 5VDC NEC Class 2 control circuit
• Approximate 125 lbs. shipping weight
SECTIONAL
ROLLING
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
HP
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
PERFORMANCE
• 3-Button Control Station
with Maintenance Alert
System (MAS).
• Drive reduction, 45:1 first
stage using heavy‑duty gears
running in oil bath, cast iron
housing. Special “all climate” synthetic gear oil for greater low
temperature performance; #50 output sprocket chain.
• Bearings: sealed roller bearings in gear reducer.
• Brake: standard on all GH Door Operators.
• Construction: NEMA 1 rated type electrical box, heavy‑duty
11-gauge steel frame with durable powder‑coat finish, all
reduction sprockets drilled and pinned to shafts.
• Door speed: 8–9 in. per second.
• Warranty: 2 Years.
22 ga.
Steel
—
20 ga., 18
ga. Steel
16 ga.
Steel
—
Alum.
Grilles
Alum.
Doors
—
Steel
Grilles
—
24 ga., 22
ga. Steel
—
—
20 ga.
Steel
—
16 ga.
Steel
—
Fiber­glass
Alum.
Doors
Wood
Doors
—
—
—
—
—
24 ga.
Steel
Insul.
—
20 ga.
Steel
Insul.
16 ga.
Steel
Insul.
1/2
325
300
275
250
225
175
3/4
480
430
390
340
275
225
300
1
650
560
500
430
325
1-1/2
—
—
680
540
425
375
2
—
—
—
640
560
460
3
—
—
—
875
840
620
5
18
24 ga.
Steel
Call your LiftMaster Sales Representative for specifications
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT
PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP)
OPERATORS
1/2 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
GH501L5................................................115/2301 60
GH503L5................................................208/230/4603
60
GH505L5*...............................................575
360
3/4 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
GH751L5................................................115/230 1
60
GH753L5................................................208/230/4603
60
GH755L5*...............................................575
360
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
GH101L5................................................115/2301 60
GH103L5................................................208/230/4603
60
GH105L5*...............................................575
360
1-1/2 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
GH151L5................................................115/2301 60
GH153L5................................................208/230/4603
60
GH155L5*...............................................575
360
2 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
GH201L5................................................115/2301 60
GH203L5................................................208/230/4603
60
GH205L5*...............................................575
360
3 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
GH303L5 (L/R)........................................208/230/4603
NOTE: 3 HP must be ordered Right or Left
*When ordering a 575V, three phase operator, the ORDERING CODE for
voltage/phase in the model number is designated as a “5.”
Hz
60
5 HP
5HP GH Operator not offered in Logic 5.0, mechanical only. Please contact
your LiftMaster Sales Representative for more information.
®
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Internet Gateway (828LM)*
Receive alerts or monitor and activate your commercial door from
anywhere via an Internet-enabled device.
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)*
Monitor and open or close up to four commercial doors from any room
in your facility.
Remote Light Control (825LM)*
Control any lamp with a commercial door operator remote control or
smartphone via the Internet Gateway.
Mushroom Button Control Station (02401M)
Provides single button to activate opening one or more
commercial doors.
Red/Green Traffic Light (RGL24LY)
Indicates when a commercial door reaches the open position. Provides
assurance of safe entering and exiting of the facility, reducing the
potential for costly accidents. (TLS1CARD is recommended.)
3-Button Remote Control (813LM)
Extreme range 3-button encrypted DIP switch remote control with
Security+ 2.0 narrow band on 310/315/390 MHz tri-band. Red/Green/
Yellow on buttons designed to be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
functionality for commercial door operators. Easy‑to‑code 12-position
DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes.
™
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular
doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and
other safety accessories on every door system.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway Accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a
MyQ ‑Enabled Commercial Door Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited
by distance and type of building materials. A general range estimate between the Internet
Gateway and the commercial door operator is 300 ft.
®
19
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
1 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
CPS-UN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4 rated.
CPS-RPEN4Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and reflector,
polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated.
CPS-OPEN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, flexible
rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft. range, NEMA
4X rated.
CPS-UThru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment
protection device).
OESOptical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors,
premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for exact
fit, NEMA 6 rated.
CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire
monitored edge.
CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire
monitored edge.
NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
H ELITE SERIES
Hoist Operator
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC 5.0 HOISTED COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS ARE OPTIMAL FOR INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS. These
operators include a floor-level chain hoist to ease manual operation in an emergency or power outage. The door
operators are typically mounted to the wall when used with larger sectional overhead doors with vertical or high lift
and mounted to the wall or the front of the hood when used with rolling doors and grilles. H Operators are attached
to the door jackshaft to indirectly drive the door.
CONNECTIVITY
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control
your facility door operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet
or computer for greater peace of mind.
• Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications.
®
• Floor‑level chain hoist with electrical interlock provides easy
disconnect and manual operation in an emergency.
• Control function selector dial allows for easy selection and
programming of (7) wiring types, from constant pressure to close to
specialized Timer‑to‑Close functionality to meet end user needs.
• Timer‑to‑Close conveniently and confidently closes the
commercial door automatically after a predetermined amount of
time has elapsed for added security and peace of mind.
• Mid-stop enables partial opening of door to a preprogrammed
position for energy savings, time savings and convenience.
• Dual voltage connections increase flexibility by enabling the
Installer to select the required voltage within phase to meet
job‑site requirements. Within phases, voltage is selectable at the
time of installation with the placement of a connector.
• Continuous‑duty high-starting torque motor with instant reverse
and overload protection. Capacitor start with single phase,
removable without affecting limit switches.
• Adjustable friction clutch helps to protect door and operator from
damage should the door meet an obstruction.
• Maximum run timer reverses or stops door if closing time exceeds
expected time frame to limit damage to door and operator.
• Delay-on-reverse circuit prevents abrupt reversal of door,
reducing wear on the door and operator system.
SAFETY
• Security+ 2.0 radio receiver is standard on-board with Logic 5.0
Operators, and virtually eliminates radio frequency interference.
Accepts up to (90) 1-button or (30) 3-button remote controls plus
up to (30) wireless keypads or an unlimited number of DIP switch
remote controls.
•LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325
standards.
• LiftMaster offers a variety of entrapment protection devices for
every commercial application.
• Emergency Disconnect, disconnects door operator from door for
manual lifting in an emergency.
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
• Control circuit: 5VDC NEC Class 2 control circuit
• Approximate 110 lbs. shipping weight
Logic 5.0
16.16
SECTIONAL
ROLLING
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
HP
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
PERFORMANCE
• 3-Button Control Station
with Maintenance Alert
System (MAS).
• Drive reduction, first stage heavy‑duty 5L V-belt; second, third and
fourth stages #48 chain; #50 output sprocket chain.
• Bearings/bushings: industrial ball bearings on 1 in. output shaft;
heavy‑duty oil-filled bushings on reduction shafts.
• Brake: standard on 3/4 and optional on 1/2 HP.
• Construction: NEMA 1 rated type electrical box, heavy‑duty
11-gauge steel frame with durable powder‑coat finish, all
reduction sprockets drilled and pinned to shafts.
• Door speed: 8–9 in. per second.
• Warranty: 2 Years.
24 ga.
Steel
22 ga.
Steel
—
20 ga., 18
ga. Steel
16 ga.
Steel
Alum.
Grilles
—
Alum.
Doors
—
Steel
Grilles
—
—
—
24 ga., 22
ga. Steel
20 ga.
Steel
—
16 ga.
Steel
—
Fiber­glass
Alum.
Doors
Wood
Doors
—
—
—
—
—
24 ga.
Steel
Insul.
—
20 ga.
Steel
Insul.
16 ga.
Steel
Insul.
1/3
310
285
260
210
175
125
1/2
400
350
320
280
250
200
3/4
560
500
450
380
325
250
1
640
625
560
475
400
310
*
* F or models with brakes add 2".
(Brake standard on 3/4 HP and 1 HP, optional on 1/2 HP)
NOTE: On steel-insulated doors, a 24 ga. back panel is assumed. If a heavier back panel is supplied, use the next
higher HP rating. For doors 22 ft. wide by 20 ft. high and larger contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative.
20
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
1/3 HP
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
H331L5 (L/R)..........................................115/2301 60
H333L5 (L/R)..........................................208/230/4603
60
(For 1/3 HP options not shown, use 1/2 HP operator.)
Internet Gateway (828LM)*
Receive alerts or monitor and activate your commercial door from
anywhere via an Internet-enabled device.
1/2 HP
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)*
Monitor and open or close up to four commercial doors from any room
in your facility.
Phase
Hz
Model....................................................Voltage H501L5 (L/R)..........................................115/2301 60
H503L5 (L/R)..........................................208/230/4603
60
H505L5* (L/R).........................................575
360
Remote Light Control (825LM)*
Control any lamp with a commercial door operator remote control or
smartphone via the Internet Gateway.
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
H751L5 (L/R)..........................................115/2301 60
H753L5 (L/R)..........................................208/230/4603
60
H755L5* (L/R).........................................575
360
1 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
H101L5 (L/R)..........................................115/2301 60
H103L5 (L/R)..........................................208/230/4603
60
H105L5* (L/R).........................................575
360
*When ordering a 575V, three phase operator, the ORDERING CODE for
voltage/phase in the model number is designated as a “5.”
DOOR SPROCKET SUBSTITUTIONS
Sprocket Description
50B18 Sprocket, 1 in. bore, 1/4 in. keyway, standard for sectional doors.
50B40 Sprocket, 1 in. bore, 1/4 in. keyway, recommended for rolling doors.
For all other sprocket substitutions, please contact your LiftMaster
Sales Representative.
®
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT
PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP)
CPS-UN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4 rated.
CPS-RPEN4Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and
reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA
4X rated.
CPS-OPEN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4X rated.
CPS-UThru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment
protection device).
OESOptical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors,
premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for
exact fit, NEMA 6 rated.
CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire
monitored edge.
CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire
monitored edge.
NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
Mushroom Button Control Station (02401M)
Provides single button to activate opening one or more
commercial doors.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
3/4 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Red/Green Traffic Light (RGL24LY)
Indicates when a commercial door reaches the open position. Provides
assurance of safe entering and exiting of the facility, reducing the
potential for costly accidents. (TLS1CARD is recommended.)
3-Button Remote Control (813LM)
Extreme range 3-button encrypted DIP switch remote control with
Security+ 2.0 narrow band on 310/315/390 MHz tri-band. Red/Green/
Yellow on buttons designed to be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
functionality for commercial door operators. Easy‑to‑code 12-position
DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes.
™
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway Accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a
MyQ ‑Enabled Commercial Door Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited
by distance and type of building materials. A general range estimate between the Internet
Gateway and the commercial door operator is 300 ft.
®
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular
doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and
other safety accessories on every door system.
21
DHJ ELITE SERIES
Door Lock
Hoist
Jackshaft
Operator
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC 5.0 DOOR LOCK HOIST/JACKSHAFT COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS ARE IDEAL FOR SHOPPING MALL APPLICATIONS
WITH HEAVIER ROLLING DOORS AND GRILLES. The Door Operators provide a floor-level chain hoist to ease manual operation
in an emergency or power outage. These operators include a door lock sensor to prevent damage to the door and operator
caused by attempts to automatically open a locked door. The Door Operators are typically mounted to the wall when used
with larger sectional overhead doors with vertical or high lift and mounted to the wall, or the front of the hood, when used with
rolling doors and grilles. DHJ Operators are attached to the door jackshaft to indirectly drive the door.
CONNECTIVITY
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control
your facility door operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet
or computer for greater peace of mind.
• Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications.
®
• Internal door lock sensor eliminates jamming and damage to door
and operator if door is opened when locked.
• Floor-level chain hoist with electrical interlock provides easy
disconnect and manual operation in an emergency.
• Control function selector dial allows for easy selection and
programming of (7) wiring types, from constant pressure to close to
specialized Timer‑to‑Close functionality to meet end user needs.
• Timer‑to‑Close conveniently and confidently closes the
commercial door automatically after a predetermined amount of
time has elapsed for added security and peace of mind.
• Mid-stop enables partial opening of door to a preprogrammed
position for energy savings, time savings and convenience.
• Dual voltage connections increase flexibility by enabling the
Installer to select the required voltage within phase to meet
job‑site requirements. Within phases, voltage is selectable at the
time of installation with the placement of a connector.
• Continuous‑duty high-starting torque motor with instant reverse
and overload protection. Capacitor start with single phase,
removable without affecting limit switches.
• Adjustable friction clutch helps to protect door and operator from
damage should the door meet an obstruction.
• Maximum run timer reverses or stops door if closing time exceeds
SAFETY
• Security+ 2.0 radio receiver is standard on-board with Logic 5.0
Operators, and virtually eliminates radio frequency interference.
Accepts up to (90) 1-button or (30) 3-button remote controls plus
up to (30) wireless keypads or an unlimited number of DIP switch
remote controls.
•LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325
standards.
• LiftMaster offers a variety of entrapment protection devices for
every commercial application.
• Emergency Disconnect, disconnects door operator from door for
manual lifting in an emergency.
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
• Control circuit: 5VDC NEC Class 2 control circuit
• Approximate 110 lbs. shipping weight
Logic 5.0
16.16
SECTIONAL
ROLLING
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
HP
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
PERFORMANCE
expected time frame to limit damage to door and operator.
• Delay-on-reverse circuit prevents abrupt reversal of door,
reducing wear on the door and operator system.
• 3-Button Control Station with Maintenance Alert System (MAS).
• Drive reduction, first stage heavy‑duty 5L V-belt; second, third and
fourth stages #48 chain; #50 output sprocket chain.
• Bearings/bushings: industrial ball bearings on 1 in. output shaft;
heavy‑duty oil-filled bushings on reduction shafts.
• Brake: standard on 3/4 and optional on 1/2 HP.
• Construction: NEMA 1 rated type electrical box, heavy‑duty
11-gauge steel frame with durable powder‑coat finish, all
reduction sprockets drilled and pinned to shafts.
• Door speed: 8–9 in. per second.
• Warranty: 2 Years.
24 ga.
Steel
22 ga.
Steel
—
20 ga., 18
ga. Steel
16 ga.
Steel
Alum.
Grilles
—
Alum.
Doors
—
Steel
Grilles
—
—
—
24 ga., 22
ga. Steel
20 ga.
Steel
—
16 ga.
Steel
—
Fiber­glass
Alum.
Doors
Wood
Doors
—
—
—
—
—
24 ga.
Steel
Insul.
—
20 ga.
Steel
Insul.
16 ga.
Steel
Insul.
*
1/2
350
320
280
250
200
125
3/4
500
450
380
325
250
200
* F or models with brakes add 2".
(Brake standard on 3/4 HP and 1 HP, optional on 1/2 HP)
NOTE: On steel-insulated doors, a 24 ga. back panel is assumed. If a heavier back panel is supplied, use the next
higher HP rating. For doors 22 ft. wide by 20 ft. high and larger contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative.
22
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
1/2 HP
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
DHJ501L5 (L/R)......................................115/2301 60
DHJ503L5 (L/R)......................................208/230/4603
60
DHJ505L5* (L/R).....................................575
360
3/4 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)*
Monitor and open or close up to four commercial doors from any room
in your facility.
Remote Light Control (825LM)*
Control any lamp with a commercial door operator remote control or
smartphone via the Internet Gateway.
DOOR SPROCKET SUBSTITUTIONS
Mushroom Button Control Station (02401M)
Provides single button to activate opening one or more
commercial doors.
Sprocket Description
50B40 Sprocket, 1 in. bore, 1/4 in. keyway, recommended for rolling doors.
For all other sprocket substitutions, please contact your LiftMaster
Sales Representative.
Red/Green Traffic Light (RGL24LY)
Indicates when a commercial door reaches the open position. Provides
assurance of safe entering and exiting of the facility, reducing the
potential for costly accidents. (TLS1CARD is recommended.)
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT
PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP)
3-Button Remote Control (813LM)
Extreme range 3-button encrypted DIP switch remote control with
Security+ 2.0 narrow band on 310/315/390 MHz tri-band. Red/Green/
Yellow on buttons designed to be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
functionality for commercial door operators. Easy‑to‑code 12-position
DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes.
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
DHJ751L5 (L/R)......................................115/2301 60
DHJ753L5 (L/R)......................................208/230/4603
60
DHJ755L5* (L/R).....................................575
360
*When ordering a 575V, three phase operator, the ORDERING CODE for
voltage/phase in the model number is designated as a “5.”
Internet Gateway (828LM)*
Receive alerts or monitor and activate your commercial door from
anywhere via an Internet-enabled device.
™
CPS-UN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4 rated.
CPS-RPEN4Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and
reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA
4X rated.
CPS-OPEN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4X rated.
CPS-UThru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment
protection device).
OESOptical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors,
premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for
exact fit, NEMA 6 rated.
CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire
monitored edge.
CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire
monitored edge.
NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway Accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a
MyQ ‑Enabled Commercial Door Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited
by distance and type of building materials. A general range estimate between the Internet
Gateway and the commercial door operator is 300 ft.
®
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular
doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and
other safety accessories on every door system.
23
J ELITE SERIES
Jackshaft
Operator
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC 5.0 JACKSHAFT COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS ARE OPTIMAL FOR INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS. Doors
used with this operator should be balanced with the ability to be manually lifted by hand in an emergency or
power outage. The door operators are typically mounted to the wall when used with smaller sectional overhead
doors with a vertical or high lift and mounted to the wall or the front of the hood when used with rolling doors
and grilles. J Operators are attached to the door jackshaft to indirectly drive the door.
CONNECTIVITY
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control
your facility door operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet
or computer for greater peace of mind.
• Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications.
®
• Control function selector dial allows for easy selection and
programming of (7) wiring types, from constant pressure to
close to specialized Timer‑to‑Close functionality to meet end
user needs.
• Timer‑to‑Close conveniently and confidently closes the
commercial door automatically after a predetermined amount of
time has elapsed for added security and peace of mind.
• Mid-stop enables partial opening of door to a preprogrammed
position for energy savings, time savings and convenience.
• Dual voltage connections increase flexibility by enabling the
Installer to select the required voltage within phase to meet
job‑site requirements. Within phases, voltage is selectable at the
time of installation with the placement of a connector.
• Continuous‑duty high-starting torque motor with instant reverse
and overload protection. Capacitor start with single phase,
removable without affecting limit switches.
• Adjustable friction clutch helps to protect door and operator from
damage should the door meet an obstruction.
• Maximum run timer reverses or stops door if closing time exceeds
expected time frame to limit damage to door and operator.
• Delay-on-reverse circuit prevents abrupt reversal of door,
reducing wear on the door and operator system.
• 3-Button Control Station with Maintenance Alert System (MAS).
• Drive reduction, first stage heavy‑duty 5L V-belt; second-
SAFETY
• Security+ 2.0 radio receiver is standard on-board with Logic 5.0
Operators, and virtually eliminates radio frequency interference.
Accepts up to (90) 1-button or (30) 3-button remote controls plus
up to (30) wireless keypads or an unlimited number of DIP switch
remote controls.
•LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325
standards.
• LiftMaster offers a variety of entrapment protection devices for
every commercial application.
• Emergency Disconnect, disconnects door operator from door for
manual lifting in an emergency.
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
• Control circuit: 5VDC NEC Class 2 control circuit
• Approximate 95 lbs. shipping weight
Logic 5.0
16.16
SECTIONAL
ROLLING
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
1/3
HP
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
PERFORMANCE
third-fourth stages
#48 chain; #50 output
sprocket chain.
•Bearings/bushings,
industrial ball bearings
on 1 in. output shaft;
heavy‑duty oil-filled bushings on reduction shafts.
• Brake: standard on 3/4 and 1 HP Operators (optional on 1/2 HP,
not available on 1/3 HP).
• Construction: NEMA 1 rated type electrical box, heavy‑duty
11-gauge steel frame with durable powder‑coat finish, all
reduction sprockets drilled and pinned to shafts.
• Door speed: 8–9 in. per second.
• Warranty: 2 Years.
24 ga.
Steel
22 ga.
Steel
—
20 ga., 18
ga. Steel
16 ga.
Steel
Alum.
Grilles
Alum.
Doors
—
Steel
Grilles
—
—
24 ga., 22
ga. Steel
—
—
20 ga.
Steel
—
16 ga.
Steel
—
Fiberglass
Alum.
Doors
Wood
Doors
—
—
—
—
—
24 ga.
Steel
Insul.
—
20 ga.
Steel
Insul.
16 ga.
Steel
Insul.
310
285
260
210
175
125
200
*
1/2
400
350
320
280
250
3/4
560
500
450
380
325
250
1
640
625
560
475
400
310
* F or models with brakes add 2".
(Brake standard on 3/4 HP and 1 HP, optional on 1/2 HP)
NOTE: The J Operator is not recommended for use on large or high rolling doors without chain hoist modification (see Model H). On steel-insulated doors, a 24 ga. back panel
is assumed. If a heavier back panel is supplied, use the next higher HP rating. For doors 22 ft. wide by 20 ft. high and larger contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative.
24
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
1/3 HP (FOR 1/3 HP OPTIONS NOT SHOWN, USE 1/2 HP OPERATOR.)
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
J331L5 ..................................................115/2301 60
J333L5 ..................................................208/230/4603
60
(For 1/3 HP options not shown, use 1/2 HP operator.)
Internet Gateway (828LM)*
Receive alerts or monitor and activate your commercial door from
anywhere via an Internet-enabled device.
1/2 HP
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)*
Monitor and open or close up to four commercial doors from any room
in your facility.
Phase
Hz
Model....................................................Voltage J501L5 ..................................................115/2301 60
J503L5 ..................................................208/230/4603
60
J505L5* ................................................575
360
Remote Light Control (825LM)*
Control any lamp with a commercial door operator remote control or
smartphone via the Internet Gateway.
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
J751L5 ..................................................115/2301 60
J753L5 ..................................................208/230/4603
60
J755L5* ................................................575
360
1 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
J101L5 ..................................................115/2301 60
J103L5 ..................................................208/230/4603
60
J105L5* ................................................575
360
*When ordering a 575V, three phase operator, the ORDERING CODE for
voltage/phase in the model number is designated as a “5.”
DOOR SPROCKET SUBSTITUTIONS
Sprocket Description
50B18 Sprocket, 1 in. bore, 1/4 in. keyway, standard for sectional doors.
50B40 Sprocket, 1 in. bore, 1/4 in. keyway, recommended for rolling doors.
For all other sprocket substitutions, please contact your LiftMaster
Sales Representative.
®
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT
PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP)
CPS-UN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4 rated.
CPS-RPEN4Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and
reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA
4X rated.
CPS-OPEN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4X rated.
CPS-UThru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment
protection device).
OESOptical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors,
premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for
exact fit, NEMA 6 rated.
CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire
monitored edge.
CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire
monitored edge.
NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
Mushroom Button Control Station (02401M)
Provides single button to activate opening one or more
commercial doors.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
3/4 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Red/Green Traffic Light (RGL24LY)
Indicates when a commercial door reaches the open position. Provides
assurance of safe entering and exiting of the facility, reducing the
potential for costly accidents. (TLS1CARD is recommended.)
3-Button Remote Control (813LM)
Extreme range 3-button encrypted DIP switch remote control with
Security+ 2.0 narrow band on 310/315/390 MHz tri-band. Red/Green/
Yellow on buttons designed to be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
functionality for commercial door operators. Easy‑to‑code 12-position
DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes.
™
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway Accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a
MyQ ‑Enabled Commercial Door Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited
by distance and type of building materials. A general range estimate between the Internet
Gateway and the commercial door operator is 300 ft.
®
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular
doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and
other safety accessories on every door system.
25
DJ ELITE SERIES
Door Lock
Jackshaft
Operator
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC 5.0 DOOR LOCK JACKSHAFT COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS ARE IDEAL FOR SHOPPING MALL
APPLICATIONS WITH LIGHTER ROLLING DOORS AND GRILLES. Doors used with this operator should be small
and light enough to be manually lifted by hand in an emergency or power outage. These door operators
include a door lock sensor to prevent damage to the door and operator caused by attempts to automatically
open a locked door. The door operators are typically mounted to the wall when used with smaller sectional
overhead doors with vertical or high lift and mounted to the side or the front of the hood when used with
rolling doors and grilles. DJ Operators are attached to the door jackshaft to indirectly drive the door.
CONNECTIVITY
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control
your facility door operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet
or computer for greater peace of mind.
• Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications.
PERFORMANCE
• Internal door lock sensor eliminates jamming and damage to door
and operator if door is opened when locked.
• Control function selector dial allows for easy selection and
programming of (7) wiring types, from constant pressure to
close to specialized Timer‑to‑Close functionality to meet end
user needs.
• Timer‑to‑Close conveniently and confidently closes the
commercial door automatically after a predetermined amount of
time has elapsed for added security and peace of mind.
• Mid-stop enables partial opening of door to a preprogrammed
position for energy savings, time savings and convenience.
• Dual voltage connections increase flexibility by enabling the
Installer to select the required voltage within phase to meet
job‑site requirements. Within phases, voltage is selectable at the
time of installation with the placement of a connector.
• Continuous‑duty high-starting torque motor with instant reverse
and overload protection. Capacitor start with single phase,
removable without affecting limit switches.
• Adjustable friction clutch helps to protect door and operator from
damage should the door meet an obstruction.
• Maximum run timer reverses or stops door if closing time exceeds
expected time frame to limit damage to door and operator.
• Delay-on-reverse circuit prevents abrupt reversal of door,
reducing wear on the door and operator system.
• 3-Button Control Station with Maintenance Alert System (MAS).
• Drive reduction, first stage heavy‑duty 5L V-belt; second-thirdfourth stages #48 chain; #50 output sprocket chain.
• Bearings/bushings: industrial ball bearings on 1 in. output shaft;
heavy‑duty oil-filled bushings on reduction shafts.
• Brake: standard on 3/4 and optional on 1/2 HP.
• Construction: NEMA 1 rated type electrical box, heavy‑duty
11-gauge steel frame with durable powder‑coat finish, all
reduction sprockets drilled and pinned to shafts.
• Door speed: 8–9 in. per second.
• Warranty: 2 Years.
SAFETY
• Security+ 2.0 radio receiver is standard on-board with Logic 5.0
Operators, and virtually eliminates radio frequency interference.
Accepts up to (90) 1-button or (30) 3-button remote controls plus
up to (30) wireless keypads or an unlimited number of DIP switch
remote controls.
•LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325
standards.
• LiftMaster offers a variety of entrapment protection devices for
every commercial application.
• Emergency Disconnect, disconnects door operator from door for
manual lifting in an emergency.
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
• Control circuit: 5VDC NEC Class 2 control circuit
• Approximate 95 lbs. shipping weight
Logic 5.0
16.16
SECTIONAL
ROLLING
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
HP
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
®
24 ga. Steel
22 ga.
Steel
—
20 ga., 18
ga. Steel
16 ga.
Steel
—
Alum. Grilles
Alum.
Doors
—
Steel
Grilles
—
—
—
24 ga., 22
ga. Steel
20 ga.
Steel
—
16 ga.
Steel
—
Fiberglass
Alum.
Doors
Wood
Doors
—
—
—
—
—
24 ga.
Steel
Insul.
—
20 ga.
Steel
Insul.
16 ga.
Steel
Insul.
1/2
400
350
320
280
250
200
125
3/4
560
500
450
380
325
250
200
*
* F or models with brakes add 2".
(Brake standard on 3/4 HP and 1 HP, optional on 1/2 HP)
NOTE: The Model DJ Door Operator is designed for use on rolling doors and grilles. It features an internal door lock sensor which detects if the door lock is engaged,
stopping operation to eliminate jamming and damage to the door and operator. There is no longer any need for wiring guide-mounted interlocks.
26
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
1/2 HP
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
DJ501L5 ................................................115/2301 60
DJ503L5 ................................................208/230/4603
60
DJ505L5* ..............................................575
360
3/4 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)*
Monitor and open or close up to four commercial doors from any room
in your facility.
Remote Light Control (825LM)*
Control any lamp with a commercial door operator remote control or
smartphone via the Internet Gateway.
DOOR SPROCKET SUBSTITUTIONS
Mushroom Button Control Station (02401M)
Provides single button to activate opening one or more
commercial doors.
Sprocket Description
50B40 Sprocket, 1 in. Bore, 1/4 in. keyway, recommended for rolling doors.
For all other sprocket substitutions, please contact your LiftMaster Sales
Representative.
Red/Green Traffic Light (RGL24LY)
Indicates when a commercial door reaches the open position. Provides
assurance of safe entering and exiting of the facility, reducing the
potential for costly accidents. (TLS1CARD is recommended.)
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT
PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP)
3-Button Remote Control (813LM)
Extreme range 3-button encrypted DIP switch remote control with
Security+ 2.0 narrow band on 310/315/390 MHz tri-band. Red/Green/
Yellow on buttons designed to be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
functionality for commercial door operators. Easy‑to‑code 12-position
DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes.
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
DJ751L5 ................................................115/2301 60
DJ753L5 ................................................208/230/4603
60
DJ755L5* ..............................................575
360
*When ordering a 575V, three phase operator, the ORDERING CODE for
voltage/phase in the model number is designated as a “5.”
Internet Gateway (828LM)*
Receive alerts or monitor and activate your commercial door from
anywhere via an Internet-enabled device.
™
CPS-UN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4 rated.
CPS-RPEN4Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and
reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA
4X rated.
CPS-OPEN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4X rated.
CPS-UThru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment
protection device).
OESOptical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors,
premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for
exact fit, NEMA 6 rated.
CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire
monitored edge.
CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire
monitored edge.
NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway Accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a
MyQ ‑Enabled Commercial Door Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited
by distance and type of building materials. A general range estimate between the Internet
Gateway and the commercial door operator is 300 ft.
®
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular
doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and
other safety accessories on every door system.
27
GSD ELITE SERIES
Gearhead
Slide Door
Operator
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC 5.0 GEARHEAD SLIDING COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS EMPLOY
LUBRICATED GEARS FOR HEAVY INDUSTRIAL, HIGH‑CYCLE APPLICATIONS. These
operators offer functionality that is similar to GT Operators, but are used on single and
bi‑parting sliding doors. These door operators are directly attached to drive and control the door.
GSD Operators are mounted directly above the door and open the door in the direction of the operator.
CONNECTIVITY
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control
your facility door operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet
or computer for greater peace of mind.
• Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications.
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
PERFORMANCE
• Heavy-duty wormgear-in-oil gear reducer delivers performance
for heavy industrial, high‑cycle applications.
• Control function selector dial allows for easy selection and
programming of (7) wiring types, from constant pressure to
close to specialized Timer‑to‑Close functionality to meet end
user needs.
• Timer‑to‑Close conveniently and confidently closes the
commercial door automatically after a predetermined amount of
time has elapsed for added security and peace of mind.
• Mid-stop enables partial opening of door to a preprogrammed
position for energy savings, time savings and convenience.
• Dual voltage connections increase flexibility by enabling the
Installer to select the required voltage within phase to meet
job‑site requirements. Within phases, voltage is selectable at the
time of installation with the placement of a connector.
• Continuous‑duty high-starting torque motor with instant reverse
and overload protection. Capacitor start with single phase,
removable without affecting limit switches.
• Adjustable friction clutch helps to protect door and operator from
damage should the door meet an obstruction.
• Maximum run timer reverses or stops door if closing time exceeds
expected time frame to limit damage to door and operator.
• Delay-on-reverse circuit prevents abrupt reversal of door,
reducing wear on the door and operator system.
• 3-Button Control Station with Maintenance Alert System (MAS).
• Drive reduction, 10:1 first stage using heavy‑duty gears running
in oil bath; cast iron housing; #41 chain second stage; #41 output
chain on trolley.
• Bearings: sealed roller bearings in gear reducer, flange-mount
industrial ball bearings on drive shaft.
• Brake: standard on all GSD operators.
• Construction: NEMA 1 type electrical box, heavy‑duty 11-gauge
steel frame with durable powder‑coat finish, all reduction
sprockets drilled and pinned to shafts.
• #41 trolley roller chain standard on GSD operators.
• Door speed: 11–12 in. per second.
• Warranty: 2 Years.
SAFETY
• Security+ 2.0 radio receiver is standard on-board with Logic 5.0
Operators, and virtually eliminates radio frequency interference.
Accepts up to (90) 1-button or (30) 3-button remote controls plus
up to (30) wireless keypads or an unlimited number of DIP switch
remote controls.
•LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325
standards.
• LiftMaster offers a variety of entrapment protection devices for
every commercial application.
• Emergency Disconnect, disconnects door operator from door for
manual lifting in an emergency.
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
• Control circuit: 5VDC NEC Class 2 control circuit
• Approximate 180 lbs. shipping weight
(Left Hand Mount Shown)
DOOR SIZE SELECTION GUIDE
HP
Maximum Door
Weight (lbs.)
Maximum Door Area
(sq. ft.)
1/2
1,400
300
3/4
2,200
420
1
2,800
520
1-1/2
3,400
620
NOTE: For bi-parting doors, total weight and total area of both doors combined
must be considered. Specify door widths when ordering.
28
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
1/2 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
GSD501L5 (L/R)......................................115/2301 60
GSD503L5 (L/R)......................................208/230/4603
60
GSD505L5* (L/R)....................................575
360
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Internet Gateway (828LM)*
Receive alerts or monitor and activate your commercial door from
anywhere via an Internet-enabled device.
3/4 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)*
Monitor and open or close up to four commercial doors from any room
in your facility.
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
GSD751L5 (L/R)......................................115/2301 60
GSD753L5 (L/R)......................................208/230/4603
60
GSD755L5* (L/R)....................................575
360
Remote Light Control (825LM)*
Control any lamp with a commercial door operator remote control or
smartphone via the Internet Gateway.
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
GSD101L5 (L/R)......................................115/2301 60
GSD103L5 (L/R)......................................208/230/4603
60
GSD105L5* (L/R)....................................575
360
1-1/2 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
GSD151L5 (L/R)......................................115/2301 60
GSD153L5 (L/R)......................................208/230/4603
60
GSD155L5* (L/R)....................................575
360
Models listed above are equipped for doors up to 12 ft.
Track is available for doors up to the following: 14 ft.,16 ft., 18 ft., 20 ft., 24 ft.
*When ordering a 575V, three phase operator, the ORDERING CODE for
voltage/phase in the model number is designated as a “5.”
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT
PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP)
CPS-UN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4 rated.
CPS-RPEN4Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and
reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA
4X rated.
CPS-OPEN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4X rated.
CPS-UThru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment
protection device).
OESOptical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors,
premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for
exact fit, NEMA 6 rated.
CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire
monitored edge.
CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire
monitored edge.
NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
Mushroom Button Control Station (02401M)
Provides single button to activate opening one or more
commercial doors.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
1 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Red/Green Traffic Light (RGL24LY)
Indicates when a commercial door reaches the open position. Provides
assurance of safe entering and exiting of the facility, reducing the
potential for costly accidents. (TLS1CARD is recommended.)
3-Button Remote Control (813LM)
Extreme range 3-button encrypted DIP switch remote control with
Security+ 2.0 narrow band on 310/315/390 MHz tri-band. Red/Green/
Yellow on buttons designed to be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
functionality for commercial door operators. Easy‑to‑code 12-position
DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes.
™
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway Accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a
MyQ ‑Enabled Commercial Door Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited
by distance and type of building materials. A general range estimate between the Internet
Gateway and the commercial door operator is 300 ft.
®
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular
doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and
other safety accessories on every door system.
29
SD ELITE SERIES
Slide Door
Operator
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC 5.0 SLIDING DOOR COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS ARE FOR INDUSTRIAL
APPLICATIONS. These operators have functionality that is similar to T Operators, but they
are used on single and bi-parting sliding doors. These operators are directly attached to drive and control the
door. SD Operators are mounted directly above the door and open the door in the direction of the operator.
CONNECTIVITY
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control
your facility door operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet
or computer for greater peace of mind.
• Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications.
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
PERFORMANCE
• Control function selector dial allows for easy selection and
programming of (7) wiring types, from constant pressure to close to
specialized Timer‑to‑Close functionality to meet end user needs.
• Timer‑to‑Close conveniently and confidently closes the
commercial door automatically after a predetermined amount of
time has elapsed for added security and peace of mind.
• Mid-stop enables partial opening of door to a preprogrammed
position for energy savings, time savings and convenience.
• Dual voltage connections increase flexibility by enabling the
Installer to select the required voltage within phase to meet
job‑site requirements. Within phases, voltage is selectable at the
time of installation with the placement of a connector.
• Continuous‑duty high-starting torque motor with instant reverse
and overload protection. Capacitor start with single phase,
removable without affecting limit switches.
• Adjustable friction clutch helps to protect door and operator from
damage should the door meet an obstruction.
• Maximum run timer reverses or stops door if closing time exceeds
expected time frame to limit damage to door and operator.
• Delay-on-reverse circuit prevents abrupt reversal of door,
reducing wear on the door and operator system.
• 3-Button Control Station with Maintenance Alert System (MAS).
• Drive reduction, first stage heavy‑duty 5L V-belt; second stage #41
chain; #41 output chain on trolley.
• Bearings/bushings: industrial ball bearings on output shaft;
heavy‑duty oil-filled bushings on reduction shafts.
• Brake: standard on SD operators.
• Construction: NEMA 1 rated type electrical box, heavy‑duty
11-gauge steel frame with durable powder‑coat finish, all
reduction sprockets drilled and pinned to shafts.
• Trolley roller chain, #41 on all SD operators.
• Door speed: 11 in. per second.
• Warranty: 2 Years.
SAFETY
• Security+ 2.0 radio receiver is standard on-board with Logic 5.0
Operators, and virtually eliminates radio frequency interference.
Accepts up to (90) 1-button or (30) 3-button remote controls plus
up to (30) wireless keypads or an unlimited number of DIP switch
remote controls.
•LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325
standards.
• LiftMaster offers a variety of entrapment protection devices for
every commercial application.
• Emergency Disconnect, disconnects door operator from door for
manual lifting in an emergency.
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
• Control circuit: 5VDC NEC Class 2 control circuit
• Approximate 130 lbs. shipping weight
(Left Hand Mount Shown)
DOOR SIZE SELECTION GUIDE
HP
Maximum Door
Weight (lbs.)
Maximum Door Area
(sq. ft.)
1/2
1,300
260
3/4
1,850
340
1
2,400
480
NOTE: For bi-parting doors, total weight and total area of both doors combined
must be considered. Specify door widths when ordering.
30
11.63
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
1/2 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
SD501L5 (L/R)........................................115/2301 60
SD503L5 (L/R)........................................208/230/4603
60
SD505L5* (L/R).......................................575
360
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Internet Gateway (828LM)*
Receive alerts or monitor and activate your commercial door from
anywhere via an Internet-enabled device.
3/4 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)*
Monitor and open or close up to four commercial doors from any room
in your facility.
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
SD751L5 (L/R)........................................115/2301 60
SD753L5 (L/R)........................................208/230/4603
60
SD755L5* (L/R).......................................575
360
Remote Light Control (825LM)*
Control any lamp with a commercial door operator remote control or
smartphone via the Internet Gateway.
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
SD101L5 (L/R)........................................115/2301 60
SD103L5 (L/R)........................................208/230/4603
60
SD105L5* (L/R).......................................575
360
Models listed above are equipped for doors up to 12 ft.
Track is available for doors up to the following: 14 ft., 16 ft., 18 ft., 20 ft., 24 ft.
*When ordering a 575V, three phase operator, the ORDERING CODE for
voltage/phase in the model number is designated as a “5.”
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT
PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP)
CPS-UN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4 rated.
CPS-RPEN4Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and
reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA
4X rated.
CPS-OPEN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4X rated.
CPS-UThru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment
protection device).
OESOptical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors,
premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for
exact fit, NEMA 6 rated.
CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire
monitored edge.
CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire
monitored edge.
NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
Mushroom Button Control Station (02401M)
Provides single button to activate opening one or more
commercial doors.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
1 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Red/Green Traffic Light (RGL24LY)
Indicates when a commercial door reaches the open position. Provides
assurance of safe entering and exiting of the facility, reducing the
potential for costly accidents. (TLS1CARD is recommended.)
3-Button Remote Control (813LM)
Extreme range 3-button encrypted DIP switch remote control with
Security+ 2.0 narrow band on 310/315/390 MHz tri-band. Red/Green/
Yellow on buttons designed to be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
functionality for commercial door operators. Easy‑to‑code 12-position
DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes.
™
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway Accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a
MyQ ‑Enabled Commercial Door Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited
by distance and type of building materials. A general range estimate between the Internet
Gateway and the commercial door operator is 300 ft.
®
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular
doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and
other safety accessories on every door system.
31
MEDIUM-DUTY
SERIES
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Medium-Duty
Series Logic Trolley
Operator (MT)
The Medium-Duty line of Commercial Door
Operators is designed to deliver exceptional
performance for a variety of commercial
This low-profile-designed trolley
operator was developed for use on
standard-lift sectional doors up to
14 ft. high.
applications with lower operational cycle
requirements. The complete line meets
UL 325 requirements for Monitored
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Entrapment Protection and includes an
Medium-Duty Series
Logic Gear-Reduced
Operator (MGJ)
integrated Security+ radio receiver to keep
®
your facility safe and secure .
This gearhead jackshaft operator
is designed for use on industrial
sectional doors with high or
vertical lift and on small rolling
doors and grilles.
PERFORMANCE
• Powerful 1/2 HP, single-phase motor with internal
automatic reset thermal overload is removable
without affecting limit switch settings.
• Programmable C2 wiring providing momentary
contact to open and stop, with constant contact
• UL 325 compliant Medium-Duty Logic
programmable integrated circuit board.
• Integrated 90-second maximum run timer.
• Warranty: 2 Years.
to close. Momentary contact to close (B2 wiring)
can be easily set with the addition of a Monitored
Entrapment Protection device.
32
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
Medium-Duty Series
Logic Slow-Speed
Hoist Operator (MHS)
Medium-Duty Series
Logic Jackshaft
Operator (MJ)
This compact-designed operator
includes an emergency chain hoist
with an electric interlock for use
on small rolling doors, grilles and
industrial sectional doors with high
or vertical lift.
This slow-speed hoist operator
is designed for use on rolling
sheet doors.
This jackshaft operator is designed
with a compact design for use on
industrial sectional doors with high
or vertical lift and on small rolling
doors and grilles.
SAFETY
• Built-in 3-channel, 315 MHz radio receiver accepts
• LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply
up to (20) LiftMaster Security+ or unlimited DIP
with UL 325 standards. Approved LiftMaster
switch remote controls.
Monitored Entrapment Protection Devices must be
®
®
• 3-button remote controls can be programmed for
OPEN/CLOSE/STOP operation.
• Integrated Timer‑to‑Close (TTC) allows
added in order to comply with UL 325 standards for
momentary contact-to-close operation. Secondary
entrapment devices can be added to suit the needs
of the commercial environment.
programming from 5–60 seconds in 5-second
increments. Allows for timed automatic door
closure after the door reaches the full open
position (requires Monitored Primary Entrapment
Protection Device).
33
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Medium-Duty
Series Logic Hoist
Operator (MH)
MT MEDIUM-DUTY
SERIES
Medium-Duty
Series Logic
Trolley Operator
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
THE MT DOOR OPERATOR IS DESIGNED FOR USE ON STANDARD LIFT
SECTIONAL DOORS UP TO 14 FT. HIGH AND UP TO 12 CYCLES PER HOUR.
• High-strength dual L-rail track with exclusive nylon quiet gliding
chain guides on rail spacers for quiet, smooth operation.
• Includes quick-mount header bracket which provides fast,
swing‑up installation.
• Programmable C2 or B2 wiring options (B2 requires installed
Monitored Entrapment Protection Device) to meet business
requirements for commercial door operator control.
• Powerful high-starting torque 1/2 HP, single-phase motor with
internal automatic reset thermal overload is removable without
affecting limit switch settings.
• Adjustable friction clutch helps protect against major damage to
door and operator should the door meet an obstruction.
• Drive Reduction: First stage heavy‑duty 4L V-belt; second stage
and third stages #48 chain.
• Integrated 90-second maximum run timer.
• Heavy-duty solenoid actuated brake standard on
model BMT5011U.
• Heavy-duty oil-filled bushings.
• NEMA 1 type electrical box, heavy‑duty 11-gauge steel frame with
durable powder-coated finish, all reduction sprockets drilled and
pinned to shafts.
• Spring-loaded disconnect for emergency manual operation.
• Operator/Motor Control: Solid-State Medium-Duty circuit board
• 3-button station for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functions is standard for
all door operators.
• Warranty: 2 Years.
SAFETY
• Built-in 3-channel, 315 MHz radio receiver accepts up to (20)
LiftMaster Security+ or unlimited DIP switch remote controls.
3-button remote controls can be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/
STOP operation.
• Integrated Timer‑to‑Close (TTC) for timed automatic door closure
after the door reaches the full open position for added security
and peace of mind. Programmable from 5–60 seconds in
5-second increments.
• LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325
standards for Monitored Entrapment Protection.
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
• Control circuit: 24V NEC Class 2 control circuit
STANDARD
SECTIONAL
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
SQ. FT.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
PERFORMANCE
—
24 ga.,
22 ga. Steel
20 ga. Steel
16 ga. Steel
—
Fiber­glass
Alum. Doors
Wood Doors
—
—
—
—
24 ga. Steel
Insul.
20 ga. Steel
Insul.
16 ga. Steel
Insul.
310
260
225
150
100
NOTE: On steel-insulated doors, a 24 ga. back panel is assumed.
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
Maximum recommended duty cycle: 12 cycles per hour.
34
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
1/2 HP
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
MT5011U...............................................115
160
UNITS WITH SOLENOID BRAKE—Order Model BMT
Model....................................................Voltage BMT5011U.............................................115 Phase
1
Hz
60
Solenoid brake cannot be added in the field.
ADDITIONAL TRACK—Required for doors higher than 12 ft.
For doors up to 14 ft.
CPS-UN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4 rated.
CPS-RPEN4Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and
reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA
4X rated.
CPS-OPEN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4X rated.
CPS-UThru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment
protection device).
OESOptical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors,
premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for
exact fit, NEMA 6 rated.
CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire
monitored edge.
CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire
monitored edge.
NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES
3-Button Remote Control, Tri-Colored (333LM)
Accommodates commercial door operators requiring OPEN/CLOSE/
STOP functions, Security+ Rolling Code Technology, with easy code
selection, 9-position trinary DIP switches with 19,683 changeable codes
per channel.
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT
PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP)
3-Button Control Station (02103)
Indoor surface mount, NEMA 1 rated.
3-Button Remote Control (373LM)
Program up to three garage door openers, gate operators and
commercial door operators. With Security+ Rolling Code Technology,
users are assured of a new code with every use.
3-Button Remote Control (893MAX)
Provides Security+ 2.0 Technology and also works with Security+
Technology found in the LiftMaster Medium-Duty Commercial
Operators, controls up to three LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators
and/or MyQ Accessories. Must access Security+ Technology through
“Program” mode in remote control.
™
®
®
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular
doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and
other safety accessories on every door system.
35
MH MEDIUM-DUTY
SERIES
Medium-Duty
Series Logic
Hoist Operator
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
THE MH DOOR OPERATOR IS DESIGNED FOR USE ON SMALL ROLLING DOORS, GRILLES AND INDUSTRIAL SECTIONAL
DOORS WITH HIGH OR VERTICAL LIFT.
• Easy emergency manual operation using the floor-level chain
hoist and disconnect with electrical interlock.
• Programmable C2 or B2 wiring options (B2 requires installed
Monitored Entrapment Protection Device) to meet business
requirements for commercial door operator control.
• Powerful high-starting torque 1/2 HP, single-phase motor with
internal automatic reset thermal overload is removable without
affecting limit switch settings.
• Adjustable friction clutch helps protect against major damage to
door and operator should the door meet an obstruction.
• Drive Reduction, first stage heavy‑duty 4L V-belt; second and third
stages #48 chain.
• Integrated 90-second maximum run timer.
• Heavy-duty solenoid actuated brake standard.
• Heavy-duty oil-filled bushings.
• NEMA 1 type electrical box, heavy‑duty 11-gauge steel frame with
durable powder-coated finish, all reduction sprockets drilled and
pinned to shafts.
• Operator/Motor Control: Solid-State Medium-Duty circuit board.
• 3-button station for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functions is standard for
all door operators.
• Warranty: 2 Years.
SAFETY
• Built-in 3-channel, 315 MHz
radio receiver accepts up to
(20) LiftMaster Security+ or
unlimited DIP switch remote
controls. 3-button remotes can
be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP operation.
• Integrated Timer‑to‑Close (TTC) for timed automatic door closure
after the door reaches the full open position for added security
and peace of mind. Programmable from 5 to 60 seconds in
5-second increments.
• LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325
standards for Monitored Entrapment Protection.
®
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
• Control circuit: 24V NEC Class 2 control circuit
SECTIONAL
ROLLING
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
SQ. FT.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
PERFORMANCE
24 ga.
Steel
22 ga.
Steel
—
20 ga., 18
ga. Steel
16 ga.
Steel
—
Alum.
Grilles
Alum.
Doors
—
Steel
Grilles
—
—
—
24 ga., 22
ga. Steel
20 ga.
Steel
—
16 ga.
Steel
—
Fiber­glass
Alum.
Doors
Wood
Doors
—
—
—
—
—
24 ga.
Steel
Insul.
—
20 ga.
Steel
Insul.
16 ga.
Steel
Insul.
320
275
250
200
160
120
NOTE: On steel-insulated doors, a 24 ga. back panel is assumed.
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
Maximum recommended duty cycle: 12 cycles per hour.
36
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
1/2 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
MH5011U (L/R).......................................115
160
DOOR SPROCKET SUBSTITUTIONS
Sprocket Description
41B48 Sprocket, 1 in. bore, 1/4 in. keyway, standard for rolling doors.
41B32 Sprocket, 1 in. bore, 1/4 in. keyway, recommended for sectional
doors.
For all other sprocket substitutions, contact your LiftMaster Sales
Representative.
®
CPS-UN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4 rated.
CPS-RPEN4Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and
reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA
4X rated.
CPS-OPEN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4X rated.
CPS-UThru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment
protection device).
OESOptical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors,
premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for
exact fit, NEMA 6 rated.
CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire
monitored edge.
CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire
monitored edge.
NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES
3-Button Remote Control, Tri-Colored (333LM)
Accommodates commercial door operators requiring OPEN/CLOSE/
STOP functions, Security+ Rolling Code Technology, with easy code
selection, 9-position trinary DIP switches with 19,683 changeable codes
per channel.
®
3-Button Remote Control (373LM)
Program up to three garage door openers, gate operators and
commercial door operators. With Security+ Rolling Code Technology,
users are assured of a new code with every use.
3-Button Remote Control (893MAX)
Provides Security+ 2.0 Technology and also works with Security+
Technology found in the LiftMaster Medium-Duty Commercial Operators,
controls up to three LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators and/
or MyQ Accessories. Must access Security+ Technology through
“Program” mode in remote control.
™
®
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular
doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and
other safety accessories on every door system.
37
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT
PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP)
3-Button Control Station (02103)
Indoor surface mount, NEMA 1 rated.
MHS MEDIUM-DUTY
SERIES
Medium-Duty Series
Logic Slow-Speed
Hoist Operator
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
THE MHS DOOR OPERATOR IS DESIGNED FOR USE ON ROLLING SHEET DOORS. It features an adjustable friction clutch,
high-starting torque motor with overload protection, emergency chain hoist with electric interlock and emergency
disconnect chain.
• Easy emergency manual operation using the floor-level chain
hoist and disconnect with electrical interlock.
• Programmable C2 or B2 wiring options (B2 requires installed
Monitored Entrapment Protection Device) to meet business
requirements for commercial door operator control.
• Powerful high-starting torque 1/2 HP, single-phase motor with
internal automatic reset thermal overload is removable without
affecting limit switch settings.
• Adjustable friction clutch helps protect against major damage to
door and operator should the door meet an obstruction.
• Drive Reduction, first stage heavy‑duty 4L V-belt; second and third
stages #48 chain.
• Integrated 90-second maximum run timer.
• Heavy-duty oil-filled bushings.
• NEMA 1 type electrical box, heavy‑duty 11-gauge steel frame with
durable powder-coated finish, all reduction sprockets drilled and
pinned to shafts.
• Operator/Motor Control: Solid-State Medium-Duty circuit board.
• 3-button station for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functions is standard for
all door operators.
• Warranty: 2 Years.
SAFETY
• Built-in 3-channel, 315 MHz
radio receiver accepts up to (20)
LiftMaster Security+ or unlimited
DIP switch remote controls.
3-button remote controls can be
programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/
STOP operation.
• Integrated Timer‑to‑Close (TTC) for timed automatic door closure
after the door reaches the full open position for added security
and peace of mind. Programmable from 5–60 seconds in
5-second increments.
• LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325
standards for Monitored Entrapment Protection.
®
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
• Control circuit: 24V NEC Class 2 control circuit
ROLLING
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
24 ga.
Steel
22 ga.
Steel
—
20 ga., 18 ga.
Steel
16 ga.
Steel
—
Alum.
Grilles
Alum.
Doors
—
Steel Grilles
—
—
SQ.
FT.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
PERFORMANCE
320
275
250
200
160
120
NOTE: On steel-insulated doors, a 24 ga. back panel is assumed.
38
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
1/2 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
MHS5011U (L/R).....................................115
160
3-Button Control Station (02103)
Indoor surface mount, NEMA 1 rated.
DOOR SPROCKET SUBSTITUTIONS
Sprocket Description
41B60 Sprocket, 1 in. bore, 1/4 in. keyway, standard for rolling doors.
For all other sprocket substitutions, please call your LiftMaster
Sales Representative.
COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES
®
CPS-UN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4 rated.
CPS-RPEN4Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and
reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA
4X rated.
CPS-OPEN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4X rated.
CPS-UThru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment
protection device).
OESOptical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors,
premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for
exact fit, NEMA 6 rated.
CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire
monitored edge.
CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire
monitored edge.
NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
®
3-Button Remote Control (373LM)
Program up to three garage door openers, gate operators and
commercial door operators. With Security+ Rolling Code Technology,
users are assured of a new code with every use.
3-Button Remote Control (893MAX)
Provides Security+ 2.0 Technology and also works with Security+
Technology found in the LiftMaster Medium-Duty Commercial Operators,
controls up to three LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators and/
or MyQ Accessories. Must access Security+ Technology through
“Program” mode in remote control.
™
®
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular
doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and
other safety accessories on every door system.
39
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT
PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP)
3-Button Remote Control, Tri-Colored (333LM)
Accommodates commercial door operators requiring OPEN/CLOSE/
STOP functions, Security+ Rolling Code Technology, with easy code
selection, 9-position trinary DIP switches with 19,683 changeable codes
per channel.
MJ MEDIUM-DUTY
SERIES
Medium-Duty Series
Logic Jackshaft
Operator
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
THE MJ IS A MEDIUM-DUTY LOGIC JACKSHAFT OPERATOR FEATURING A COMPACT DESIGN FOR USE ON
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• Programmable C2 or B2 wiring options (B2 requires installed
Monitored Entrapment Protection Device) to meet business
requirements for commercial door operator control.
• Powerful high-starting torque 1/2 HP, single-phase motor with
internal automatic reset thermal overload is removable without
affecting limit switch settings.
• Floor-level disconnect provides emergency manual operation.
• Adjustable friction clutch helps protect against major damage to
door and operator should the door meet an obstruction.
• Drive Reduction, first stage heavy‑duty 4L V-belt; second stage
and third stages #48 chain.
• Integrated 90 second maximum run timer.
• Heavy-duty solenoid actuated brake standard.
• Heavy-duty oil-filled bushings.
• NEMA 1 type electrical box, heavy‑duty 11-gauge steel frame with
durable powder-coated finish, all reduction sprockets drilled and
pinned to shafts.
• Easily field converted for right or left mounting.
• Operator/Motor Control: Solid-State Medium-Duty circuit board.
• 3-button station for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functions is standard for
all door operators.
• Warranty: 2 Years.
• Built-in 3-channel, 315 MHz
radio receiver accepts up
to (20) LiftMaster Security+
or unlimited DIP switch
remote controls. 3-button
remote controls can be
programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP operation.
• Integrated Timer‑to‑Close (TTC) for timed automatic door closure
after the door reaches the full open position for added security
and peace of mind. Programmable from 5–60 seconds in
5-second increments.
• LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325
standards for Monitored Entrapment Protection.
®
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
• Control circuit: 24V NEC Class 2 control circuit
SECTIONAL
ROLLING
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
SQ.
FT.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
INDUSTRIAL SECTIONAL DOORS WITH HIGH OR VERTICAL LIFT AND ON SMALL ROLLING DOORS AND GRILLES.
24 ga.
Steel
22 ga.
Steel
—
20 ga., 18
ga. Steel
16 ga.
Steel
—
Alum.
Grilles
Alum.
Doors
—
Steel
Grilles
—
24 ga., 22
ga. Steel
—
—
20 ga.
Steel
—
16 ga.
Steel
—
Fiberglass
Alum.
Doors
Wood
Doors
—
—
—
—
—
24 ga.
Steel
Insul.
—
20 ga.
Steel
Insul.
16 ga.
Steel
Insul.
320
275
250
200
160
120
NOTE:
1. The MJ Operator is not recommended for use on large or high rolling doors
without chain hoist modification (see Model MH).
2. O
n steel-insulated doors, a 24 ga. back panel is assumed.
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
Maximum recommended duty cycle: 12 cycles per hour.
40
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
1/2 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
MJ5011U................................................115
160
For hoist capability see Model MH.
DOOR SPROCKET SUBSTITUTIONS
Sprocket Description
41B32 Sprocket, 1 in. bore, 1/4 in. keyway, standard for sectional doors.
41B48 Sprocket (specify bore or keyway) recommended for rolling doors.
For all other sprocket substitutions, contact your LiftMaster
Sales Representative.
®
CPS-UN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4 rated.
CPS-RPEN4Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and
reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA
4X rated.
CPS-OPEN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4X rated.
CPS-UThru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment
protection device).
OESOptical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors,
premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for
exact fit, NEMA 6 rated.
CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire
monitored edge.
CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire
monitored edge.
NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES
3-Button Remote Control, Tri-Colored (333LM)
Accommodates commercial door operators requiring OPEN/CLOSE/
STOP functions, Security+ Rolling Code Technology, with easy code
selection, 9-position trinary DIP switches with 19,683 changeable codes
per channel.
®
3-Button Remote Control (373LM)
Program up to three garage door openers, gate operators and
commercial door operators. With Security+ Rolling Code Technology,
users are assured of a new code with every use.
3-Button Remote Control (893MAX)
Provides Security+ 2.0 Technology and also works with Security+
Technology found in the LiftMaster Medium-Duty Commercial Operators,
controls up to three LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators and/
or MyQ Accessories. Must access Security+ Technology through
“Program” mode in remote control.
™
®
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular
doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and
other safety accessories on every door system.
41
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT
PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP)
3-Button Control Station (02103)
Indoor surface mount, NEMA 1 rated.
MGJ MEDIUM-DUTY
SERIES
Medium-Duty Series
Logic Gear-Reduced
Operator
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
THE MGJ MEDIUM-DUTY LOGIC GEAR-REDUCED JACKSHAFT OPERATOR IS DESIGNED FOR USE WITH ROLLING
GRILLES AND SHUTTERS. It features a compact design, a floor-level disconnect, a high-starting torque motor and a
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• Heavy-duty wormgear-in-oil-bath speed reducer for lasting
performance.
• Programmable C2 or B2 wiring options (B2 requires installed
Monitored Entrapment Protection Device) to meet business
requirements for commercial door operator control.
• Powerful 1/2 HP, single phase motor with internal automatic
reset thermal overload is removable without affecting limit switch
settings.
• Floor-level disconnect provides emergency manual operation.
• Integrated 90 second maximum run timer.
• Control circuit, 24V NEC Class 2 control circuit.
• NEMA 1 rated type electrical box with baked-on powder-coated
finish.
• Sealed roller bearings in gear reducer.
• Operator/Motor Control: Solid-State Medium-Duty circuit board.
• 3-button station for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functions is standard for
all door operators.
• Warranty: 2 Years.
• Built-in 3-channel, 315 MHz
radio receiver accepts up to
(20) LiftMaster Security+ or
unlimited DIP switch remote
controls. 3-button remote
controls can be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP operation.
• Integrated Timer‑to‑Close (TTC) for timed automatic door closure
after the door reaches the full open position for added security
and peace of mind. Programmable from 5–60 seconds in
5-second increments.
• LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325
standards for Monitored Entrapment Protection.
®
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
• Control circuit, 24V NEC Class 2 control circuit
SECTIONAL
ROLLING
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
SQ.
FT.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
heavy‑duty wormgear reducer.
24 ga.
Steel
22 ga.
Steel
—
20 ga., 18
ga. Steel
16 ga.
Steel
—
Alum.
Grilles
Alum.
Doors
—
Steel
Grilles
—
—
—
24 ga., 22
ga. Steel
20 ga.
Steel
—
16 ga.
Steel
—
Fiberglass
Alum.
Doors
Wood
Doors
—
—
—
—
—
24 ga.
Steel
Insul.
—
20 ga.
Steel
Insul.
16 ga.
Steel
Insul.
320
280
260
225
200
150
NOTE: On steel-insulated doors, a 24 ga. back panel is assumed.
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
For model MGJ, the term “handed” refers to the side of the operator where the drive
sprocket is located. (See drawing below — Drive sprocket on left and handed left. Drive
sprocket on right and handed right.)
DRIVE SPROCKET MOUNTING LOCATION OPTIONS
Ordering Code: Drive Sprocket (Right or Left)
Drive Sprocket
Drive Sprocket
Maximum recommended duty cycle: 12 cycles per hour.
For MGJ
42
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
1/2 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
MGJ5011U (L/R).....................................115
160
3-Button Control Station (02103)
Indoor surface mount, NEMA 1 rated.
OPERATOR HANDING
Side of Door
Left
Right Hood-Mount
Wall-Mount
MGJ5011ULMGJ5011UL
MGJ5011UR
MGJ 5011UR
DOOR SPROCKET SUBSTITUTIONS
®
MOUNTING OPTIONS
Description
109095 Hood-Mount Bracket (may be welded)
089098 Hood-Mount Bracket (cast)
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT
PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP)
CPS-UN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4 rated.
CPS-RPEN4Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and
reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA
4X rated.
CPS-OPEN4Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft.
range, NEMA 4X rated.
CPS-UThru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes,
30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment
protection device).
OESOptical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors,
premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for
exact fit, NEMA 6 rated.
CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire
monitored edge.
CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire
monitored edge.
NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
3-Button Remote Control, Tri-Colored (333LM)
Accommodates commercial door operators requiring OPEN/CLOSE/
STOP functions, Security+ Rolling Code Technology, with easy code
selection, 9-position trinary DIP switches with 19,683 changeable codes
per channel.
®
3-Button Remote Control (373LM)
Program up to three garage door openers, gate operators and
commercial door operators. With Security+ Rolling Code Technology,
users are assured of a new code with every use.
3-Button Remote Control (893MAX)
Provides Security+ 2.0 Technology and also works with Security+
Technology found in the LiftMaster Medium-Duty Commercial Operators,
controls up to three LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators and/
or MyQ Accessories. Must access Security+ Technology through
“Program” mode in remote control.
™
®
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular
doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and
other safety accessories on every door system.
43
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Sprocket Description
41B32 Sprocket, 1 in. bore, 1/4 in. keyway, standard for rolling doors.
41B32 Sprocket, non-standard bore and keyway for rolling doors.
41B20 Sprocket, 1 in. bore, 1/4 in. keyway, standard for sectional doors.
For all other sprocket substitutions, contact your LiftMaster
Sales Representative.
COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES
LIGHT-DUTY
SERIES
Light‑Duty Series
Jackshaft Door
Operator (3900)
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
The Light‑Duty line of Commercial Door
Operators is designed to deliver safety and
reliability for commercial door applications
with light operational cycle requirements.
The complete line meets UL 325
requirements for Monitored Entrapment
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Protection and includes an integrated
Security+ radio receiver to keep your facility
®
safe and secure.
Model 3900 is a Light‑Duty
jackshaft operator for commercial
sectional applications only.
It features a compact design ideal
for limited height, cathedral or
obstructed ceiling installations.
• Light‑Duty Operators are UL 325 compliant and
come equipped with LiftMaster Safety Sensors.
®
• Built-in 3-channel, 315 MHz radio receiver accepts
LiftMaster Security+ Remote Controls.
• Single-Button Control Station allows for OPEN and
CLOSE control with type B2 control wiring.
• Warranty: 1 Year.
44
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
Light‑Duty Series
Trolley Operator (ATS)
Model 3950 is a jackshaft operator
for commercial rolling sheet door
applications. The compact design of
this system makes it ideal for public,
boat and RV storage facilities.
This Advanced Trolley System model
operator is designed for use on
residential or Light‑Duty commercial
door applications with standard
lift doors.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Light‑Duty Series Jackshaft
Door Operator for Rolling
Sheet Doors (3950)
45
LIGHT-DUTY
SERIES
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
3900 Light‑Duty Series
Jackshaft Door
Operator
THE 3900 IS DESIGNED FOR USE ON LIGHT‑DUTY COMMERCIAL STANDARD AND HIGH LIFT
(5 FT. HIGH LIFT MAX) SECTIONAL DOORS.
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• Heavy-duty 24VDC motor provides quiet operation and a smooth
start and stop.
• Mounts on the left or right side of the door attaches directly to
door torsion bar.
• Absolute Positioning Technology limit system enables ease
of installation and adjustment to ensure accuracy even after a
power failure.
• Security+ radio technology accepts (20) remote controls and
unlimited DIP switch remote control.
• “Smart” radio receiver for one-touch security code programming.
• Quick-Connect terminals for faster wire installation.
• 6 ft. power cord.
• Lifetime motor warranty.
• The Protector System Safety
Sensors included.
• Meets all UL 325 requirements.
• Provides an easy disconnect to
allow door to be manually operated
in an emergency.
®
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
For doors up to 14 ft. high or 18 ft. wide or 180 square ft. maximum and
measuring up to a maximum high lift of 5 ft.
Maximum allowable door weight is 650 lbs.
Maximum recommended duty cycle: 10 cycles per hour.
46
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
3900......................................................120
—60
1 Push-Button Control Station (APBS1)
Cable Tension Monitor (41A6104)
Eliminates cable throw and will reverse the door when excessive slack
is detected.
COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Power Door Lock (41A6102)
Prevents the door from being manually forced open once fully closed.
Evercharge Standby Power System (475LM)
Powers up even when the power is out.
Alternate Mounting Kit (480LM)
Designed for doors with low headroom (less than three in.) or
obstructions near the end of the torsion bar, like a beam.
Remote Work Light (380LM)
Commercial space is lit up by placing this in any location within 6 ft. of
an outlet. Provides 200 watts of light with 1/2 to 4 1/2 minute timer.
1-Button Remote Control (371LM)
Program one commercial door operator with this remote control. With
Security+ Rolling Code Technology, users are assured of a new code
with every use.
®
3-Button Remote Control (373LM)
Program up to three garage door openers, gate operators and
commercial door operators. With Security+ Rolling Code Technology,
users are assured of a new code with every use.
3-Button Remote Control (893MAX)
Provides Security+ 2.0 Technology and also works with Security+
Technology found in the LiftMaster Medium-Duty Commercial
Operators, controls up to three LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators
and/or MyQ Accessories. Must access Security+ Technology through
“Program” mode in remote control.
™
®
®
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular
doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and
other safety accessories on every door system.
47
LIGHT‑DUTY
SERIES
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
3950 Light‑Duty Series
Jackshaft Door
Operator for Rolling
Sheet Doors
THE 3950 DOOR OPERATOR IS DESIGNED FOR USE ON COMMERCIAL ROLLING SHEET DOOR
APPLICATIONS ONLY. It may be used on commercial rolling sheet doors with live or dead shaft
measuring up to 12 ft. high and up to 14 ft. wide, but not exceeding 650 lbs.
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• Heavy-duty 24VDC motor provides quiet operation and a smooth
start and stop.
• Mounts on the left or right side of door using standard mounting
brackets. An optional mounting bracket (3950MB) provides
additional mounting flexibility either outside or inside the
door opening.
• Absolute Positioning Technology limit system enables ease of
installation and adjustment to ensure accuracy even after a
power failure.
• Security+ radio technology accepts (20) remote controls and
unlimited DIP switch remote control.
• “Smart” radio receiver for one-touch security code programming.
• Single-button control (SBC) allows for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
sequencing for all your door operation needs.
• Compact design ideal for storage facilities with limited side room;
applications include public, boat and RV storage facilities.
• Includes both live and dead shaft door sprockets.
• Push button limit settings.
• 6-ft. power cord.
• Maximum door height 12 ft.
• Maximum door width 14 ft.
• Maximum allowable door weight is 650 lbs.
• Lifetime motor warranty.
• The Protector System
Safety Sensors included.
• Meets all UL 325 requirements
• Provides an easy disconnect to allow
door to be manually operated in an
emergency.
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
Maximum recommended duty cycle: 10 cycles per hour.
48
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
3900......................................................120
—60
1 Push-Button Control Station (APBS1)
COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES
Chain Guard with Mounting Clip (3950CG)
Required for applications where the 3950 is mounted less than 8 ft. from
the floor, providing added safety.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Mounting Bracket (3950MB)
Provides further installation flexibility for new or retrofit applications.
Dead Shaft Sprocket Kit for #41 Chain (3950-41DS)
Provides heavier #41 chain in place of standard #48 chain.
Evercharge Standby Power System (475LM)
Powers up even when the power is out.
Alternate Mounting Kit (480LM)
Designed for doors with low headroom (less than three in.) or
obstructions near the end of the torsion bar, like a beam.
Remote Work Light (380LM)
Commercial space is lit up by placing this in any location within 6 ft. of
an outlet. Provides 200 watts of light with 1/2- to 4 1/2-minute timer.
1-Button Remote Control (371LM)
Program one commercial door operator with this remote control. With
Security+ Rolling Code Technology, users are assured of a new code
with every use.
®
3-Button Remote Control (373LM)
Program up to three garage door openers, gate operators and
commercial door operators. With Security+ Rolling Code Technology,
users are assured of a new code with every use.
3-Button Remote Control (893MAX)
Provides Security+ 2.0 Technology and also works with Security+
Technology found in the LiftMaster Medium-Duty Commercial
Operators, controls up to three LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators
and/or MyQ Accessories. Must access Security+ Technology through
“Program” mode in remote control.
™
®
®
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular
doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and
other safety accessories on every door system.
49
ATS LIGHT‑DUTY
SERIES
Light‑Duty
Series
Trolley
Operator
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
THE ATS (ADVANCED TROLLEY SYSTEM) DOOR OPERATOR IS DESIGNED
FOR USE ON RESIDENTIAL OR LIGHT‑DUTY COMMERCIAL DOOR
APPLICATIONS WITH STANDARD LIFT. For doors up to 14 ft. high.
PERFORMANCE
• High-torque 1/2 HP 115V single-phase motor with instant reverse.
• Heavy-duty steel “I beam” configured trolley track for doors up
to 8 ft. high standard; 10 ft., 12 ft. and 14 ft. optional.
• Security+ radio technology accepts (20) remote controls and
unlimited DIP switch remote controls.
• “Smart” radio receiver for one-touch security code programming.
• Auto-reconnect trolley.
• Motor overload protection.
• Automatic light delay.
• Door speed approximately 8–9 in. per second.
• Warranty: 1 Year.
SAFETY
•
•
•
•
Automatic safety reverse/automatic door stop.
The Protector System non-impact infrared safety device.
Meets all UL 325 requirements.
Provides easy, emergency manual operation using an easily
accessible disconnect.
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
OPERATOR AMP RATING (FULL LOAD)
—
24 ga.,
22 ga. Steel
20 ga. Steel
16 ga. Steel
—
Fiber­glass
Alum. Doors
Wood Doors
—
—
—
—
24 ga. Steel
Insul.
20 ga. Steel
Insul.
16 ga. Steel
Insul.
250
210
180
120
80
VOLTAGE –
PHASE 60 Hz
STANDARD
SECTIONAL
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
SQ.
FT.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
®
HP
1/2
115-1Ø
5.0
NOTE: On steel-insulated doors, a 24 ga. back panel is assumed.
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
Maximum recommended duty cycle: 8 cycles per hour.
50
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
1/2 HP–8 FT. DOOR
Model....................................................Voltage Phase
Hz
ATS2113X-8...........................................115
160
ATS2113X-10.........................................115
160
ATS2113X-12.........................................115
160
ATS2113X-14.........................................115
160
50111 Extra Center Support Bracket, 1 each
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
Door Control Button (41A4166)
Push-button station provides momentary contact to open and close.
COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES
Light Lens Cover (108D36)
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
3-Button Remote Control, Tri-Colored (333LM)
Accommodates commercial operators requiring OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
functions, Security+ Rolling Code Technology, with easy code selection,
9-position trinary DIP switches with 19,683 changeable codes per channel.
®
3-Button Remote Control (373LM)
Program up to three garage door openers, gate operators and
commercial door operators. With Security+ Rolling Code Technology,
users are assured of a new code with every use.
3-Button Remote Control (893MAX)
Provides Security+ 2.0 Technology and also works with Security+
Technology found in the LiftMaster Medium-Duty Commercial
Operators, controls up to three LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators
and/or MyQ Accessories. Must access Security+ Technology through
“Program” mode in remote control.
™
®
®
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular
doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and
other safety accessories on every door system.
51
MODIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
POWER TRANSMISSION
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
52
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
Dual Auxiliary (H and J #48 Chain)
Dual Auxiliary (H and J #41 Chain)
Dual Trolley Drive (#48 Chain)
Dual Trolley Drive (#41 Chain)
Minimum Depth Modification
Center Mount (For Model J)
Center Mount (For Model GH)
Slow-Speed Door, Belt
Slow-Speed Door, Gear
High-Cycle Mod. (Model T and SD)
Roller Bearing, 3/4 in. (Model T and SD)
Roller Bearing (Models APT, T and SD)
Roller Bearing, 1 in. (Models J and H)
Dual V-Belt Modification
Emergency Egress, Flush, 15 ft.
Emergency Egress, Flush, 30 ft.
Emergency Egress, Extended, 15 ft.
Emergency Egress, Extended, 30 ft.
Hand Crank (Models H and DHJ)
Hand Crank (GH)
Bi-Part Sliding Door Modification
Fusible Link, Single Slide
Fusible Link, Bi-Part Slide
Limit and Sprocket Modifications
Door-in-Motion Circuit – horn/strobe
Limit and Sprocket Mod for MDL
Horizontal Mount for GH
MGJ
65-9213
65-92131
65-5208
65-52081
65-5210
65-7001
65-9001
65-5207
65-52071
65-5211
65-12729
65-5211A
65-124164
65-5212
02-515
02-51530
02-516
02-51630
65-6202
65-9201
65-5501
65-5502
65-5503
See M39
90-MOTIONLADA
65-LIMIT16
See M43
DHJ
Manual Hoist, Models J and DJ
Manual Hoist, Center Mount
Auxiliary Trolley (#48 Chain)
Auxiliary Trolley (#41 Chain)
DJ
HJ/DHJ
65-7202
65-9207
65-92071
● ●
●
J
Auto-Reconnect Trolley Kit
Solenoid Brake
Solenoid Brake, Hoisted Operators
Solenoid Brake, Gearhead Operators
Friction Clutch
Manual Hoist (#48 Chain) Modification
Manual Hoist (#41 Chain) Modification
Manual Hoist, Model GT
MJ
LOGIC
ARK
B Model No.
B Model No.
B Model No.
65-9212
65-5209
65-52091
65-52092
APT
Part I
GT
Description
T
Part No.
MT/BMT
MODIFICATIONS AT A GLANCE
Suffix
1/3 and 1/2 HP Only
● ● ●
●
NO LONGER APPLICABLE, SEE M2
●
4
●
●
BN
●
● ●
● ●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
● ●
●
CA
●
●
●
CD
●
●
●
●
●
●
BQ
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
CS
EC
●
●
●
●
●
●
DT
BH
BZ
BI
●
●
●
●
●
●
AZ
●
● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ●
● ● ●
■
●
●
●
● ● ●
● ● ●
■
■
AZ
●
●
●
●
●
7
KM
●
AJ
Ref.
No.
M1
M2
M3
M4
M6
M7
M8
M9
M10
M12
M13
M13
M15
M15
M17
M17
M19
M20
M21
M22
M23
M24
M25
M26
M27
M28
M29
M29
M30
M30
M31
M32
M33
M34
M35
M39
M40
M42
M43
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0)
● ● ●
●
●
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
Dynamic Brake Modification
Variable Speed
Decel. at Full Open/Close (with M37)
Door-in-Motion Circuit—Horn/Strobe
Door-in-Motion Circuit
Hazardous Area Mod. (NEMA 7/9)
JIC Specifications
Automotive Specifications
Automotive Specifications
Self-Reg. Heater 115V Plug
Self-Reg. Heater 230/460V Plug
● ●
● ●
● ●
●
●
DJ
MECHANICAL
90-9214
V Model No.
90-827
90-MOTIONMADA
90-MOTION
N7 Model No.
90-9204
90-9212
90-921214
65-30121
See M108
J
Part II
MJ
TEFC Motor
Watertight/Oiltight Control Enclosure
Damp Environment Modification
Watertight/Oiltight (NEMA 4,12)
Corrosion-Resistant (NEMA 4X)
APT
LOGIC
65-20
65-9206
C Model No.
N4 Model No.
N4X Model No.
GT
Part I
T
Description
MT/BMT
Part No.
● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●
● ●
●
●
●
●
●
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Suffix
3
9
AC
■
■
AV
AY
AR
EN
BY
AP
CV
Ref.
No.
M100
M101
M102
M103
M104
M5
M37
M38
M40
M41
M105
M106
M107
M107
M108
M109
PLEASE NOTE:
Prices Are Added to List Price of Door Operator: Modifications must be ordered at the same time the door operator is ordered unless a kit part number is shown on the description
page. The modification prices shown are published as an “add” to the list price of the door operator and do not reflect the cost of a modification purchased without an operator (for field
installation where available), such as a Combination Reversing Starter (CRS). Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative for specific details on a particular modification.
®
Costly and Prohibited Combinations: Certain combinations of modifications may together cost more than the sum of the costs for the individual modifications, or may not even be
possible. This may also be true when combining certain modifications and accessories. Please carefully read the detailed description of the modifications being considered. If you have
any questions, consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative.
Modifications are not available for GH 5 HP Door Operators.
53
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
POWER TRANSMISSION
MODIFICATIONS AT A GLANCE
MODIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
CONTROL WIRING
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
GSD
SD
GH
TS Wiring Type
T Wiring Type
T1 Wiring Type
T2 Wiring Type
D1 Wiring Type
E2 Wiring Type
F2 Wiring Type
Delay-on-Reverse Modification
Mid-Stop Modification
Mid-Stop Field Kit
Aux. Con. Blk., K Line (Wire Leads)
Aux. Con. Blk., K Line (Term. Conn.)
Long Dist. Cont. Wiring, 24VAC
Long Dist. Cont. Wiring Field Kit
Electrically Interlocked Contactor
Courtesy Light, Standard Operator
Courtesy Light Field Kit, Std. Operator
■
H
90-TS
90-T
90-T1
90-T2
90-D1
90-E2
90-F2
90-92061
90-9207M
71-909207
90-78002K
90-78002KT
90-5024
5024
90-EI
90-54029
71-2954029
■
■
MH/MHS
MECHANICAL
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
MGJ
Part II
DHJ
Commercial Protector System
Auxiliary Contact Option Board
Timer Light Status Option Card
Aux. Mini, Limit Sws. (Wire Leads)
Aux. Mini, Limit Sws. (Term. Conn.)
Two-Door Interlock System
Reverse Limits
FDR Plug-In Option Card
Non-Resettable Counter
40VA Transformer
DJ
CPS
AUXCARD
TLS1CARD
90-9210MOC
90 9210MTOC
65-ID
90-RL
FDRCARD
90-503000
90-2140VAL
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
J
Door-in-Motion Circuit for MDL
Door-in-Motion Field Kit for MDL
Non-Resettable Ctr. Mod. for MDL
Non-Resettable Counter Field Kit
Int. Har. for AFCB Rel. Dev. for MDL
Single Button Cont. for MDL
Single Button Cont. Field Kit
MJ
LOGIC
90-MLMotion
71-MLMotion
90-503000ML
71-503000ML
90-MLAFCB
90-MLSBC
71-MLSBC
APT
Part I
GT
Description
T
Part No.
MT/BMT
MODIFICATIONS AT A GLANCE
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Suffix
Ref.
No.
EX
M46
M46
M47
M47
KN
M48
JA
M49
M49
M50
●
●
● ●
● ●
●
● ●
●
●
●
●
● ● ●
● ● ●
●
● ● ● ●
●
● ● ●
●
● ● ●
●
■
●
●
●
●
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
●
●
●
●
●
●
● ● ●
● ● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
■
■
■
■
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
M51
M52
2
M62
5
M63
6
M67
1
M70
CM
M71
AD
M53
KJ
M54
M66
M69
● ●
● ●
GJ
M55
KT
M56
KQ
M57
KR
M58
AE
M59
M60
DS
M61
M61
GA
M64
GB
M65
BM
M68
M68
■
■
■
■
■
■
KP
M72
CX
M76
M76
PLEASE NOTE:
Prices Are Added to List Price of Operator: Modifications must be ordered at the same time the door operator is ordered unless a kit part number is shown on the description page.
The modification prices shown are published as an “add” to the list price of the door operator and do not reflect the cost of a modification purchased without an operator (for field
installation where available), such as a Combination Reversing Starter (CRS). Consult your Liftmaster Sales Representative for specific details on a particular modification.
®
Costly and Prohibited Combinations: Certain combinations of modifications may together cost more than the sum of the costs for the individual modifications, or may not even be
possible. This may also be true when combining certain modifications and accessories. Please carefully read the detailed description of the modifications being considered. If you have
any questions, consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative.
Modifications are not available for GH 5 HP Door Operators.
54
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0)
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
CRS, CB, NEMA 4 rated, Size 0, 600V
CRS, CB, NEMA 12 rated, Size 0, 250V
CRS, CB, NEMA 12 rated, Size 0, 480V
CRS, CB, NEMA 12 rated, Size 0, 600V
CRS, CB, NEMA 7/9 rated, Size 0, 250V
CRS, CB, NEMA 7/9 rated, Size 0, 480V
CRS, CB, NEMA 7/9 rated, Size 0, 600V
External Reset OL, N1, 4, 12
Size 1 Starter, NEMA 1, 4, 12
Size 1 Starter, NEMA 7/9
100 VA Transformer, NEMA 1, 4, 12
DHJ
90-80046
90-80122
90-80124
90-80126
90-80072
90-80074
90-80076
90-2504
90-1004
90-1007
90-100
DJ
CRS, CB, NEMA 4 rated, Size 0, 480V
J
90-80044
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
MJ
WMS, NEMA 1, Screw Cover
WMS, NEMA 1 rated, Hinged Cover
WMS, NEMA 4 rated, Hinged Cover
WMS, NEMA 12 rated, Hinged Cover
CRS, NFDS, NEMA 1 rated, Size 0
CRS, NFDS, NEMA 4 rated, Size 0
CRS, NFDS, NEMA 12 rated, Size 0
CRS, FDS, NEMA 1 rated, Size 0
CRS, FDS, NEMA 4 rated, Size 0
CRS, FDS, NEMA 12 rated, Size 0
CRS, CB, NEMA 1 rated, Size 0, 250V
CRS, CB, NEMA 1 rated, Size 0, 480V
CRS, CB, NEMA 1 rated, Size 0, 600V
CRS, CB, NEMA 4 rated, Size 0, 250V
APT
MECHANICAL CONTROL
90-3001
90-3002
90-3004
90-3012
90-6002
90-6004
90-6012
90-7001
90-7004
90-7012
90-80012
90-80014
90-80016
90-80042
GT
Part II
T
Description
Suffix
Ref.
No.
BA
M130
B
M131
AA
M132
BL
M132A
AQ
M133
DK
M134
M135
BW
M136
CP
M137
BX
M138
FA
M139
EG
M140
EP
M141
HO
M142
DL
M143
HP
M144
GC
M145
EH
M146
GD
M147
HQ
M148
HR
M149
LE
M150
EN
M152
AG
M153
LC
M154
BD
M155
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Part No.
MT/BMT
MODIFICATIONS AT A GLANCE
55
MODIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC 5.0 OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M1 AUTO-RECONNECT TROLLEY (FIELD INSTALLED
HARDWARE KIT)
ARK
Spring-loaded trolley features nylon inserts for quiet operation. Auto-reconnect feature eliminates the need to manually re-attach the
door arm to the trolley after emergency disconnect. For use on model MT and model T #48 roller chain (1/3 and 1/2 HP only).
Standard on APT operators; cannot be used with manual hoist, auxiliary trolley, dual trolley or high-cycle modifications.
NOTE: Internal-mounted brake is shown. External-mounted brake is installed outside the pulley belt.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
T
●
GT
MT/BMT
●
M2 SOLENOID BRAKE FOR 1/2 HP T, J, H, DJ, DHJ (MAY BE
INTERNAL OR EXTERNAL-MOUNTED)
Model 65-1/2BRAKE
Add a “B” prefix to your operator model number to have a brake factory installed.
Field Installation Kits:
71-EB1PH External-Mounted Brake Kit for single phase operators
71-EB3PH External-Mounted Brake Kit for three phase 208V, 230V and 460V operators
71-EB575-1External-Mounted Brake Kit for three phase 575V operators
Internal-mounted brakes are mounted behind the pulley. Internal brakes are a factory modification only.
External-mounted brakes are mounted in front of the pulley. External brakes may be factory or field installed. To service the belt on
an operator with an external-mounted brake, the brake must be removed. Brake provides up to 5 ft.-lb. of braking torque @ 1725 RPM
motor shaft.
• Cannot be used with manual hoist, auxiliary trolley, dual trolley or high-cycle modifications.
• No factory-installed brake kits available on 1/3 HP operators.
• Brake standard on APT, SD and all Gearhead Logic 5.0 Operators.
• Brake standard on all 3/4 HP and higher Logic 5.0 Operators.
GSD
SD
GH
●
H
●
MH/MHS
DHJ
●
MGJ
DJ
MJ
APT
J
●
GT
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
M3 AND M4 (NO LONGER APPLICABLE), SEE M2
All Logic 5.0 Gearhead operators have factory installed brakes as standard on all models.
56
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0)
LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M6 FRICTION CLUTCH MODIFICATION
65-9212
Used to adjust transmission of torque from motor to gear reducer for slip during starting. Mounted between motor and gear reducer;
therefore, it does not provide protection for overloading of gear reducer, nor will it slip if door encounters an obstruction during travel.
Must be factory installed.
• Not available on 3 HP, NEMA 4X or with the NEMA 7/9 Hazardous Area Modification (M105).
NOTE: Not recommended for NEMA 4 rated door operators.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
M7 MANUAL HOIST MODIFICATION—#48 CHAIN
1/3 AND 1/2 HP TROLLEY OPERATORS
(FIELD INSTALLED HARDWARE KIT)
65-5209
Provides hand chain operation for manually opening/closing the door. A chain wheel is coupled to a cross-header shaft, which in turn is
coupled to the front idler of the drawbar. The front idler pulley is replaced by a #48 sprocket, thus allowing the chain wheel to drive the
door arm. For use with door operators with #48 Drive Chain only. Brake release cable included.
NOTE: Indicate door width and height when ordering.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
M8 MANUAL HOIST MODIFICATION—#41 CHAIN
3/4 AND 1 HP TROLLEY OPERATORS
(FIELD INSTALLED HARDWARE KIT)
65-52091
Identical to (M7) except a #41 sprocket replaces the front idler pulley, allowing this version to be used with door operators with #41 drive
chain. Includes floor-level brake release cable. Also for 1/3 and 1/2 HP trolley door operators with upgraded #41 chain.
NOTE: Indicate door width and height when ordering.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
M9 MANUAL HOIST FOR GT OPERATORS – #41 CHAIN
65-52092
Identical to (M8) except a power train disconnect mechanism is provided in the door operator. This is necessary on gear-reduced Door
Operators (model GT) because the gear reducer cannot be back-driven from the output. A power train release cable is included. Must be
factory installed.
NOTE: Indicate door width and height when ordering.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
57
MODIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M10 MANUAL HOIST MODIFICATION—MODEL J
J/DJ Model No. Order Operator Model HJ or DHJ
Provides hand chain operation for manually opening or closing the door. For use with door operators that will be used on rolling grilles
and doors where an emergency egress is required and where a chain hoist is necessary for emergency manual operation. The door
disconnect mechanism for manual push-up, already built in to the model J, is retained as well.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DJ
●
DHJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
●
M12 MANUAL HOIST MODIFICATION FOR CENTER MOUNT
(FIELD INSTALLED HARDWARE KIT)
65-7202
Provides reduced-drive disconnect hand chain hoist for manually opening or closing doors. May be used with or without a commercial door
operator and connected to the door shaft with sprocket and chain drive. Since the door shaft rotates when the door is moved, the chain
wheel is engaged or disengaged by a floor-level disconnect chain. Includes an interlock switch for commercial door operator control circuit.
NOTE: Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative for use with MT, T, APT and GT.
®
NOTE: Bearing plate and door shaft are not supplied with this modification.
NOTE: Bearing plate
and door shaft are
not supplied with
this modification.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
●
MGJ
DJ
●
DHJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
M13 AUXILIARY TROLLEY MODIFICATION #48 CHAIN AND
#41 CHAIN (FIELD INSTALLED HARDWARE KIT)
65-9207 #48 Chain
65-92071 #41 Chain
If a side-mount Door Operator is used on a standard lift door without this modification, door cables may unravel and jump off cable
drums, allowing the door to fall. This modification provides drawbar-type operation on standard lift doors where a side-mount door
operator is preferred over a drawbar operator. The output shaft of the side-mount operator is connected to the cross-header shaft
(supplied) at the front end of a drawbar arrangement. Includes up to 12 ft. track. For operators utilizing #48 chain, typically 1/3 and 1/2
HP operators, use model (65-9207). For 3/4 HP and higher operators, use model (65-92071). If the door is 22 ft. or wider, use a Dual
Auxiliary Trolley Modification (M15).
NOTES:
1. Requires that limits be reversed on Door Operator when ordered with a Logic 5.0 Door Operator. When ordering with Mechanical
Powerheads, the (M67) Reverse Limits Modification should also be ordered.
2. Door width required when ordering.
3. Indicate door height when ordering. For doors over 12 ft. high, add rail and chain upcharge.
58
●
GSD
●
SD
GH
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
H
●
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0)
LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M15 DUAL AUXILIARY TROLLEY MODIFICATION #48 CHAIN AND
#41 CHAIN (FIELD INSTALLED HARDWARE KIT)
CHAIN COUPLING
CONNECTING
SHAFT
DOUBLE IDLER
ASSEMBLY
65-9213 #48 Chain
65-92131 #41 Chain
65-92132 #41 Chain GH 1-1/2 and 2 HP only
65-92133 #41 Chain GH 3 HP only
EXTENSION
SHAFT
If a side-mount door operator is used on a standard lift door without this modification, door cables may unravel and jump off cable
drums, allowing the door to fall. This modification provides drawbar-type operation on very wide (over 22 ft.) standard lift sectional doors
where a side-mount door operator is preferred over a drawbar operator. The output shaft of the side-mount operator is connected to a
cross-header shaft, which in turn is coupled to the drive shafts of two auxiliary trolley systems. Includes up to 12 ft. of track. For door
operators utilizing #48 chain, typically 1/3 and 1/2 HP Door Operators, use model (65-9213). For 3/4 HP and higher door operators, use
model (65-92131).
GH, H, J OPERATOR
DISCONNECT BRACKET
48B14 Sprocket 1" BORE
1" Diameter Shaft
NOTES:
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
1. Requires limits be reversed on operator when ordered with a Logic 5.0 operator. When ordering with Mechanical Powerheads, the
(M67) Reverse Limits Modification should also be ordered.
Be sure shaft is flush with
sprocket. Do not let shaft
protrude beyond sprocket.
Drill 1/4" Hole - Pin with
1/4" X 1-1/2” Roll Pin
2. Requires Delay-on-Reverse feature, which is standard with Logic 5.0 operators. When ordered with Mechanical Powerheads, the
(M60) Delay-on-Reverse Modification should also be ordered, see (Part II).
3. Door width required when ordering.
4. Indicate door height when ordering. For doors over 12 ft. high, add rail upcharge.
ADDITIONAL TRACK—Required for doors higher than 12 ft.
●
GSD
●
SD
GH
●
ft.
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
M17 DUAL TROLLEY DRIVE MODIFICATION #48 CHAIN AND
#41 CHAIN (FIELD INSTALLED HARDWARE KIT)
65-5208 #48 Chain
65-52081 #41 Chain
This model provides stabilization of drive system on very wide (over 22 ft.) standard lift sectional doors utilizing drawbar door operators.
Will also greatly minimize the risk of damage to the top section of the door which might otherwise occur on very wide doors driven by
a single, centered drawbar system. The front idler pulley of the drawbar operator is replaced by a #48 sprocket, which acts as the drive
for the second drawbar system. The two drawbar systems are coupled together by a cross-header shaft. Includes up to 12 ft. of track.
For door operators utilizing #48 chain, typically 1/3 and 1/2 HP door operators, use model 65-5208. For 3/4 HP and higher and GT Door
Operators, use model (65-52081).
NOTES:
1. Door width required when ordering.
2. Indicate door height when ordering. For doors over 12 ft. high, add rail upcharge.
3. Requires Delay-on-Reverse feature, which is standard with Logic 5.0 Door Operators. When ordered with Mechanical Powerheads,
the (M60) Delay-on-Reverse Modification should also be ordered. See Part II.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
●
MJ
GT
●
APT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
59
MODIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M19 MINIMUM DEPTH MODIFICATION
65-5210
Allows the powerhead unit of a drawbar door operator to be mounted at the side of the rail instead of on the end. Reduces the overall
length dimension of a standard drawbar door operator by 18 in. If used in conjunction with a Damp Environment Modification (M102)
or Watertight/Oiltight Modification (M101), the overall length is reduced by only 12 in. For standard overall length dimension, refer to
drawbar product sheet. Must be factory installed.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
M20 CENTER-MOUNT MODIFICATION FOR MODEL J
(FIELD INSTALLED HARDWARE KIT)
65-7001
An additional stage of speed reduction is provided in the door operator to reduce the output speed to 24 RPM. This allows the unit to be
directly coupled in the center of the door shaft.
NOTE: Used only on sectional doors. Shaft coupling is not provided with this modification.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
M21 CENTER-MOUNT MODIFICATION FOR MODEL GH
65-9001
Modifications to the chain hoist assembly allow the GH Door Operator to be vertically mounted over the center of the door shaft and the
chain hoist to be rerouted to the side jamb. Must be factory installed.
NOTE: Used only on sectional doors and must be ordered right- or left-handed.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
M22 SLOW-SPEED DOOR MODIFICATION FOR MODELS T
AND SD
65-5207
Required on belt drive drawbar or slide door operators to slow the door speed down from 1 ft./sec. to about 0.6 ft./sec. A third sprocket/
chain reduction is provided in the powerhead. Must be factory installed.
●
60
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
●
●
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0)
LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M23 SLOW-SPEED DOOR MODIFICATION FOR MODELS GT
AND GSD
65-52071
Required on gear-reduced drawbar or slide door operators to slow the door speed down from 1 ft./sec. to 0.6 ft./sec. The speed
reduction is achieved within secondary reduction of the door operator. The door operator powerhead is mounted in the normal manner.
Must be factory installed.
NOTE: The slower door speed allows a proportional increase in door size for the same HP model. With this modification, a GT50 will
operate the same size door as a GT75 will at normal speed.
●
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
M24 HIGH-CYCLE MODIFICATION FOR MODEL T AND SD
65-5211
Helps to extend the life of 1/2 HP belt drive door operator that are used on doors where frequency of use is expected to be more than
100 cycles per day. Consists of heavy‑duty roller bearings on all shafts and upgrades to #41 drive chain. Must be factory installed.
NOTE: Not necessary on gear-reduced operators. Not available on side-mount Belt Drive Door Operators.
●
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
M25 ROLLER BEARING MODIFICATION FOR MODELS T AND SD
65-12729
Helps to extend the life of the drive system of T and SD Door Operators. Consists of heavy‑duty roller bearings on both shafts in the
operator frame. Must be factory installed.
●
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
M26 ROLLER BEARING MODIFICATION FOR SLOW SPEED
MODELS T, APT AND SD
65-5211A
Helps to extend the life of the drive system of slow speed T, APT and SD Door Operators. Consists of heavy‑duty roller bearings on all 3
shafts in the operator frame. Must be factory installed.
●
●
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
61
MODIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M27 ROLLER BEARING MODIFICATION MODELS J AND H
65-124164-HL
65-124164-HR
65-124164-J
Model H left hand
Model H right hand
Model J
Helps to extend the life of the drive system of belt drive side-mount door operators. Consists of heavy‑duty roller bearings on all shafts.
Must be factory installed.
●
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
65-5212
Provides a second belt to increase belt life and meet architectural specifications. Must be factory installed.
●
●
●
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
M29 EMERGENCY EGRESS MODIFICATION FLUSH HANDLE
PANIC RELEASE (FIELD INSTALLED HARDWARE KIT)
02-515 15 ft. of cable
02-51530 30 ft. of cable
Provides a public means for manual operation of a storefront grille. Attractive faceplate mounts flush on store wall and contains pullhandle to disconnect the door operator from the grille, thereby allowing the grille to be opened manually or by spring tension. Faceplate
is silk-screened with user instructions. Comes with 15 ft. or 30 ft. of cable.
GSD
SD
GH
H
●
MH/MHS
DJ
●
MGJ
J
●
DHJ
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
M30 EMERGENCY EGRESS MODIFICATION EXTENDED HANDLE
PANIC RELEASE (FIELD INSTALLED HARDWARE KIT)
02-516 15 ft. of cable
02-51630 30 ft. of cable
Provides a public means for manual operation of a storefront grille. Attractive faceplate mounts flush on store wall and contains an
EXTENDED pull-handle to disconnect the door operator from the grille, thereby allowing the grille to be opened manually or by spring
tension. Faceplate is silk-screened with user instructions.
62
GSD
SD
GH
H
●
MH/MHS
DJ
●
MGJ
J
●
DHJ
MJ
APT
GT
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
M28 DUAL V-BELT MODIFICATION
●
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0)
LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M31 HAND CRANK MODIFICATION FOR MODELS H AND DH
65-6202
Replaces operator hand chain wheel and chain with hook-and-eyelet connection for extended floor-level hand crank. In addition to door
operator modification, crank and connecting hardware are provided. Requires 1/2 in. electrical conduit or pipe (not supplied) in a length
sufficient to allow floor-level operation. Must be factory installed.
NOTE: Cannot be used if door operator is mounted horizontally.
●
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
65-9201V
65-9201H
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
M32 HAND CRANK MODIFICATION (GH SERIES)
Vertically Mounted Operator
Horizontally Mounted Operator
Replaces operator hand chain wheel and chain with hook-and-eyelet connections for extended floor-level hand crank. In addition to door
operator modification, crank and connecting hardware are provided. Requires 1/2 in. electrical conduit or pipe (not supplied) in a length
sufficient to allow floor-level operation. Must be factory installed.
NOTE: Must specify vertical or horizontal mount at time of order. (Horizontal mount pictured.)
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
M33 BI-PART SLIDING DOOR MODIFICATION (FIELD INSTALLED
HARDWARE KIT)
65-5501
Required on slide door operators where one door operator is used to open two bi-parting doors, one sliding left and the other sliding
right to open. Includes a modified second slider and a second door bracket mechanism. door operator powerhead is not affected.
However, door operator horsepower must be selected using the area (in square feet) of the entire door opening. On narrow openings it
may be necessary to speed up the limit shaft for proper operation. Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative for additional cost.
®
NOTE: Overall width of door opening must be provided.
SD
GSD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
●
M34 FUSIBLE LINK MODIFICATION FOR SINGLE SLIDE DOOR
(FIELD INSTALLED HARDWARE KIT)
65-5502
Used to mechanically release a sliding fire door from the door operator. A fusible link holds a cylindrical weight attached to the manual
door release of a slide door operator. When the fusible link melts, the weight drops and releases the door. The door can then close by
means of gravity (inclined track design) or by counterweight (by others). May not meet all building or regulatory codes; please consult
your LiftMaster Sales Representative for additional specifications.
SD
GSD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
●
63
MODIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M35 FUSIBLE LINK MODIFICATION FOR BI-PARTING
SLIDE DOOR
65-5503
Identical to (M34) except two release mechanisms are provided, one for each door of a bi-part sliding fire door (see illustration).
SD
GSD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
●
Many applications require non-standard door speeds or limit travel. By changing the door, operator or limit sprockets supplied with a
commercial door operator, we are able to adjust the speed at which a door opens and closes. Also, by modifying limit sprockets, larger
doors that require longer limit travel may also be addressed. Most commonly requested limit modification is the (65-LIMIT18). Please
consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative with your specific application for pricing and specifications.
®
DHJ
●
●
GSD
DJ
●
SD
J
●
GH
MJ
●
H
APT
●
MH/MHS
GT
●
MGJ
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
●
●
●
M40 DOOR-IN-MOTION CIRCUIT-LOGIC
90-MOTIONLADA Logic Operators with Horn/Strobe
The motion modification is to be used when the installation requires an ADA-compliant horn/strobe when door is in motion for
Mechanical/Logic Door Operators. This is usually specification-driven. This provides 24VDC power when the operator is running. As
only 10VA extra capacity has been provided for with the included transformer upgrade, the number of horn/strobe devices that can be
connected is limited to one (1). Horn/Strobe (29-17906, white) included.
GH
SD
GSD
●
H
●
MH/MHS
●
MGJ
DHJ
●
DJ
APT
●
J
GT
●
MJ
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
M39 LIMIT AND SPROCKET MODIFICATIONS
●
●
●
●
M43 HORIZONTAL MOUNT
MODIFICATION FOR GH
65-92021R 65-92021L 65-92021NR 65-92021NL 65-92022R 65-92022L 65-92022NR 65-92022NL DIMENSIONS
HORIZONTAL MOUNT 1 HP (RH)
HORIZONTAL MOUNT 1 HP (LH)
HORIZONTAL MOUNT NEMA 4 1 HP (RH)
HORIZONTAL MOUNT NEMA 4 1 HP (LH)
HORIZONTAL MOUNT 2 HP (RH)
HORIZONTAL MOUNT 2 HP (LH)
HORIZONTAL MOUNT NEMA 4 2 HP (RH)
HORIZONTAL MOUNT NEMA 4 2 HP (LH)
Note: Left (LH) and Right (RH) indicates the hoist and drive sprocket handing.
This modification alters the orientation of the electrical box on a GH Door Operator. This
modification is used when the GH Door Operator is to be shelf mounted (motor and reducer
are mounted horizontally instead of mounting vertically) and there will be insufficient room
above the operator to access the electrical box. The electrical box orientation changes so
that it faces into the room, instead of the ceiling, providing easy access.
20.31
B
C
Dimension
HP
Phase
A
B
C
D
1/2
1
11.88
25.09
14.60
3.55
3/4
1
12.88
26.09
14.60
3.55
1
1
13.13
26.34
14.60
3.55
1-1/2
1
13.13
26.34
15.60
4.05
1/2
3
11.38
25.59
14.60
3.55
3/4
3
11.38
25.59
14.60
3.55
1
3
12.38
25.59
14.60
3.55
1-1/2
3
12.88
26.09
15.60
4.05
2
3
13.13
26.34
15.60
4.05
NOTES:
1) Output Shaft:1 in. dia with 1/4 in. key for 1/2 thru 1 HP door operators
1-3/16 in. dia with 5/16 in. key for 1/2 for
1-1/2 and 2HP door operators
2) Mounting Centers: X=4-3/4 in. Y=5-1/2 in. for 1/2 through 2 HP door operators
X=3-17/32 in. Y=9-1/16 in. for 3 HP door operators
D
X
A
Y
64
13.76
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0)
LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M42 LIMIT AND SPROCKET MODIFICATIONS FOR
MEDIUM-DUTY LOGIC
65-LIMIT16
Alternative limit sprocket with 16 teeth in lieu of 9-tooth sprocket. Many applications require non-standard door speeds or limit travel.
By modifying limit sprockets, larger doors that require longer limit travel may also be addressed. Must be factory installed.
GSD
SD
■
GH
■
H
MH/MHS
■
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
90-503000ML
71-503000ML
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
M47 NON-RESETTABLE COUNTER MODIFICATION FOR
MEDIUM-DUTY LOGIC
Non-Resettable Counter Field Kit
A 6-digit non-resettable 24VAC electro mechanical counter is mounted in the Door Operator control enclosure. The device counts the
number of times the CLOSE coil is energized (M wiring), or whenever the operator reaches an auxiliary open limit switch (medium‑duty
wiring). This corresponds to the number of complete door cycles of use (counts both partial or complete cycles as one cycle).
This modification, when combined with other modifications, may not fit inside a standard door operator’s electrical box and an upgraded
electrical enclosure may be required. Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative if you have any questions or if the door operator has 120V
control circuits. May be factory or field installed. To order a kit for field installation on an existing Door Operator, use kit part number shown.
®
MT/BMT
T
GT
APT
MJ
J
DJ
DHJ
MGJ
MH/MHS
H
GH
SD
GSD
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
■
M48 INTERFACE HARNESS FOR AFCB RELEASE DEVICE FOR
MEDIUM-DUTY LOGIC
90-MLAFCB
Provides a point-to-point interface for connecting a Medium-Duty Logic Door Operator to the LM21-AFCB fire door release mechanism.
Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative if you have any questions.
GSD
SD
■
GH
■
H
MH/MHS
DHJ
DJ
J
■
MGJ
■
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
M49 SINGLE-BUTTON CONTROL FOR MEDIUM-DUTY LOGIC
90-MLSBC
71-MLSBC
Single-Button Control Field Kit
This modification kit provides an additional input for single-button control functionality. The input will function as a Close input when the
door operator is stopped at the Open limit. The input will function as an Open input at all other times. Required on Medium-Duty Logic
door operators for single-button control with external radio receivers. Recommended factory installed, but field modification kits are
available.
■
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
65
MODIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M62 AUXILIARY LIMIT SWITCH—WIRE LEADS
90-9210MOC K90-9210M2L5 OPEN and CLOSE
Field Kit (Two Switches)
Provides two limit switches, for use by others, to control auxiliary devices such as lights, heaters, dock levelers or other equipment. The
switches can be used to turn on or off such equipment when the door is fully opened or fully closed. Each switch is SPDT (form C), is
rated 10 Amps at 125/250VAC and is provided with three wire leads for wire nut connection to the field wiring. Recommended factory
installed, but field modification kits are available. Not available with the Hazardous Area Modification (M105) or Variable Speed
Modification (M37).
NOTE: This modification is available for both Logic Door Operators and Mechanical Powerheads.
MT/BMT
T
GT
APT
MJ
J
DJ
DHJ
MGJ
MH/MHS
H
GH
SD
GSD
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
M63 AUXILIARY LIMIT SWITCHES, TERMINAL BLOCK
CONNECTIONS
90-9210MTOC
K90-9210MT2L5
OPEN and CLOSE
Field Kit (Two Switches)
Same as (M62) except terminal block connection points instead of wire leads are provided for field wiring. Recommended factory
installed, but field modification kits are available. Not available with Hazardous Area Modification (M105) or Variable Speed (M37)
Modifications. This modification, when combined with other modifications, may not fit inside a standard door operator’s electrical box,
and an upgraded electrical enclosure may be required.
NOTE: This modification is available for both Logic Door Operators and Mechanical Powerheads (see Part II).
MT/BMT
T
GT
APT
MJ
J
DJ
DHJ
MGJ
MH/MHS
H
GH
SD
GSD
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
M66 TWO-DOOR INTERLOCK SYSTEM (AIRLOCK)
Formerly ordered as 65-ID, order M62 or M63
Used for two-door systems when only one door can be open at a time, as in a security application such as a sally port. Provides a limit
switch and terminals in the door operator for interdependent operation; one door will not electrically operate unless the other door
is closed. Requires four wires between the two door operators. This modification must be added to each operator of the pair. If the
interconnection wires will be over 50 feet long, please consult the factory. If more than two doors are to be interlocked, please consult
your LiftMaster Sales Representative. Recommended factory installed, but field modification kits are available.
®
NOTE: This modification is available for both Logic Door Operators and Mechanical Powerheads. (see Part II).
M67 REVERSE LIMITS
90-RL
In this modification, the OPEN and CLOSE limit switches are physically interchanged and the motor rotation is reversed. This modification
is necessary if the door operator will have to run in the opposite direction from normal operation, such as in a through-the-wall
installation, on certain rolling fire doors or if the door operator is mounted upside down. If necessary, this modification may be
performed in the field, but it is not recommended due to the likelihood of disrupting the control wiring.
NOTE: This modification may be ordered for Logic 5.0 Door Operators, Medium-Duty Logic and Mechanical Powerheads. For Logic 5.0
operators, the safety limit switch will be reversed and the motor direction switch on the Logic 5.0 board will be set to reverse. For
Medium-Duty Logic and Mechanical Powerhead Door Operators, all three limit switches (OPEN, CLOSE and SAFETY) and the motor
wiring will be reversed.
66
SD
GSD
●
GH
●
H
J
●
MH/MHS
MJ
●
MGJ
APT
●
DHJ
GT
●
DJ
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
●
●
●
●
●
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0)
LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M69 FDR PLUG-IN OPTION CARD
FDRCARD
For use in conjunction with the LiftMaster Logic 5.0-equipped Door Operator. The FDRCARD facilitates field connections between
the release device and the door operator by reducing the standard 10-wire interconnection to the basic 4-wire phone card. Both the
FDRCARD and the LM21-AFCB (purchased through manufacturers of fire doors) are equipped with an RJ-11 phone jack as standard to
accept the phone cord.
®
●
GSD
●
SD
GH
●
H
DHJ
●
MH/MHS
DJ
●
MGJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
M70 NON-RESETTABLE COUNTER MODIFICATION
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
90-503000
71-90503000L5 Non-Resettable Counter Field Kit
A 6-digit non-resettable 24VAC counter is mounted in the door operator control enclosure. The device counts the number of times the
operator reaches an auxiliary Open limit switch (Logic 5.0 wiring) or whenever the Close coil is energized (M wiring). This corresponds to
the number of complete door cycles of use (counts both partial and complete cycles as one cycle).
This modification, when combined with other modifications, may not fit inside a standard door operator’s electrical box and an upgraded
electrical enclosure may be required. Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative if you have any questions or if the operator has 120V
control circuits. Not available with Hazardous Area Modification (M105). Recommended factory installed, but field kits are available.
NOTE: This modification is available for both Logic Door Operators and Mechanical Powerheads (see Part II).
GH
SD
GSD
●
H
●
MH/MHS
●
MGJ
DHJ
●
DJ
APT
●
J
GT
●
MJ
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
●
●
●
M71 40VA TRANSFORMER MODIFICATION
90-2140VAL
Upgrades the transformer in the door operator from 20VA to 40VA. This modification allows for additional control circuit power for
auxiliary equipment such as loop detectors and other devices. Must be factory installed.
NOTE: A 40VA transformer is standard on 575V models only.
GH
SD
GSD
●
H
●
MH/MHS
●
MGJ
DHJ
●
DJ
APT
●
J
GT
●
MJ
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
●
●
●
67
MODIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M100 TEFC MOTOR (TOTALLY ENCLOSED, FAN COOLED)
65-20
A standard door operator is supplied with an ODP (Open, Drip-Proof) motor. The TEFC modification replaces the ODP motor with a
fully enclosed motor for applications where the door operator is expected to be located in a harsh environment (moisture, spray, flying
particles, dirt). A fan is attached to the back of the motor for cooling purposes but is not enclosed itself. Must be factory installed.
NOTE: This modification is typically sufficient to satisfy specifications that call for a TENV (Totally Enclosed, Non-Ventilated) motor.
Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative for assistance.
®
NOTE: (M100) TEFC Motor and (M101) Watertight/Oiltight Control Enclosure Only are not offered as paired modifications. If both
modifications are required, please order (M102) Damp Environment Modification.
GH
SD
GSD
●
H
DHJ
●
MH/MHS
DJ
●
MGJ
J
MJ
GT
●
APT
T
●
●
●
●
●
M101 WATERTIGHT/OILTIGHT CONTROL ENCLOSURE ONLY
65-9206
In this modification all electrical control equipment on the Door Operator is enclosed in a Watertight/Oiltight Control Enclosure. If the
door operator is supplied with a solenoid brake, the solenoid itself is not considered part of the electrical control equipment (it has no
electrical contact points) and is therefore supplied in a general-purpose enclosure only. If a separate wall-mounted starter is required
to meet application specifications or environmental conditions, this modification may be required to enclose door operator limits and
interlock switches. In this case, please add both the wall-mounted starter and (M101) Modification to the base door operator list price.
Must be factory installed. This modification does not affect the standard Open Drip-Proof (ODP) motor.
NOTE: The price for this modification does not include Watertight/Oiltight Enclosures for push-button stations or other similar remote
control stations.
NOTE: (M100) TEFC Motor and (M101) Watertight/Oiltight Control Enclosure Only are not offered as paired modifications. If both
modifications are required, please order the (M102) Damp Environment Modification.
GH
SD
GSD
●
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
●
MJ
GT
●
APT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
●
●
●
M102 DAMP ENVIRONMENT MODIFICATION*
C Model No.
Provides a TEFC motor (M100), Watertight/Oiltight Control Enclosure (M101), Watertight/Oiltight 3-Button Control Station and nickelplated chain in place of all standard roller chains on the door operator. Must be factory installed.
NOTE: When ordering this modification, the solenoid brake is removed, except when used with Gearhead Operators.
NOTE: All door operators with this modification include the price of NEMA 4 rated photo eyes. If an Optical Edge System (OES) is ordered
in place of photo eyes, an upcharge will be added. Specify your choice of safety device at the time of order entry.
• Not available on 1/3 HP.
*Formerly known as Carwash Modification.
68
●
GSD
●
SD
GH
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
H
●
DJ
J
●
MJ
GT
●
APT
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0)
LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M103 WATERTIGHT/OILTIGHT/DUST-TIGHT MODIFICATION
(NEMA 4, 12)
N4 Model No.
Provides more complete protection against water spray, oil and other fluids than the Damp Environment Modification (M102). Includes a
TEFC motor (M100), Watertight/Oiltight Control Enclosure (M101), Watertight/Oiltight 3-Button Control Station, nickel-plated chain and a
Dynamic Brake replacing the solenoid brake. See (M5) Dynamic Brake Modification for a description of this brake. This allows the brake
to also be contained in a Watertight/Oiltight Enclosure. A Delay-on-Reverse Circuit (M60) is included with this modification. Must be
factory installed.
IMPORTANT: Must identify handing of drive sprocket and hoist.
NOTE: All door operators with this modification include CPS-UN4 Photo Eyes. If an Edge Interface Device is ordered in place of a CPSUN4, a list price reduction will occur. Specify your choice of safety device at the time of order entry.
●
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
●
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
M104 CORROSION-RESISTANT MODIFICATION (NEMA 4X)
N4X Model No.
Provides Watertight/Oiltight and corrosion-resistant components wherever possible on the door operator. Includes a Wash Down or
Dirty Duty motor which is far superior to a TEFC motor in highly corrosive environments. Also includes NEMA 4X rated operator control
enclosure, NEMA 4X rated 3-button control station, Dynamic Brake (M5), Delay-on-Reverse Circuit (M60), nickel-plated chain and
corrosion-resistant coating on other door operator components wherever possible. Must be factory installed.
IMPORTANT: Must identify handing of drive sprocket and hoist.
●
GSD
●
SD
GH
●
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
●
MJ
GT
●
APT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
NOTE: Recommend stainless steel hand chain and sash chain for highly corrosive environments.
65-SSHAND 65-SSHAND46 65-SSSASH 34 ft. hand chain—stainless steel
46 ft. hand chain—stainless steel
12 ft. sash chain—stainless steel
Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative for stainless steel chain pricing.
®
69
MODIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
DOOR OPERATOR MODIFICATIONS
Part II references the Variable Speed Door Operators, NEMA 7/9 rated door operators
and a select group of GH and GT Mechanical (contactor-style) Powerhead units that may
be used in conjunction only with Wall Mount Starter and Combination Reversing Starter
panels. The modifications noted in Part II are available only in conjunction with the
panels and powerhead units, as noted.
The separate starter modifications provide a wall-mountable enclosure designed to
house all electrical control equipment not integral to the powerhead. These modifications
are required to meet certain architectural specifications, or when it is not possible to fit
optional components into the standard operator-mounted electrical enclosure.
The modifications in this section are based upon ordering the separate starter with a
Mechanical Powerhead. If you require a starter without a powerhead, please consult
your LiftMaster Sales Representative for proper pricing and application assistance.
Also, modifications (M152, M153 and M155) apply to powerheads that include one of the
following separate starter modifications, (M131–M147). (M154) applies to powerheads
that include one of the following separate starter modifications, (M148-M150).
Available Powerhead Units
All powerhead units listed below are Mechanical (contactor-style) Powerhead units. All
modifications that follow are for use in conjunction with a starter panel and powerhead
unit only, and are not applicable to Logic 5.0 Door Operators. As noted, all powerhead
units shown below must be used in conjunction with a starter panel and are not intended
for separate purchase.
To calculate an overall list price, add together the individual list prices for the appropriate
starter panel, powerhead unit and applicable modifications. For assistance, please
contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative.
AVAILABLE POWERHEAD UNITS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
®
In most cases, the Wall-Mounted Starter will contain the transformer(s), control relays
and other optional components wired to terminals inside the enclosure. The motor, limit
assembly and limit switches, internal interlock switch and solenoid brake often remain
on the door operator or in the door operator electrical box.
Except for the (M130) modification, the separate starters have the electrical components
mounted on a removable subpanel for easy maintenance. Terminal points are provided
for the field wiring between the powerhead and the wall starter. Wiring for all control
stations and safety equipment is intended to be located on terminals within the
separate starter.
Note: All Wall-Mount Starter and Combination Reversing Starter Panels, (M106–M107)
and (M130–M155), may be ordered with or without a UL 508 label. Pricing shown
for these panels assumes non-UL-labeled product. Contact your LiftMaster Sales
Representative for a quote on the UL 508 labeled panel.
70
Model
Volts
Phase
Hz
GH5011M
115
1
60
GH5021M
230
1
60
GH5023M
208/230
3
60
GH5043M
460
3
60
GH5053M
575
3
60
GH1011M
115
1
60
GH1021M
230
1
60
GH1023M
208/230
3
60
GH1043M
460
3
60
GH1053M
575
3
60
GH2023M
208/230
3
60
GH2043M
460
3
60
GH2053M
575
3
60
GH3023M
208/230
3
60
GH3043M
460
3
60
GH3053M
575
3
60
GT5011M
115
1
60
GT5021M
230
1
60
GT5023M
208/230
3
60
GT5043M
460
3
60
GT5053M
575
3
60
GT1511M
115
1
60
GT1521M
230
1
60
GT1523M
208/230
3
60
GT1543M
460
3
60
GT1553M
575
3
60
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0)
MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
M5 DYNAMIC BRAKE MODIFICATION
90-9214
Provides active electrical braking in the form of DC current to stop the motor. Acts as a stopping brake only, not a holding brake.
This modification is considered most useful on gear-reduced door operators (GT, GH) where the gear reducer may help act as a holding
brake or where a solenoid brake is not desired. It is also recommended for use when extremely high braking requirements are anticipated.
May be used in conjunction with a solenoid brake. Normally provided in a separate wall-mounted enclosure to be mounted near, and field
connected to the door operator. A dynamic brake is standard on NEMA 4, 12 rated (M103), NEMA 4X rated (M104), NEMA 7/9 rated (M105)
and Variable Speed (M37) modifications, and includes a Delay-on-Reverse Circuit (M60). Because of space requirements this modification
cannot be used with many options without also adding a Wall-Mounted Starter. Must be factory installed. Starter panel modification only.
NOTE: See NEMA 4 rated modifications for Logic 5.0 options.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
■
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M37 VARIABLE SPEED MODIFICATION
V Model No.
Replaces AC motor and control circuit in a door operator with a DC variable speed drive control and permanent magnet DC motor.
May be supplied for either 115VAC 1Ø or 230VAC 1Ø power. Allows adjustment of door speed over a wide range; consult your LiftMaster
Sales Representative for specific applications. Dual-speed applications may be possible with faster open cycle and slower close cycle.
Must consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative for specific applications and additional costs for this added feature. Acceleration
adjustment gives “ramp up” or soft starts to allow operation of very heavy doors. Dynamic brake and current limit circuits replace
mechanical brake and clutch respectively, minimizing the number of moving parts that may wear out. Suitable for continuous‑duty
and high-cycling applications. Please note that this modification will usually affect the horsepower selection for a given model. Higher
speeds require higher horsepower for the same door. Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative for specific horsepower rating
information on your application. Not for use on Logic 5.0 Door Operators; Mechanical Operators only.
®
WARNING: Safety equipment must be used with door operators employing this modification (see CDO Accessory section).
NOTE: Not available in conjunction with any Hazardous Area Modification (M105), on any door operator above 1 HP or on any door
operator requiring 3-phase power. Specify door speed when ordering. Must be factory installed.
■
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
71
MODIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
M38 DECELERATION AT FULL OPEN/
CLOSE
M53 TS WIRING TYPE (TIMER SECURE)
90-TS
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
NOTE: Door will not “ramp down” when using stop button or reversed in mid-travel.
M54 T WIRING TYPE
GSD
SD
■
■
M40 DOOR-IN-MOTION CIRCUIT—
MECHANICAL
NOTE: For Logic 5.0, see modification (M51).
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
■
M56 T2 WIRING TYPE
90-T2
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
GSD
MT/BMT
■
SD
GH
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
72
■
Same as T1, but gives the ability to isolate the OPEN button station, allowing a
transmitter to cycle the timer, while another open device would not. Starter panel
modification only.
NOTE: T, TS, D1, E2 and F2 wiring types are standard features on Logic 5.0 Door
Operators.
■
MJ
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
90-MOTION
The 90-Motion modification provides two auxiliary contact blocks and a 3-position
terminal block to power an auxiliary device while the door is in motion. Auxiliary device
and power supplied by others. Starter panel modification only.
APT
Will function the same as TS wiring above. Also provides a second set of contact points
for A/V devices. Has the ability to provide a 9-second pre-warning before timed door
closure. Starter panel modification only.
APT
M41 DOOR-IN-MOTION CIRCUIT
GT
90-T1
MT/BMT
■
■
M55 T1 WIRING TYPE
GT
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
T
This modification is to be used when the installation requires an ADA-compliant horn/
strobe when door is in motion for Mechanical/Logic Door Operators. This is usually
specification driven. This provides 24VDC power when the door operator is running.
As only 10VA extra capacity has been provided for with the transformer upgrade, the
number of horn/strobe devices that can be connected is limited to one (1). Horn/Strobe
(29-17906, white) included. Starter panel modification only.
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
90-MOTIONMADA Mechanical Operators with Horn/Strobe
■
Momentary contact to open, close and stop, with Open Override and Timer‑to‑Close.
OPEN button may be connected to activate timer, if desired. Auxiliary controls may be
connected to open and activate Timer‑to‑Close, or to open and close without activating
timer. If timer has been activated, all opening devices will recycle timer. Timer may be
deactivated permanently by use of an optional timer defeat switch (50402). Includes
wiring for sensing devices to reverse but not reactivate timer. Starter panel modification only.
MT/BMT
■
GH
90-T
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Many applications require non-standard door speeds or limit travel. By changing the
door, operator or limit sprockets supplied with a commercial door operator, we are able
to adjust the speed at which a door opens and closes. Also, by modifying limit sprockets,
larger doors that require longer limit travel may also be addressed. Please consult
your LiftMaster Sales Representative with your specific application for pricing and
specifications. Not for use on Logic 5.0 Door Operators; mechanical operators only.
GT
®
Momentary contact to open, close and stop, with Open Override and Timer‑to‑Close. The
timer is easily adjustable in 1-second increments from 1 second to 17 minutes via DIP
switches. Every momentary contact (OPEN, CLOSE and STOP) that causes the door to
open will activate Timer‑to‑Close, including sensing devices to reverse. Timer may be
deactivated permanently by use of an optional timer defeat switch (50402). Starter panel
modification only.
T
Available only on door operators with Variable Speed Modification (M37). Provides
an adjustable “ramp down” or soft stop at the full-open and full-close position.
Recommended on very heavy doors, doors requiring speeds faster than normal or
where high door usage is expected. Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative for
recommendations for your application. Must be factory installed.
MT/BMT
90-827
■
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0)
MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
M57 D1 WIRING TYPE
M60 DELAY-ON-REVERSE MODIFICATION
90-D1
Constant contact to open and close with the wiring for sensing device to stop. If a safety
edge will be used, it should be an electric edge so that the door cannot restart in the
close direction if the edge is obstructed. Starter panel modification only.
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
■
Factory Installed 1 Delay Reverse Kit for 1Ø Operators
Factory Installed 3 Delay Reverse Kit for 3Ø Operators
Delay Reverse Field Kit for 1Ø Operators
Delay Reverse Field Kit for 3Ø Operators
Modifies door operator control circuit so that the door must stop for one second before
reversing or restarting, in either direction. Prevents shock loading of the door and
operator, resulting in longer life. Recommended for heavy doors and where frequent
reversing may be expected due to high usage. May be factory or field installed. To
order a kit for field installation on an existing operator, use the kit part number shown.
Starter panel modification only; standard feature on Logic 5.0 Door Operators.
NOTE: Required for (M15) Dual Auxiliary Modification and (M17) Dual Trolley Drive
Modification.
M58 E2 WIRING TYPE
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
■
■
■
GSD
SD
GH
M61 MID-STOP MODIFICATION
H
■
M59 F2 WIRING TYPE
90-F2
Required for use with 4-wire “fail-safe” type electrical edges on mechanical door
operators. Must be factory installed. Not for use on Logic 5.0 Door Operators; starter
panel modification only.
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
GSD
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
■
SD
GH
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
Mid-Stop Field Kit
Provides a limit switch for stopping the door at a field adjustable, preset mid-position
while opening. For field installation, use the kit part number shown. Not available with
the Hazardous Area (M105) or Variable Speed (M37) Modifications. When combined
with a Timer‑to‑Close, please consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative. Override of
the mid-stop is possible by constant pressure on the OPEN button. Door will not stop at
mid-stop when closing. Will not work with single-button radio control. May be factory
or field installed. To order a kit for field installation on an existing door operator, use
the kit part number shown. Not available with Hazardous Area (M105) or Variable Speed
(M37) Modifications. Starter panel modification only; standard feature on Logic 5.0 Door
Operators.
T
■
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
90-9207M
71-909207
MT/BMT
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
73
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Momentary contact to open with Open Override and constant contact to close. Release
of the CLOSE button will cause the door to reverse (roll-back feature) plus wiring for
sensing device to reverse. A 2-button NEMA 1 rated control station is included. Starter
panel modification only.
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
90-E2
MT/BMT
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
90-92061
90-92063
71-9092061
71-9092063
MODIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
M64 AUXILIARY CONTACT BLOCK WITH
WIRE LEADS, K LINE
M68 LONG-DISTANCE WIRING (24VAC)
Provides additional contacts on the reversing contactor to control auxiliary devices
such as lights or audible devices that are to be on or off when the door is moving in a
particular direction. A maximum of two contact blocks can be supplied, one on the OPEN
cycle and one on the CLOSE cycle. Each contact block has one normally OPEN (form A)
and one normally CLOSED (form B) contact that can be used independently or paired
to make a form C contact and is rated 10 Amps at 125/250 VAC. Four wire leads are
provided for wire nut connection to the field wiring. When ordering, specify whether the
contact block will be on the OPEN or the CLOSE side of the contactor. Must be factory
installed. Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative for field modification kits.
Not available with Hazardous Area (M105), Dynamic Brake (M5) or Variable Speed (M37)
Modifications. Starter panel modification only. Not for use with Logic 5.0 Door Operators;
use (M51) modification instead.
A necessity when controls are to be located more than 100 ft. from the door operator.
Allows up to 1,000 ft. of control wiring between controls and door operator with
16-gauge wire. May be factory or field installed. When not ordered at the same time
as the door operator, use the kit part number shown. Not necessary or available with
Hazardous Area (M105) or Variable Speed (M37) Modifications. Starter panel modification
only; not required for Logic 5.0 Door Operators.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
NOTE: Since the reversing contactor is mechanically interlocked as a matter of standard
procedure, this modification is necessary only to meet certain stringent architectural
specifications. Must be factory installed. Starter panel modification only; not available
for Logic 5.0 Door Operators.
GH
SD
GSD
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
H
■
DJ
J
■
MJ
GT
■
APT
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
■
■
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
APT
GT
MT/BMT
This modification, when combined with other modifications, may not fit inside a standard
door operator’s electrical box and an upgraded electrical enclosure may be required.
Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative if you have any questions. Starter panel
modification only. Not for use with Logic 5.0 operators; use (M51) modification instead.
GT
■
Additional control circuit components are supplied with this modification to prevent the
open coil of the reversing contactor from being electrically energized when the close coil
is held in, and vice versa.
Same as (M64) except terminal block connection points instead of wire leads are
provided for field wiring. Must be factory installed. Not available with Hazardous Area
(M105) or Variable Speed (M37) Modifications.
T
■
90-EI
90-78002KT
74
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
M72 ELECTRICALLY INTERLOCKED
CONTACTOR
M65 AUXILIARY CONTACT BLOCK
TERMINAL BLOCK CONNECTIONS,
K LINE
■
WARNING: It is strongly recommended that all controls be located so that the person
operating the control has a clear view of the door opening and the moving door.
GSD
SD
■
Long-Distance Wiring Kit Field Kit (24VAC)
NOTE: Not necessary on Logic Door Operators. Logic Controls are rated for 1,000 ft.
control runs utilizing 18-gauge wire.
MT/BMT
■
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
®
90-5024
50-24
T
90-78002K
■
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0)
MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
M76 COURTESY LIGHT MODIFICATION—STANDARD OPERATOR
90-54029
Provides a light socket on the door operator control enclosure. The light will turn on when the door starts to open and remains on for
several minutes via the thermal switch. Similar to the courtesy light in a standard residential garage door opener. Accepts up to a 100watt bulb that is not included and requires a separate 115V power supply for the light if the door operator is not a 115V unit. The light
delay is not adjustable and is affected by the temperature. Average time light stays on is approximately 90 seconds. May be factory or
field installed. To order a kit for field installation, use the kit part number shown above. Starter panel modification only; not available for
Logic 5.0 Door Operators or Hazardous Area Modification (M105).
GH
SD
GSD
■
H
■
MH/MHS
DHJ
■
MGJ
DJ
■
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
■
■
■
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
M105 HAZARDOUS AREA MODIFICATION (NEMA 7/9)—
WALL-MOUNT VERSION
IMPORTANT NOTE: Chamberlain/LiftMaster does not have third-party regulatory listing or certification for the complete electric operator
with this Hazardous Area Modification. Ask your LiftMaster Sales Representative for the LiftMaster Positional Document for “Hazardous
Area Modification. The use of Intrinsically Safe Control Circuits.”
®
N7 Model No.
Modifies a door operator to meet specifications for hazardous locations defined by NEC Article 501, Class I, Divisions 1 and 2, Group D,
and Article 502, Class II, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups F and G. The modification includes a hazardous area motor and separate Wall Mount
Starter with intrinsically safe control circuit. Since the control circuit is intrinsically safe, control circuit components (limit switches,
control station) are housed in general-purpose enclosures in accordance with NEC Article 504. A Dynamic Brake and Delay-on-Reverse
Circuit are included with this modification. No friction clutch or solenoid brake is supplied on any door operator with this modification.
The door operator must be factory supplied with this modification, not field modified. Specific NEC Article 501 and 502
specifications are required when ordering this modification. This modification comes wired B2; if another application is required, please
consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative.
NOTE: This modification is not compatible with many other modifications and accessories, such as photo eyes, auxiliary limits and radio
controls. Typically used accessories include 2-Wire Electric Edges, Pneumatic Edges, 3-Button Stations and Door Interlocks. Please
consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative if you have any questions regarding compatibility.
Hazardous Area Modification for 3HP GH requires an additional price premium, not available on 5 HP.
90 Group C Motor Upgrade
This modification provides a NEMA 7/9 rated motor for Class 1, Division 1, Group C environments in lieu of the standard motor provided
on the NEMA 7/9 rated door operators, which are rated for Class I, Division 1, Group D and Class II, Division 1, Groups F and G.
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
75
MODIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
M106 JIC SPECIFICATIONS MODIFICATION
90-9204
Modifies a door operator to generally meet JIC (Joint Industry Conference) specifications for electrical equipment in industrial locations
(some minor exceptions are taken). Includes a TEFC motor, Oiltight/Dust-tight rotary limit switches, Oiltight/Dust-tight 3-Button Control
Station and a separate wall-mounted Combination Reversing Starter. The starter is an industrial size 1 with a Fusible Disconnect Switch
in a NEMA 12 rated enclosure. The control circuit is 115VAC and the door operator supply voltage is available on 115V, 230V or 460V 1Ø
and 3Ø operators. Must be factory installed.
GSD
SD
■
M107 AUTOMOTIVE SPECIFICATIONS MODIFICATION
(FORMERLY GM SPECIFICATIONS MODIFICATION)
90-9212
90-921214
Includes 14-Gauge Tagged and Numbered Wire
Modifies a door operator to generally meet GM (General Motors) specifications for electrical equipment in industrial locations (some
minor exceptions are taken). Includes a LiftMaster stock totally enclosed motor, NEMA 12 rated rotary limit switches, NEMA 12 rated
3-button control station and a separate wall-mounted Combination Reversing Starter. The starter is a NEMA size 1 with a Fusible
Disconnect Switch (flange-mount type) in a NEMA 12 rated enclosure and a 120VAC control circuit. Must be factory installed.
®
NOTE: Available on 460VAC 3Ø door operators only. Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative for availability on other voltages.
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M108 SELF-REGULATING HEATER, 115V (PLUG TYPE)
65-30121
65-301212
For 2 and 3 HP GH Operators
For 1/2 and 1 HP GH Operators. (Includes required upgraded gear reducer )
An immersion heater is inserted in the drain opening of the gear reducer. Heater is self-regulating and keeps gear oil warm to prevent
sluggish operation or overloading in cold weather. Heater will shut off above 45Fº. Requires 115V power. For door operators requiring
208V, 230V and 460V, a transformer kit (90-TRNSFRMR-2), enclosed in a separate box, is available. For 575V door operators, order the
(90-TRNSFRMR-5). Plug type gear reducer heater must be factory installed.
NOTE: Starter Panel and Mechanical Powerhead modification only. Contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative for availability on
Logic 5.0 Door Operators.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
■
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M109, FORMERLY SELF-REGULATING HEATER, 230/460V,
PLUG TYPE SEE M108.
76
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0)
MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
M130 WALL MOUNT STARTER, NEMA 1 SCREW COVER
ENCLOSURE
90-3001
The enclosure for this modification will be a wall-mounted version of the standard door operator electrical box rated for NEMA 1 rated
applications. All electrical components correspond to standard parts from associated door operator (no upgrades included). Must be
factory supplied. See below for enclosure variations.
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
M131 WALL MOUNT STARTER, NEMA 1 HINGED COVER
ENCLOSURE
90-3002
Identical to (M130) except NEMA 1 rated screw cover enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 1 rated hinged cover enclosure. The starter
itself is an industrial size 0 but may be upgraded to a size 1 see (M153) and the control transformer is rated 50VA but may be upgraded
to 100VA see (M155).
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M132 WALL MOUNT STARTER, NEMA 4 HINGED COVER
ENCLOSURE
90-3004
Identical to (M131) except NEMA 1 rated hinged cover enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 4 rated hinged cover enclosure.
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M132A WALL MOUNT STARTER, NEMA 12 HINGED COVER
ENCLOSURE
90-3012
Identical to (M131) except NEMA 1 rated hinged cover enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 12 rated hinged cover enclosure.
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
77
MODIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
M133 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER SIZE 0, NONFUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH (NFDS), NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE
90-6002
This Combination Reversing Starter modification provides for a Non-Fusible Disconnect Switch (NFDS) with external handle, which
shuts off the power to the starter and door operator when the cover is opened. The starter and other optional components are prewired
to terminals in the wall-mountable enclosure. The starter itself is an industrial size 0 but may be upgraded to a size 1 see (M153) and
the control transformer is rated 50VA but may be upgraded to 100VA see (M155). Terminal points are provided both for the interwiring between door operator/starter and for the connection of control stations and safety equipment. Price includes an automatically
resettable overload relay which may be converted to manual reset, but cover of starter must be opened to reset. For external manually
resettable overload see (M152). This modification must be factory supplied. See below for enclosure variations.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
■
■
M134 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER SIZE 0, NFDS,
NEMA 4 ENCLOSURE
90-6004
Identical to (M133) except NEMA 1 rated enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 4 rated enclosure.
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M135 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER SIZE 0, NFDS,
NEMA 12 ENCLOSURE
90-6012
Identical to (M133) except NEMA 1 rated enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 12 rated enclosure.
■
78
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0)
MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
M136 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER SIZE 0, FUSIBLE
DISCONNECT SWITCH (FDS), NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE
90-7001
This Combination Reversing Starter modification provides for a Fusible Disconnect Switch (FDS) with external handle, which shuts off
the power to the starter and door operator when the cover is opened. Fuses are not supplied. The starter and other optional components
are prewired to terminals in the wall-mountable enclosure. The starter itself is an industrial size 0 but may be upgraded to a size 1 see
(M153) and the control transformer is rated 50VA but may be upgraded to 100VA see (M155). Terminal points are provided both for the
inter-wiring between operator/starter and for the connection of control stations and safety equipment. Price includes an automatically
resettable overload relay which may be converted to manual reset, but cover of starter must be opened to reset. For external manually
resettable overload see (M152). This modification must be factory supplied. See below for enclosure variations.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
■
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M137 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER SIZE 0, FDS,
NEMA 4 ENCLOSURE
90-7004
Identical to (M136) except NEMA 1 rated enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 4 rated enclosure.
SD
GSD
SD
GSD
■
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M138 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER SIZE 0, FDS,
NEMA 12 ENCLOSURE
90-7012
Identical to (M136) except NEMA 1 rated enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 12 rated enclosure.
■
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
79
MODIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
M139 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER—SIZE 0,
250VAC CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH,
NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE
The Combination Reversing Starter with Circuit Breaker (CB) modification provides all control equipment that is not mechanically
connected to the door operator powerhead in a separate Wall Mount NEMA 1 rated enclosure. The limit switches and brake solenoid
(when supplied) remain on the door operator In addition to the normal control equipment (starter, control transformer, control relays),
a Circuit Breaker with external handle is supplied, which shuts off the main power to the unit (and door operator also) when the cover
is opened. The circuit breaker is rated for up to 250VAC incoming power; therefore, this version of the modification may be used only
with door operators where the incoming power is less than 250VAC. The starter itself is an industrial size 0 but may be upgraded to
size 1 see (M153) and the control transformer is rated 50VA but may be upgraded to 100VA see (M155). Terminal points are provided
both for the inter-wiring between operator/starter and for the connection of control stations and safety equipment. Price includes an
automatically resettable overload relay which may be converted to manual reset, but cover of starter must be opened to reset. For
external manually resettable overload see (M152). This modification must be factory supplied. See below for enclosure and voltage
rating variations.
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M140 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER—SIZE 0,
480VAC CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH,
NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE
90-80014
Identical to (M139) except circuit breaker is rated for up to 480VAC (for use with operators where the incoming power is 480VAC or less).
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M141 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER—SIZE 0,
600VAC CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH,
NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE
90-80016
Identical to (M139) except circuit breaker is rated for up to 600VAC (for use with Door Operators where the incoming power is 600VAC or less).
■
80
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
90-80012
■
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0)
MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
NEMA 4
NEMA 12
M142 COMBINATION REVERSING
STARTER SIZE 0, 250VAC CIRCUIT
BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH,
NEMA 4 ENCLOSURE
M145 COMBINATION REVERSING
STARTER SIZE 0, 250VAC CIRCUIT
BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH,
NEMA 12 ENCLOSURE
Identical to (M139) except NEMA 1 rated enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 4 rated
enclosure.
Identical to (M139) except NEMA 1 rated enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 12 rated
enclosure.
90-80042
90-80122
■
■
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M143 COMBINATION REVERSING
STARTER SIZE 0, 480VAC CIRCUIT
BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH,
NEMA 4 ENCLOSURE
M146 COMBINATION REVERSING
STARTER SIZE 0, 480VAC CIRCUIT
BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH,
NEMA 12 ENCLOSURE
Identical to (M139) except NEMA 1 rated enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 4 rated
enclosure and circuit breaker is rated for up to 480VAC (for use with door operators
where incoming power is 480VAC or less).
Identical to (M139) except NEMA 1 rated enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 12 rated
enclosure and circuit breaker is rated for up to 480VAC (for use with door operators
where incoming power is 480VAC or less).
90-80044
90-80124
■
■
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M144 COMBINATION REVERSING
STARTER SIZE 0, 600VAC CIRCUIT
BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH,
NEMA 4 ENCLOSURE
M147 COMBINATION REVERSING
STARTER SIZE 0, 600VAC CIRCUIT
BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH,
NEMA 12 ENCLOSURE
Identical to (M139) except NEMA 1 rated enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 4 rated
enclosure and circuit breaker is rated for up to 600VAC (for use with door operators
where incoming power is 600VAC or less).
Identical to (M139) except NEMA 1 rated enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 12 rated
enclosure and circuit breaker is rated for up to 600VAC (for use with door operators
where incoming power is 600VAC or less).
90-80046
90-80126
■
■
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
81
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
MODIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
M148 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER—SIZE 0,
250VAC CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH,
NEMA 7/9 ENCLOSURE
90-80072
The control circuit is intrinsically safe in accordance with NEC Article 504, therefore allowing control components (limit switches, control
stations and safety edges) to be housed in general-purpose enclosures. A Dynamic Brake see (M5) with a Delay-on-Reverse Circuit
see (M60) and automatic resetting overload are provided as standard. All components used in this modification are either UL listed or
Factory Mutual (FM) approved. This equipment meets specifications for hazardous areas defined by NEC Article 501, Class I, Divisions
1 and 2, Group D, and Class II, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups F and G. All of the control stations and the safety edge would be connected to
terminals in the limit enclosure on the door operator. The starter itself is an industrial size 0 but may be upgraded to a size 1 see (M154).
This modification does not include a Hazardous Area Modification (M105) on the door operator; you must order (M105) in addition to this
modification and it must be factory supplied. See (M149 and M150) for alternate voltage ratings.
NOTE: This modification is not compatible with many other modifications in this catalog and is limited in control options. Please contact
your LiftMaster Sales Representative if you have any questions regarding compatibility. This modification must be factory installed.
®
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M149 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER SIZE 0,
480VAC CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH,
NEMA 7/9 ENCLOSURE
90-80074
Identical to (M148) except circuit breaker is rated for up to 480VAC (for use with door operators where incoming power is 480VAC or less).
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M150 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER SIZE 0,
600VAC CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH,
NEMA 7/9 ENCLOSURE
90-80076
Identical to (M148) except circuit breaker is rated for up to 600VAC (for use with door operators where incoming power is 600VAC or less).
■
82
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
This modification provides a NEMA 7/9 rated wall-mounted separate starter with a hinged cover. The separate starter enclosure is a
250VAC Circuit Breaker and includes an external disconnect handle that shuts off the power to the Starter and door operator when
the cover is opened. The enclosure holds the electrical control equipment that is not mechanically connected to the Door Operator
powerhead. The limit switches, internal interlock switch (when supplied) and motor remain in the standard electrical enclosure on the
door operator. The circuit breaker is rated for up to 250VAC, and is for use with door operator where incoming power is 250VAC or less.
■
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0)
MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
M152 EXTERNAL RESET OVERLOAD
NEMA 1, 4, 12
M155 100 VA TRANSFORMER UPGRADE
NEMA 1, 4, 12
Provides an external through-cover reset button for the overload relay for Wall Mount or
Combination Reversing Starters see (M131–M147) for the given NEMA ratings. Must be
factory installed.
Upgrades the transformer in operators with wall-mounted or Combination Reversing
Starters (M131–M147) from the standard 50VA to a 100VA. Provides 50VA of additional
control circuit power for auxiliary equipment such as loop detectors, photo eyes and
motion detectors. Must be factory installed. Not available with a Dynamic Brake (M5)
or any of the NEMA 7/9 rated separate starters (M148–M150).
90-100
■
GSD
SD
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
GH
■
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
M153 INDUSTRIAL SIZE 1 STARTER
NEMA 1, 4, 12
APT
GT
GSD
SD
■
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
T
■
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
MT/BMT
90-2504
90-1004
Upgrades the reversing starter in a NEMA 1, 4 or 12 rated Combination Reversing Starter
from an industrial size 0 to a size 1. May provide longer starter life in applications where
large-horsepower door operators experience high usage and frequent reversing. Must
be factory installed.
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M154 INDUSTRIAL SIZE 1 STARTER
NEMA 7, 9
90-1007
Upgrades the reversing starter in a NEMA 7/9 rated Combination Reversing Starter from
an industrial size 0 to a size 1. May provide longer starter life in applications where
large-horsepower door operators experience high usage and frequent reversing. Must
be factory installed. Available on (M148–M150) modifications only.
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
83
FIRE DOOR
SYSTEMS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LiftMaster Fire Door Systems control the closure of a rolling fire door, counter fire door, fire shutter or track door in an
emergency situation, and serve as physical barriers to stop the spread of fire and smoke from one area to another. Fire doors
and shutters are found in virtually all types of commercial buildings, including manufacturing facilities, warehouses, hospitals,
stadiums, sports arenas, convention centers and food court areas. These release devices are an integral part of the door’s or
shutter’s fusible link release assembly, providing fail-safe performance.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
®
Ultimately, LiftMaster Fire Door Release Devices are designed to minimize property damage and provide increased safety
for all building occupants. They provide a time-delayed release of the door for a period of up to 60 seconds to permit
passageway clearance prior to door closure. Optional Battery Backup can ensure the door will not be released as a result
of power failure (in non-alarm conditions) for up to 72 hours. For added safety of the individuals in or around the opening,
a voice annunciator, strobe or horn notification device can be installed to provide a verbal, visual or auditory warning message
prior to door closure.
Models are available for use with both non-motorized and motorized door applications. For motorized door applications,
select models can be used to create a fully automated door closing system when used in conjunction with a standard
commercial door operator by providing features typically found on expensive, special-order fire door operators.
ADVANCED FIRE CONTROL RELEASE DEVICE (LM21AFCB)
• UL 864 Revision 9 compliant.
• Programmable DIP switch delay setting—either 10, 20, 30 or 60 seconds delay of door release to permit
passage clearance.
• Internal Battery Backup system.
• Obstruction cycling—works in conjunction with the door’s electrical safety edge, reversing the door if an
obstruction is encountered.
• Motor voltage sensing.
• Test key switch—permits floor-level testing of the system.
• Model LM21AFCBVB is equipped with a voice board to broadcast a pre-recorded evacuation message.
EXTENDED PERFORMANCE RELEASE DEVICE (LM21XPBB)
• UL 864 Revision 9 compliant.
• Programmable DIP switch delay setting—either 10, 20, 30 or 60 seconds delay of door release to permit
passage clearance.
• Inputs for normally open 2- or 4-wire detectors and normally closed 4-wire detectors.
• Trouble and alarm relays for communication with the fire alarm control panel, if required.
• Audible trouble sounder to indicate when the release device is not operational.
• On-board diagnostic LEDs for easy troubleshooting.
• Testing function allows routine fire door testing without requiring activation of the smoke detector
• Model LM21XPBBVB is equipped with a voice board to broadcast a pre-recorded voice
evacuation message.
HIGH-PERFORMANCE RELEASE DEVICE (LM21XP)
• UL 864 Revision 9 compliant.
• Programmable DIP switch delay setting—either 10, 20, 30 or 60 seconds delay of door release to permit
passageway clearance.
• Close door detection—prevents door release if the door is kept in the closed position and eliminates
door reset service calls or potential system damage.
• On-board diagnostic LEDs for early troubleshooting.
• Testing function allows routine fire door testing without requiring activation of the central alarm system;
easy reset function returns the device to a standby state.
84
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
PRODUCT FEATURE
BENEFITS
RELEASE DEVICES
LM21XP
XPBB
●
●
AFCB
Non-Motorized Door
Door closing system for chain/crank hoist operated doors or manually operated doors.
Motorized Door
Fully automated door closing system when used in conjunction with mechanical or solidstate door operators.
Time-Delayed Activation
User selectable feature that delays door closing to allow time for passage clearance.
Factory default 10 seconds, maximum 60 seconds.
●
●
●
Testing Function
Allows routine fire door testing without requiring activation of the smoke detector or central
alarm system.
●
●
●
Close Door Detection
Prevents door reversal if the door is kept in the closed position. Eliminates door reset service
calls or potential system damage.
●
●
●
Two Smoke Detector Loops
Normally open and normally closed for smoke or heat detectors.
●
●
Power for Detection Devices
Provides power (24VDC) for up to four 2‑wire smoke detectors.
On-Board Diagnostic LEDs
Allow monitoring of alarm inputs, outputs and ground fault.
Trouble and Alarm Relays
For the transmission of alarm and trouble signals to the fire alarm control panel.
Multiple Power Options
Release device operates on 120VAC, 24VAC or 24VDC.
Form C Dry Contact Type Activation
For activation of auxiliary devices.
Internal Battery Backup with
Charging System
Provides power to release device to prevent door release during long power outages.
Also provides power for up to 4 smoke/heat detectors and 2 horn/strobes.
●
●
24VDC Alarm Output
Provides power (24VDC) for up to two notification devices such as a horn/strobe or
speaker strobe.
●
●
Motor Voltage Sensing
Monitors voltage to the door operator and activates a mechanical door release upon loss of
power to the door operator.
●
Obstruction Cycling
Works with the door’s safety edge system to reverse the door if obstructed. Will attempt door
closure up to 3 times before allowing the door to rest upon an obstruction or gravity drop
(user‑selectable).
●
Remote Test Switch
Disables the obstruction cycling feature to allow testing of a door without a mechanical
release.
●
Optional Response Upon Power Loss
Select between door closure by mechanical release immediately upon loss of power or
standard operation from Battery Backup power.
●
DIP Switch Selection
Safety feature functions are user‑selectable.
●
Optional Voice Board
Provides one of two verbal warnings when the fire door is closing. Can be used in conjunction
with up to 2 speaker/strobes.
●
●
Two Standard Voice Warnings
Selected by DIP switch settings, indicating that an emergency condition exists and that the
door opening should be cleared prior to closure.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
●
●
●
85
FIRE DOOR
SYSTEMS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
INSTALLATION INFORMATION
Each LiftMaster Fire Door Release Device serves as an interface between the smoke detection system and the fire door. As the central control, the Fire
Door Release System receives and interprets all signals to instruct the fire door and all warning devices to act appropriately.
®
NON-MOTORIZED FIRE
DOOR SYSTEM
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LM21XPBB
Release Device
Smoke
Detector
MOTORIZED FIRE
DOOR SYSTEM
LM21AFCB
Release Device
Fusible Link
Assembly
Smoke
Detector
Fusible Link
Assembly
Chain
Hoist
Notification Appliance
(Strobe, Horn/Strobe,
Speaker/Strobe, etc.)
Door
Operator/
Motor
Notification Appliance
(Strobe, Horn/Strobe,
Speaker/Strobe, etc.)
Test Key
Switch
LiftMaster offers a choice of 3 different models, FOR BOTH MOTORIZED AND NON-MOTORIZED APPLICATIONS. For motorized application, the
appropriate release device works in conjunction with a standard, commercial electromechanical or solid-state operator to create an enhanced, yet
economical, fire door operating system. All devices ensure the continued protection and code compliance for the fire door or shutter by enabling routine
operation inspections without activating the primary alarm system and without disturbing building occupants. These devices are C-UL-US, FM and CSFM
listed and are compliant with the NFPA 80 requirement for all fail-safe door holder/release devices.
APPLICATION:
RELEASE DEVICE AS COMPONENT
OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Alarm Signal
Notification
Appliance
APPLICATION:
RELEASE DEVICE AS STANDALONE SYSTEM
Alarm Initiation Devices
Alarm Initiation Devices
Alarm Initiation Devices
Alarm Initiation Devices
Alarm Signal
End Of-Line
End Of-Line
Notification
Device
Device
Appliance
End Of-Line
Device
Alarm Initiating Alarm Initiating
Device Circuit Device Circuit
Alarm Initiating Alarm Initiating
Device Circuit Device Circuit
Alarm Notification
Alarm Notification
Appliance CircuitAppliance Circuit
Fire
Alarm
Control
System
Main Power
Main Power
andby Power Standby Power
86
Relay Module
Fire
Alarm
Control
System
End Of-Line
Device
Release Device Release Device
Relay Module
Trouble Signal Trouble Signal
Notification Appliance
Notification Appliance
Alarm Signal
Alarm Signal
Notification Appliance
Notification Appliance
Release Device Release Device
Main Power
Main Power
Alarm Signal
Alarm Signal
Notification Appliance
Notification Appliance
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
FIRE DETECTION DEVICES
PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTORS
Model....................................................Voltage
LM8100..................................................120V
LM2W-B.................................................12/24 VDC
LM4W-B.................................................12/24 VDC
PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTORS
WITH THERMAL SENSORS
HEAT DETECTORS
Model.....................................................Voltage
LMTH-135..............................................120V
LMTH-194..............................................120V
Transformer (90-TRNSFRMR-2/90-TRNSFRMR-5)
Used in conjunction with an AFCB model when line voltages other than
120VAC are present at the door installation. Transformers are mounted
within an UL508 approved enclosure and are available in the following
options:
––90-TRNSFRMR-2 (208VAC 1 and 3 Phase, 230/460VAC 3 Phase)
––90-TRNSFRMR-5 (575VAC 3 Phase)
FDRCARD - Plug-in Option Card
Facilitates field connections between the LM21AFCB and the For use
in conjunction with the LiftMaster Elite Series operators; the FDRCARD
facilitates field connections between the LM21AFCB and the operator by
reducing the standard 10-wire interconnection to a basic 4-wire phone
cord. Both the FDRCARD and the AFCB are equipped with an RJ-11
phone jack as standard to accept the phone cord. The FDRCARD also
eliminates the need for ordering the operator with auxiliary open and
close limits, which are required for all non-logic operators.
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Model....................................................Voltage
LM8100-T.................................................120V
LM2WT-B..................................................12/24 VDC
LM4WT-B..................................................12/24 VDC
COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES
NOTIFICATION DEVICES
HORN
Model....................................................Voltage
LMEH120ADA............................................120V
50-30894..................................................12/24 VDC
SPEAKER STROBE
Model.....................................................Voltage
LM-8SP..................................................120V
STROBE
Model....................................................Voltage
LML1V75OADA..........................................120V
50-30577..................................................120V
HORN STROBE
Model.....................................................Voltage
LMHS1V75ADA.......................................120V
LMHS2475WPADA..................................12/24 VDC
87
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
88
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
SWING GATE OPERATORS
SLIDE GATE OPERATORS
BARRIER AND OVERHEAD
GATE OPERATORS
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
MODIFICATIONS
GATE OPERATORS
AND ACCESS
CONTROL SYSTEMS
GATE OPERATORS
AND ACCESS
CONTROL SYSTEMS
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Why LiftMaster ...................................................... 3
®
LiftMaster Gate Operators.............................. 5
Safety Information................................................ 6
Barrier and Overhead
Gate Operators................................................... 52
Mega Arm/Mega Arm Tower.....................................................54
Mega Arm Sprint/Sprint Tower..................................................56
Designing Automated
Vehicular Gate Systems.................................... 8
BG770.......................................................................................58
How to Order........................................................10
HCT...........................................................................................62
Linear Actuators, Underground and
Column Mount Swing Gate Operators...12
Access Control Systems............................... 66
LA400DC...................................................................................14
EL2000......................................................................................68
LA412DC...................................................................................16
EL25..........................................................................................70
LA500DC...................................................................................18
TAC1..........................................................................................72
FROG........................................................................................20
dwellingLIVE .............................................................................74
FERNI........................................................................................22
dwellingLIVE Credentialed Access..........................................74
Swing Gate Operators.................................... 24
BG790.......................................................................................60
IPAC...........................................................................................66
®
dwellingLIVE Visitor Management,
RSW12VDC...............................................................................26
Attended Gates.......................................................................76
CSW24VDC...............................................................................28
dwellingLIVE Visitor Management,
CSW200UL................................................................................30
Unattended Gates...................................................................77
SW490.......................................................................................32
dwellingLIVE Front Desk.........................................................78
Slide Gate Operators....................................... 34
BX243........................................................................................36
RSL12VDC................................................................................38
CSL24VDC................................................................................40
SL3000UL..................................................................................42
SL585........................................................................................44
dwellingLIVE Mobile Patrol......................................................79
dwellingLIVE Community Website..........................................79
KPR2000...................................................................................80
MINIkey Stand Alone.................................................................81
Wireless Commercial Keypad...................................................82
PPLX Stand Alone.....................................................................83
SL595........................................................................................46
Modifications........................................................ 84
VSL595......................................................................................48
Solar Daily Cycle Rate Charts..................... 86
HS670........................................................................................50
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
OPEN YOUR
WORLD WITH
LIFTMASTER
®
WHY LIFTMASTER
®
For over 45 years, LiftMaster has been exceeding expectations by providing
peace of mind through expert service and innovative solutions.
®
®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
This catalog gives you access to our entire product and accessory lines. The
latest advances like our MyQ Technology, Security+ 2.0 , Battery Backup
and our specially designed P3 Motors allow our products to best serve
specific needs while staying safe and connected at all times.
™
™
LiftMaster provides products and access solutions for homes and businesses
worldwide. We are committed to providing quality products, innovative designs
and comprehensive services which go beyond our Customers’ expectations.
3
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
SWING OR SLIDE
IT’S AN OPEN-AND-SHUT CASE
LIFTMASTER GATE OPERATORS
®
LiftMaster Gate Operators and Access Control Systems are engineered to be reliable, powerful
and innovative, providing Customers the comfort of knowing their gates will always open and close
when needed.
®
Built with Battery Backup, MyQ Technology, P3 Motors and Security+ 2.0 , our products ensure quick,
reliable property access by virtually eliminating interference. Plus, our entire line of Gate Operators has
been newly updated and designed to meet or exceed UL 325 safety standards and requirements.
®
™
™
LiftMaster guarantees a high level of quality and performance in all our Gate Operators and Access
Control Systems by staying true to four unique features throughout our product line:
BATTERY BACKUP
LiftMaster has a patented system to ensure that your Gate Operator continues to operate during
power outages.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
CONNECTIVITY
LiftMaster Gate Operators and Access Control Systems help you stay connected with your
property while you’re away, giving you greater control, information and access.
P3 MOTORS
™
LiftMaster designs our own purpose-built motor to meet the exact requirements needed to open
and close your gate.
SAFETY AND SECURITY
LiftMaster Gate Operators and Access Control Systems have security features designed to help
safeguard your home, giving you greater peace of mind.
Whether your needs are Residential or Commercial, our line of Gate Operators and Access
Control Systems provides a variety of access solutions that best serves your Customers’
specific needs while never compromising the safety and security they desire.
5
SAFETY
INFORMATION
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
WARNING
The following should be read by anyone involved in the design,
specification, selection or purchase of an industrial gate operator
or automated gate system.
Automated Gate Systems
Safe Installation Procedures
For the purposes of this Safety Information, an automated gate system
consists of a vehicular gate, an electric gate operator, control equipment
to interface with the gate operator and safety equipment to protect people
and property.
Gate operators and associated control equipment should only
be installed and serviced by qualified professionals. Professional
installers should observe the following safe installation procedures. To
ensure that this is the case, provide a copy of this Safety Information
Section to the Installer.
Vehicular Gates
1.
POWER SHOULD ALWAYS BE DISCONNECTED whenever
installing, wiring, or servicing a gate operator or automated gate
system. Not only is the chance of electric shock thus reduced, but
the MOVING CHAINS IN MOST GATE OPERATORS CAN CATCH
CLOTHING OR FINGERS AND CAUSE SEVERE INJURY.
2.
Installation and wiring must be in compliance with local building and
electrical codes. If no local code exists, install in compliance with the
National Electrical Code.
Gate Operator Selection
3.
The proper gate operator must be selected for the application. Pay
attention to all application information in this catalog, including gate
operator type, size, voltage and control wiring. IMPROPER SELECTION
CAN RESULT IN A DANGEROUS SYSTEM. Be sure you understand the
application and limitations of the model gate operator you select for your
gate. If you are in doubt, contact a LiftMaster Representative.
All manual gate locks should be disabled to avoid damage to the
gate or gate operator should the lock become engaged after the gate
operator is installed.
4.
Clutches should be adjusted to the minimum force setting required
to operate the gate smoothly, and still allow slippage with minimum
force. However, A CLUTCH IS NOT INTENDED AS, AND SHOULD
NOT BE SUBSTITUTED FOR, A SAFETY DEVICE TO PROTECT
PEOPLE AND PROPERTY.
A vehicular gate is a large, heavy object that moves with the help of an
electric motor. A moving gate can cause SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH!
The safety and well-being of others depends on the design of a safe
system. The gate itself must be properly installed, work freely and smoothly
in both directions and be constructed to industry standard ASTM F2200.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Gate operators are not intended for pedestrian use.
®
Control Accessories
5.
Gate operators can present serious hazards to persons in the immediate
area when not controlled in a safe manner or by responsible persons.
Choose one or more controls that together will allow complete control of
the gate.
The manual operation system must be functioning properly. IF THE
GATE CANNOT BE MANUALLY OPERATED IN AN EMERGENCY,
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH MAY RESULT!
6.
All controls should be located OUT OF REACH OF SMALL CHILDREN.
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH CAN RESULT FROM CHILDREN PLAYING
WITH CONTROLS.
All warning signs and warning labels are required to be posted as
indicated in the Gate Operator Installation Manual, and over the
protest of the property owner.
7.
The gate operator, controls, and safety equipment should be tested
at the conclusion of the installation to be sure they are functioning
properly.
8.
The operation of the gate, controls and safety equipment should
be reviewed with the owner and/or end user of the automated gate
system. They should also be informed of the need to maintain control
and safety equipment on a regular basis. Safety equipment should be
checked at least once monthly to ensure that it is working properly.
All installation manuals, instructions and safety information should be
left with the owner.
9.
Moving gates have pinch points and entrapment zones that can be
extremely dangerous to pedestrians, especially small children. EVEN
THOUGH YOU ARE PLANNING TO USE SAFETY EQUIPMENT,
THESE POINTS AND ZONES SHOULD BE GUARDED. If you are
unsure about your ability to identify the particular hazards of your
gate operator system, call LiftMaster for assistance. UNGUARDED
PINCH POINTS AND ENTRAPMENT ZONES CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH!
ALL CONTROLS SHOULD BE LOCATED NO LESS THAN 6 FT. FROM
ANY MOVING PART OF THE GATE SO THAT THE PERSON OPERATING
THE CONTROLS CAN SEE THE FULL AREA OF GATE MOVEMENT, but
should not be so close that a person starting the gate could be injured due
to their proximity to the gate.
Be especially careful in designing systems with automatic controls, that
is, controls that can cause the gate to operate without warning to persons
in the immediate gate area. Such controls include, but are not limited
to, radio controls, remote mounted access controls, telephone access
systems and timing devices. SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND SIGNS WARNING
OF THE AUTOMATIC OPERATION ARE A MUST IN THE DESIGN OF
SUCH A SYSTEM.
Safety Accessories
IT IS A REQUIREMENT THAT SAFETY EQUIPMENT BE USED WITH
EVERY GATE OPERATOR. There are many types of safety devices
available; sensing edges and photo eye controls are some of the
more common types of entrapment protection devices shown in the
ACCESSORIES section of this catalog. Audible and/or visible warning
devices are recommended when automatic controls are used in the gate
operating system. A variety of warning signs and labels are also offered in
this section. WITHOUT SAFETY EQUIPMENT THE GATE COULD CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH!
6
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
Operated Gate Systems to Comply with UL 325 and ASTM F2200
•
A separate pedestrian entry/exit must be clearly visible to
promote
• Install entrapment protection devices such that both primary and secondary devices protect all entrapment
zones. pedestrian usage. It must be located so persons do
Install entrapment
protection
devices
that
protect
allpedestrian usage. It must be locatedcome
• A separate pedestrian
entry/exit must
be clearly
visible
to promote
so persons
not come in
contact
with
the vehiculargate
gate while
it is moving.
in do
contact
with
the
vehicular
while
it is moving.
entrapment
zones.
• Refer to
your operator's Instruction Manual for full details
Refer to your Gate Operator’s Instruction Manual for full details.
User controls mounted at
least 6 ft. away from gate
Swing Gate
Public Side
Closed Gate
A
Pedestrian gate
clearly located
B
Photo
eyes
Photo
eye
(public
side)
A
If space is greater than 4 in.
(10cm), entrapment protection
in this area is required.
If space is less than 16 in.
(41cm), entrapment protection
in this area is required.
B
Opened Gate
•
not
ZONE
TR
EN
ENTR
Edge
sensor
NT
APME
ZONE
Reflector
for photo
eye
Secure Side
Attach WARNING signs on
both sides of the gate.
(ASTM F2200: 7.1.1.1 and 7.1.1.2)
Pedestrian gate
clearly located
User controls mounted at
least 6 ft. away from gate
With the hinge mounted on the
corner of the pilaster, the
entrapment area A is
eliminated and protection is not
required for this area.
Base of Swing and Slide Gate
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Slide Gate
Closed Gate
Opened Gate
T
N
ME
AP
All gates must have smooth bottom edges. No protrusions should
exist. If gate hardware or sensors protrude, they must have smooth
surfaces free of any sharp cutting edges that do not exceed ½ in.
beyond the base of the gate. (ASTM F2200: 4.8)
Public Side
6 ft. (1
.8m) m
inimu
m
Attach WARNING signs on
both sides of the gate
OK
Not Allowed
Guard
posts
Non-pinch
rollers (4x)
See “Slide Gate Openings”
V track
(gate rail)
Physical
stop
Photo eye (4x)
Edge sensor on
Leading Edge of gate
Edge sensor
on Trailing Edge
of gate
te
d Ga
Han
Left ing
open
See “Slide Gate Openings”
ENT
PM
TRA
Slide Gate Gaps
E
ZON
EN
Photo eye (entrapment protection shown in four locations).
Physical stop — weld stops at both ends of gate rail.
Secure Side
Slide Gate Openings
A gap, measured in the horizontal plane parallel
to the roadway, between a fixed stationary
object nearest the roadway (such as a gate
support post) and the gate frame when the gate
is in either the fully open position or the fully
closed position, shall not exceed
2 ¼ in. (57mm). Exception: All other fixed
stationary objects greater than 16 in. (406mm)
from the gate frame shall not be required to
comply with this section. (ASTM F2200: 6.1.4)
Openings of a horizontal slide gate must be smaller than 2 1/4 in. (57mm) or else be guarded or screened. These design
rules apply to both the moving gate as well as the portion of adjacent fence that the gate covers in the open position.
(UL325: 56.8.4.a.2 and ASTM F2200: 6.1.2) See Illustrations below.
XXX XXX
XXX
XXXXXX
XXX
Gate Frame and Adjacent Fence Area
If gaps (xxx) between vertical bars of the gate
or fence are less than 2 1/4 in. (57mm), no
further screening is required.
Gate Frame and Adjacent Fence Area
6 ft. (1.8m) minimum
•
Operated Gate Systems to Comply with UL325 and ASTM F2200
Only install
the gate
operator
used
for vehicular traffic.
• Only install
the operator
on gateson
usedgates
for vehicular
traffic.
6 ft.(1.8m) minimum
•
For gaps (xxx) equal to or larger than 2 1/4 in.
(57mm), a wire mesh screen must be applied
to the gate. Wire mesh screen openings must be
smaller than 2 1/4 in. (57mm). The minimum height
of wire mesh screen: 6 ft. (1.8m).
7
DESIGNING AUTOMATED
VEHICULAR GATE SYSTEMS
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
AN AUTOMATED VEHICULAR GATE OPERATOR SYSTEM INCLUDES SEVERAL COMPONENTS, ALL OF WHICH MUST BE SELECTED IN
CONCERT WITH EACH OTHER AND WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE JOB IF THE SYSTEM IS TO BE SUCCESSFUL. IN ADDITION TO THE GATE
ITSELF, A SYSTEM CONSISTS OF A GATE OPERATOR, ENTRY CONTROL EQUIPMENT TO INTERFACE WITH THE GATE OPERATOR AND SAFETY
EQUIPMENT TO PROTECT PEOPLE AND PROPERTY FROM HAZARDS OF AN ELECTRICALLY POWERED GATE.
NOTE: A single cycle is considered one full open and closing. The number of cycles is considered the number of times the open limit is actuated in one hour.
1 GATE OPERATOR MODEL SELECTION—The gate operator models described
in this catalog are grouped according to the type of gate for which they are
intended to be used and the expected frequency of usage.
Gate Operator Type—It is important to select the proper type and size of gate
operator for your gate. Remember, mismatch between gate and operator can result in a
malfunctioning or dangerous system. We also offer an extensive array of gate operator
modifications for those instances where a standard machine is not the right choice.
Contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative for more information about the application
of any LiftMaster Gate Operator.
3 SAFETY ACCESSORY SELECTION—All gate operators will accept safety
accessories to protect vehicles and equipment from motorized gates. One of
the best choices for safety equipment is a sensing edge, commonly called a
safety edge. One or more of these is strongly recommended on all motorized gates, but
primarily on slide gates. The edge mounts on leading edges of the gate and on stationary
fence posts and must be wired into the control box of the operator. If the gate strikes an
obstruction while opening or closing, the sensing edge will compress and either cause
the gate to either stop or reverse depending on the connection to the operator.
®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Gate Operator Size—This catalog uses gate width charts to aid in the proper sizing of a
gate operator. However, it should be noted that these charts are only estimates and can
vary greatly between applications.
Photo eyes are also very common in residential, commercial or industrial installations.
For more information on these devices, consult a LiftMaster Sales Representative.
Gate Operator Usage—Both the gate and the gate operator must be designed to stand
up to the intended usage of the system. A gate that opens 25 times an hour cannot use a
gate operator designed for more limited duty cycles.
Other types of safety accessories that are offered include audible or visible warning
devices to warn of a moving gate or one that is about to start moving. Finally, all
installations are required to have Warning Signs in place to warn pedestrians of the
dangers of operating vehicular gates. Many signs and labels are included with each gate
operator. These should be carefully placed according to the accompanying instructions.
Additional or replacement signs are offered in the Accessories Section.
Generally speaking, gate operators that utilize wormgear reduction systems will stand up
to severe usage much better than belt-reduced gate operators.
NOTE: Please review application with requirements of UL 325 and ASTM F2200 to
ensure a proper installation.
2 ENTRY CONTROL DEVICES—LiftMaster offers a wide variety of entry control
devices that are compatible with the gate operators. These entry control devices
may be found in this catalog. Most entry control devices require a choice to be
made between convenience and security. Push buttons are easy for just about anyone
to use, but that is precisely why they may be undesirable in certain installations. Key
control stations are a popular alternative, requiring the use of a key to open or close the
gate. Another commonly used device is the card reader, similar to key controls in style
in that the user must carry something to gain access through the door. However, access
control and telephone entry systems that use card readers offer the added advantage of
being able to issue many different cards to different users or different classes of users,
cards which can be easily invalidated when necessary.
A somewhat different approach is achieved by using digital keypads, which offer a
comparable degree of security and flexibility to card readers, but which do not require
the user to carry anything. However, he or she must remember the four- or five-digit
entry code to use the keypad.
Very often gates will be operated primarily by people in vehicles. When this is the case,
radio controls and other outdoor, pedestal-mount control devices are desirable.
Automatic controls can be used when conditions dictate. The most common of this type
is the auto-close timer, which will cause the gate to close automatically after a preset
time interval whenever it is left open. Another variety is the 7-day time clock, which can
be programmed to open the gate automatically at different times of the day.
8
4 GATE OPERATOR CLASSIFICATIONS—There are four gate operator
classifications. Class I is considered the most stringent class achievable and can
be used in all of the other classes of installation.
Class I: Residential
A gate operator intended for use in a home. A home is defined as a one to four singlefamily dwelling, or a garage or parking area associated therewith.
Class II: Commercial or General Public Access
A gate operator intended for use in a commercial location. Commercial locations include
gated communities, hotels, garages, retail stores or other buildings that service the
general public.
Class III: Industrial or Limited Access
A gate operator intended for use in an industrial location. Industrial locations include
factories, loading dock areas or other locations not intended to service the general public.
Class IV: Restricted Access
A gate operator intended for use in a guarded industrial location. Guarded industrial locations
include airport security areas or other restricted access locations not servicing the general
public, in which unauthorized access is prevented via supervision by security personnel.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATOR ENTRAPMENT
Class Class Class
IV
III I and II
UL 325
Installation
Class
Slide Gate
Operator
Primary
Type
A
A, B1 or B2
A, B1, B2 or D
Secondary
Type
B1, B2 or D
A, B1, B2, D
or E
A, B1, B2, D
or E
Swing and Gate Barrier
(Arm) Operator
Primary
Type
A or C
A, B1, B2 or C
A, B1, B2, C
or D
CONTROL WIRING
Max. Distance (Ft.)
Wire Gauge
1,000
18
1,200
16
2,000
14
Secondary
Type
A, B1, B2, C
or D
A, B1, B2, C,
D or E
A, B1, B2, C,
D or E
Formula
(V) x (D)
L=
(2K) x (I)
L = Maximum one-way distance V = Voltage drop (5%)
D = Cross-section area of conductor (diameter)
What are the obstruction sensing types?
K = Resistivity of conductor (ohms) I = Motor F.L.A. (running)
There are six types of obstruction sensing systems.
Type B1:Connections provided for a non-contact sensor. A non-contact device such as
a photo eye can be used as a secondary protection.
Type B2:Connections provided for a contact sensor. A contact device such as an edge
device can be used for secondary protection.
WIRE
GAUGE
DIAMETER
OHMS/1,000 FT.
16
14
12
10
8
1/20 in.
1/16 in.
1/12 in.
1/10 in.
1/8 in.
4Ω
2.5Ω
1.6Ω
1Ω
0.6Ω
Type C:Inherent adjustable clutch or pressure relief valve.
Type D:Connections provided for a control requiring continuous pressure to open and
close the gate.
Power Wiring
Type E:Built-in audio alarm. Examples include sirens, horns or buzzers.
NOTE: Calculated using NEC guidelines. Local codes and conditions must be reviewed
for suitability of wire installation. Primary/Secondary units must be installed on
separate circuits.
Wiring specifications can be found in applicable Gate Operator Owner’s Manual.
9
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Type A:Inherent obstruction sensing system, self-contained within the gate operator.
This system must sense and initiate the reverse of the gate within two
seconds of contact with a solid object.
HOW TO ORDER
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Building a Model Number
Four (4) selections must be made to specify each gate operator model.
1 Select the proper model type for your gate based on your gate type. A brief
description of the gate type(s) for which a model is intended to be used is
included at the beginning of each model page. If you are not sure of the proper
model for your gate, refer to “Designing Automated Vehicular Gate Systems,” or contact
your LiftMaster Sales Representative.
®
The LiftMaster identifier and model type will become the first part of the complete
model number.
Example: SL585
2 Select the horsepower rating of your operator by studying the recommended
capacities guide for the model type you have chosen. This guide is based on
the overall area of the gate and is a general guideline only for new and properly
installed gates. If your gate size is beyond the range on the guide for one of these
models, go to the standard-duty or heavy-duty gate operator of the same type.
The ORDERING CODE for horsepower rating is as follows:
1/2 HP
50
1 HP
100
2 HP
200
The horsepower rating code will become the second part of the model number.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Example: SL58550
3 Select the voltage and phase according to your installation requirement. The
power available at the jobsite must be of the same voltage, phase and frequency
as ordered for the gate operator. A MISMATCH CAN CAUSE A DANGEROUS
SITUATION AND RESULT IN DAMAGE TO THE OPERATOR AND/OR INSTALLATION
POWER SUPPLY.
The ORDERING CODE for voltage, phase and frequency is as follows:
115VAC, 1Ø, 60Hz
11
230VAC, 1Ø, 60Hz
21
208VAC, 1Ø, 60Hz
81
208VAC, 1Ø, 60Hz
83
230VAC, 3Ø, 60Hz
23
460VAC, 3Ø, 60Hz
43
575VAC, 3Ø, 60Hz
53
The voltage, phase and frequency code will become the third part of the model number.
Example: SL5855011
4 The fourth and final part of the model number is the gate operator type—Heater
or Non Heater.
Example: SL5855011H3 (Heater Model) or SL5855011G3 (Non Heater)
Additional Information Required:
1. On all orders, please specify the gate TYPE and WIDTH.
2. Please list any modifications, accessories and omissions as separate line items.
3. Please indicate any markings required on packing cartons.
NOTE: Heater sold as add-on kit for RSL12VDC, RSW12VDC, CSL24VDC, CSW24VDC.
Not all gate operators come in all horsepower and voltages listed on this page. Consult
the individual operator pages of this catalog for specifics.
10
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
11
LINEAR ACTUATORS,
UNDERGROUND AND COLUMN
MOUNT SWING GATE OPERATORS
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
WITH STREAMLINED DESIGNS,
THIS SET OF SWING GATE OPERATORS
CAN EASILY MOUNT TO A GATE,
BE INSTALLED UNDERGROUND OR
BE INCORPORATED INTO A GATE
WITH COLUMNS.
They’ll keep a property looking great while
LA500DC
Residential/Light Commercial
DC Linear Actuator
Our most powerful Swing Gate Operator delivers
unsurpassed performance and secure access to
your property.
providing exceptional performance. Make an
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
entrance — or exit.
12
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
LA412DC
Residential DC Linear
Actuator
LA400DC
Residential DC Linear
Actuator
The most solar-optimized Swing Gate Operator on the
market delivers unmatched performance, power and
reliability when and where you need it.
This is one of our best selling Swing Gate Operators that
features Battery Backup, MyQ Technology and Security+ 2.0 .
FROG
Residential Underground Swing
Gate Operator
FERNI
Residential Column-Mount Swing
Gate Operator
Our invisible access solution is ideal for
ornamental swing gates.
A versatile solution for residential swing gates,
this gate operator is ideal for gate automation
applications involving large pillars.
®
™
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
13
LA400DC
LINEAR ACTUATOR
SWING GATE
OPERATOR
Residential DC Linear Actuator
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
ONE OF OUR MOST POPULAR SWING GATE OPERATORS JUST
GOT EVEN BETTER AT DELIVERING UNSURPASSED PERFORMANCE
AND SECURE ACCESS TO YOUR PROPERTY.
CONNECTIVITY
SAFETY
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control
your gate operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet or
computer for greater peace of mind
• Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications
on your mobile device so that you always know the status of
your gate operator
• Wireless Dual Gate Communication saves unsightly
driveway scars by eliminating expensive conduit for dual
gate communication
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and
offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you
can access your facility quickly and safely
–– 3-channel receiver — OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
–Compatible with HOMELINK version 4 and higher
–Receiver stores up to (50) remote controls
• Fire department compliance—Auto Open on AC fail or
battery depletion
• Bi-part delay
• Synchronized close
• Keyed manual disconnect
•Timer-to-Close
• UL/cUL listed, tested to the most stringent industry guidelines
®
PERFORMANCE
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
• Battery Backup provides up to 400 cycles or 97 days of
standby power when the power is out
• Soft start/stop operation
• Commercial duty cast aluminum housing
• Wormgear reduction precision machined all metal gear
• Electronic limit setting
• 2-digit LED diagnostic display
• 2 auxiliary power outlets
• Party Pass—selectable hold-open feature
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
•Power: 24VDC or solar power (standard control box)
• Accessory Power: 24VDC 500mA output. Industrial-strength surge
suppression. Switched and unswitched power.
• Gate Travel Speed: 90-degree opening in 15–17 seconds
• Gate Operator Weight: Actuator arm 18.8 lbs., standard control
box 12.6 lbs.
•Warranty: 2 Years
3.75"
5.5"
BATTERY BACKUP OPERATIONS
Battery
Cycles
Standby Time
(2) 7Ah
400
97 Days
37.5"
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
850 lbs.
Recommended Cycles per Day: 100
Duty Cycle: Continuous
850
750
750 lbs.
20"
650
650 lbs.
550
550 lbs.
0
16"
10 ft.
12 ft.
14 ft.
16 ft.
13"
Standard Control Box
14
16"
Extra Large Control Box
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
ModelDescription
LA4001PKGDC Single Arm Package
LA400DC
Primary 24VDC Actuator Arm
LA400DCS
Secondary 24VDC Actuator Arm
LA400CONTDC Standard 24VDC Control Box
Internet Gateway (828LM)*
Receive alerts or monitor and activate gate from anywhere in the
world via an Internet-enabled device.
OPTIONAL SOLAR FEATURE
Industry-leading solar-ready ultrareliable system delivers power when
you need it most to operate the gate
and is extremely power efficient at
all other times to maximize solar
performance. Homeowners may
qualify for 30% solar tax credit.
Choosing the right package depends
on geographical location, number of cycles per day and
accessories used.
See LiftMaster Solar Daily Cycle Rate Chart for more details.
®
210W20W 24V Solar Kit includes
(2) 10W 12V solar panels and
(1) K94-37236 solar battery harness
OPTIONAL EXPANSION BOARD
• Plug-In Loop Detector inputs (with optional expansion board)
• 3-second pre-motion warning alarm
• Advanced Traffic Management Control secures your property
–– Anti-Tailgate stops the gate from closing when vehicle
pulls onto interrupt loop or breaks photo eye beam. Gate
continues down once vehicle backs up.
–– Quick Close: gate closes immediately after vehicle leaves
interrupt loop.
• Inputs for 3 additional safety devices
• 2 Auxiliary Programmable Relays
*Internet Gateway accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a
MyQ -Enabled Gate Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited by
distance and type of exterior building materials. A general range estimate is 300 ft.
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls
(892LT) (894LT)
One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control
garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes
and frequencies.
™
LiftMaster Monitored Retro-Reflective Photo Eye
(CPS‑RPEN4GM)
Single-sided means no expensive trenching or wiring.
LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detector (LOOPDETLM)
8 sensitivity settings, including boost. Requires optional
expansion board.
®
Expansion Board (K1D8080-1CC)
Additional programming features, external loops, plug-in loops,
auxiliary relays and inputs for additional controls and safety eyes.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Solar Package Description
XLSOLARCONTDCXL Metal Control Box
For single and dual solar gate applications,
with solar harness. Compatible with LA400DC/
LA412DC/LA500DC. (Batteries not included)
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)*
Monitor and open or close the gate from any room in your house
or facility.
LiftMaster Value Pack (CPSR-VALPAK)
Includes (1) CPS‑RPEN4GM photo eye, (2) LOOPDETLM loop
detectors and (2) 892LT Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls.
™
LiftMaster Low Power Loop Detector (LD7LP)
10–30 VAC/DC low power failsafe loop detector.
®
Push-to-Open Bracket (50-19503)
Allows the gate to swing out from the property.
Single Piece Sensing Probe (CP3)
6–31 VAC or 10–40 VDC. 150microA (standby) 25–30mA
(detect) current draw. Automatic sensitivity 100 ft. lead length,
1-piece design.
7Ah 12V Battery (MBAT)
33Ah 12V Battery (A12330SGLPK)
Solar Panel (SOLPNL10W12V)
10W 12V solar panel. Includes mounting bracket and hardware.
10 ft. of cable.
Solar Panel (SOLPNL20W12V)
20W 12V solar panel. Includes mounting bracket and hardware.
10 ft. of cable.
Solar Harness Kit (K94-37236)
For use with 7Ah and 33Ah batteries.
®
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External
entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your
Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes
or edge sensors.
Remote Light Switch (823LM)*
Controls lights remotely, in your garage, yard or home.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
15
LA412DC
LINEAR ACTUATOR
SWING GATE
OPERATOR
Solar Residential DC Linear Actuator
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
THE MOST SOLAR-OPTIMIZED SWING GATE OPERATOR ON
THE MARKET DELIVERS UNMATCHED PERFORMANCE, POWER
AND RELIABILITY WHEN AND WHERE YOU NEED IT TO QUICKLY AND SAFELY ACCESS YOUR PROPERTY.
CONNECTIVITY
SAFETY
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control
your gate operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet or
computer for greater peace of mind
• Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications
on your mobile device so that you always know the status of
your gate operator
• Wireless Dual Gate Communication saves unsightly
driveway scars by eliminating expensive conduit for dual
gate communication
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and
offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you
can access your facility quickly and safely
–– 3-channel receiver — OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
–Compatible with HOMELINK version 4 and higher
–Receiver stores up to (50) remotes
• Fire department compliance—Auto Open on AC fail or
battery depletion
• Bi-part delay
• Synchronized close
• Keyed manual disconnect
•Timer-to-Close
• UL/cUL listed, tested to the most stringent industry guidelines
®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
PERFORMANCE
• Solar-optimized ultra-reliable system with industry-leading
power management technology delivers power when you need
it most to operate your gate and minimizes power draw at all
other times
• Receive up to 126 days of standby time without recharging
• Soft start/stop operation
• Commercial duty cast aluminum housing
• Wormgear reduction precision machined all-metal gear
• Electronic limit setting
• 2-digit LED diagnostic display
• Party Pass—selectable hold-open feature
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
•Power: Solar-powered system accepts up to 30W 12V
solar panel
• Accessory Power: 24VDC 500mA output. Switched and
unswitched power.
• Gate Travel Speed: 90-degree opening in 23–24 seconds
• Gate Operator Weight: Actuator arm 19 lbs., standard control
box 13 lbs.
•Warranty: 2 Years
3.75"
5.5"
37.5"
BATTERY BACKUP OPERATIONS
Battery
Cycles
Standby Time
(2) 7Ah
400
97 Days
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
850 lbs.
650
650 lbs.
550
550 lbs.
16
20"
750
750 lbs.
0
16"
See Solar Daily Cycle Rate Chart for
cycles per day by region
850
13"
Standard Control Box
10 ft.
12 ft.
14 ft.
16"
Extra Large Control Box
16 ft.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS
ModelDescription
LA4121PKGDC Single Arm 10W Solar Package
(includes 10W solar panel)
SOLAR FEATURE
Industry-leading solar-ready ultrareliable system delivers power when
you need it most to operate the gate
and is extremely power efficient at
all other times to maximize solar
performance. Homeowners may
qualify for 30% solar tax credit.
Choosing the right package depends
on geographical location, number of cycles per day and
accessories used.
See LiftMaster Solar Daily Cycle Rate Chart for more details.
®
Solar Package Description
LA412XL20WSingle Arm 20W XL Solar Package
• Plug-In Loop Detector inputs (with optional expansion board)
• 3-second pre-motion warning alarm
• Advanced Traffic Management Control secures your property
–– Anti-Tailgate stops the gate from closing when vehicle
pulls onto interrupt loop or breaks photo eye beam. Gate
continues down once vehicle backs up.
–– Quick Close: gate closes immediately after vehicle leaves
interrupt loop
• Inputs for 3 additional safety devices
• 2 Auxiliary Programmable Relays
Internet Gateway (828LM)*
Receive alerts or monitor and activate gate from anywhere in the
world via an Internet-enabled device.
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)*
Monitor and open or close the gate from any room in your house
or facility.
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls
(892LT) (894LT)
One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control
garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes
and frequencies.
™
LiftMaster Monitored Retro-Reflective Photo Eye
(CPS‑RPEN4GM)
Single-sided means no expensive trenching or wiring.
LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detector (LOOPDETLM)
8 sensitivity settings, including boost. Requires optional
expansion board.
®
Expansion Board (K1D8080-1CC)
Additional programming features, external loops, plug-in loops,
auxiliary relays and inputs for additional controls and safety eyes.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
OPTIONAL EXPANSION BOARD
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
LiftMaster Value Pack (CPSR-VALPAK)
Includes (1) CPS‑RPEN4GM photo eye, (2) LOOPDETLM loop
detectors and (2) 892LT Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls.
™
Push-to-Open Bracket (50-19503)
Allows the gate to swing out from the property.
LiftMaster Low Power Loop Detector (LD7LP)
10–30 VAC/DC low power failsafe loop detector.
®
Single Piece Sensing Probe (CP3)
6–31 VAC or 10–40 VDC. 150microA (standby) 25–30mA
(detect) current draw. Automatic sensitivity, 100 ft. lead length,
1-piece design.
7Ah 12V Battery (MBAT)
33Ah 12V Battery (A12330SGLPK)
Solar Panel (SOLPNL10W12V)
10W 12V solar panel. Includes mounting bracket and hardware.
10 ft. of cable.
Solar Panel (SOLPNL20W12V)
20W 12V solar panel. Includes mounting bracket and hardware.
10 ft. of cable.
*Internet Gateway accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a
MyQ -Enabled Gate Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited by
distance and type of exterior building materials. A general range estimate is 300 ft.
Solar Harness Kit (K94-37236)
For use with 7Ah and 33Ah batteries.
®
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External
entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your
Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes
or edge sensors.
Remote Light Switch (823LM)*
Controls lights remotely, in your garage, yard or home.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
17
LA500DC
LINEAR ACTUATOR
SWING GATE
OPERATOR
Residential/Light Commercial DC Linear Actuator
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
OUR MOST POWERFUL SWING GATE OPERATOR
DELIVERS UNSURPASSED PERFORMANCE AND SECURE
ACCESS TO YOUR PROPERTY. Our industry-leading power management
technology extends Battery Backup for up to 24 days without recharging.
No other company can offer you that peace of mind.
CONNECTIVITY
SAFETY
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control
your gate operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet or
computer for greater peace of mind
• Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications
on your mobile device so that you always know the status of
your gate operator
• Wireless Dual Gate Communication saves unsightly
driveway scars by eliminating expensive conduit for dual
gate communication
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and
offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you
can access your facility quickly and safely
–– 3-channel receiver — OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
–Compatible with HOMELINK version 4 and higher
–Receiver stores up to (50) remote controls
• Fire department compliance—Auto Open on AC fail or
battery depletion
• Pre-motion warning alarm
• Bi-part delay
• Synchronized close
• Keyed manual disconnect
•Timer-to-Close
• UL/cUL listed, tested to the most stringent industry guidelines
®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
PERFORMANCE
• Battery Backup provides up to 500 cycles or 24 days of
standby power when the power is out
• Continuous-duty DC motor
• Soft start/stop operation
• Commercial duty cast aluminum housing
• Wormgear reduction precision machined all-metal gear
• Electronic limit setting
• 2-digit LED diagnostic display
• 2 auxiliary power outlets
• Party Pass—selectable hold-open feature
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
•Power: Full time AC run operation 120V/230V Single Phase
• Accessory Power: 24VDC 500mA output. Industrial-strength surge
suppression. Switched and unswitched power.
• Gate Travel Speed: 90-degree opening in 15–17 seconds
• Gate Operator Weight: Actuator arm 35 lbs., standard control
box 13 lbs.
•Warranty: 2 Years
6.0"
40.0"
BATTERY BACKUP OPERATIONS
Battery
Cycles
Standby Time
(2) 7Ah
500
24 Days
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
Swing Rating
1,600 lbs.
Recommended Cycles per Day: 300
Duty Cycle: Continuous
1,600
16"
20"
1,200
1,200 lbs.
800
800 lbs.
600
13"
400 lbs.
0
18
Standard Control Box
8 ft.
12 ft.
16 ft.
16"
Extra Large Control Box
18 ft.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS
ModelDescription
LA5001PKGDC Single Arm Package
LA5001PKGXLMDCSingle Arm Package with XL AC Run
Control Box
LA500DC
Primary 24VDC Actuator Arm
LA500DCS
Secondary 24VDC Actuator Arm
LA500CONTDC
Standard 24VDC Control Box
LA500CONTXLMDCXL Metal 24VDC Control Box
OPTIONAL SOLAR FEATURE
Industry-leading solar-ready ultrareliable system delivers power when
you need it most to operate the gate
and is extremely power efficient at
all other times to maximize solar
performance. Homeowners may
qualify for 30% solar tax credit.
See LiftMaster Solar Daily Cycle Rate Chart for more details.
®
Solar Package Description
XLSOLARCONTDCXL Metal Control Box
For single and dual solar gate applications,
with solar harness. Compatible with LA400DC/
LA412DC/LA500DC. (Batteries not included)
210W20W 24V Solar Kit includes
(2) 10W 12V solar panels and
(1) K94-37236 solar battery harness
LA500XL20W
Single Arm 20W XL Solar Kit
INCLUDED EXPANSION BOARD
• Plug-In Loop Detector inputs
• 3-second pre-motion warning alarm
• Advanced Traffic Management Control secures your property
–– Anti-Tailgate stops the gate from closing when vehicle
pulls onto interrupt loop or breaks photo eye beam. Gate
continues down once vehicle backs up.
–– Quick Close: gate closes immediately after vehicle leaves
interrupt loop
• Inputs for 3 additional safety devices
• 2 Auxiliary Programmable Relays
Internet Gateway (828LM)*
Receive alerts or monitor and activate gate from anywhere in the
world via an Internet-enabled device.
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)*
Monitor and open or close the gate from any room in your house
or facility.
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls
(892LT) (894LT)
One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control
garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes
and frequencies.
™
LiftMaster Monitored Retro-Reflective Photo Eye
(CPS‑RPEN4GM)
Single-sided means no expensive trenching or wiring.
LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detector (LOOPDETLM)
8 sensitivity settings, including boost. Requires optional
expansion board.
®
LiftMaster Value Pack (CPSR-VALPAK)
Includes (1) CPS‑RPEN4GM photo eye, (2) LOOPDETLM loop
detectors and (2) 892LT Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Choosing the right package depends
on geographical location, number of cycles per day and
accessories used.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
™
LiftMaster Maglock (MG1300)
Includes MG1300 maglock and transformer.
7Ah 12V Battery (MBAT)
33Ah 12V Battery (A12330SGLPK)
Solar Panel (SOLPNL10W12V)
10W 12V solar panel. Includes mounting bracket and hardware.
10 ft. of cable.
Solar Panel (SOLPNL20W12V)
20W 12V solar panel. Includes mounting bracket and hardware.
10 ft. of cable.
Solar Harness Kit (K94-37236)
For use with 7Ah and 33Ah batteries.
Remote Light Switch (823LM)*
Controls lights remotely, in your garage, yard or home.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a
MyQ -Enabled Gate Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited by
distance and type of exterior building materials. A general range estimate is 300 ft.
®
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External
entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your
Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes
or edge sensors.
19
FROG
UNDERGROUND
SWING GATE
OPERATOR
Residential Underground
Swing Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
IDEAL FOR ORNAMENTAL SWING GATES, THIS GATE OPERATOR PROVIDES
AN INVISIBLE ACCESS SOLUTION.
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• Security+ 2.0 Technology
virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range
of standard remote controls so you can access your facility
quickly and safely
– Compatible with HOMELINK version 4 and higher
– Receiver stores up to (50) remote controls
• Manual disconnect
• UL/cUL listed, tested to the most stringent industry guidelines
Continuous-duty DC motor
Soft start/stop operation
Ultra-reliable, maintenance-free direct gear drive system
Watertight DC operator system
Steel access plate that is flush with the driveway surface
Electronic limit setting
Surge protection
Adjustable speed control
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
DIMENSIONS
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
SPECIFICATIONS
•Power: 120V AC, 2 Amps
• Accessory Power: 24VAC, 2 Amps
• Gate Travel Speed: 90-degree opening in 16–45 seconds
• Gate Operator Weight: FROG1PKG: 78 lbs.
FROGS: 62 lbs.
•Warranty: 3 Years
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
Swing Rating
1,800 lbs.
16.0"
Recommended Cycles per Day: 25
6.25"
13.0"
1,770
1,320
1,400 lbs.
Gate Operator dimensions in underground case
800
1,000 lbs.
0
6.6 ft.
8.2 ft.
11.5 ft.
12.6"
9.45"
20
5.7"
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS
ModelDescription
FROG1PKG
FROG Swing Gate Operator System
FROGS
FROG Secondary Swing Gate Operator System
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Control Panel (ZLJ24U)
Control panel for two-leaf swing gates featuring signaling display
and self-diagnosis of safety devices.
Steel Casing with Lever Release (FROGCFR)
FROG steel casing with lever release.
Lever Release (001A4364)
Lever to release cover to access motor.
CAME Thru-Beam Photo Eyes (DIR10M)
Pair of photo eyes with 32.8 ft. sensing distance, NC close.
NEMA 4 rated.
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls
(892LT) (894LT)
One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control
garage door(s). It can also be programmed to different codes
and frequencies.
™
LiftMaster Low Power Loop Detector (LD7LP)
10–30 VAC/DC low power failsafe loop detector.
®
LiftMaster Maglock (MG1300)
Includes MG1300 maglock and transformer.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External
entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your
Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes
or edge sensors.
21
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
LiftMaster Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (RETROAB)
12VDC and 24VAC/DC. 20mA/40mA standby/detect current. UL
listed to UL 325 standards. NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6P, 13 rated. 30 ft.
sensing distance. Includes photo eye hood, bracket, 3 in. reflector
and 6 ft. cable leads.
FERNI
COLUMN MOUNT
SWING GATE
OPERATOR
Residential Column-Mount
Swing Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
A VERSATILE SOLUTION FOR RESIDENTIAL SWING GATES. IDEAL FOR GATE
AUTOMATION APPLICATIONS INVOLVING LARGE PILLARS. DESIGN ALLOWS FOR
FLEXIBLE MOUNTING OPTIONS.
PERFORMANCE
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Continuous-duty DC motor
Soft start/stop operation
Compact articulating arm mounts neatly on column or fence post
Single and dual gate applications
Electronic limit setting
Surge protection
Adjustable speed control
SAFETY
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and
offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you
can access your facility quickly and safely
– Compatible with HOMELINK version 4 and higher
– Receiver stores up to (50) remote controls
• Manual disconnect
• Partial open feature
•Timer-to-Close
• UL/cUL listed, tested to the most stringent industry guidelines
™
®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
•Power: 120V AC, 2 Amps
• Accessory Power: 24VAC, 2 Amps
• Gate Travel Speed: 90-degree opening in 12–45 seconds
• Gate Operator Weight: FERNI1PKG: 48 lbs.
FERNIS: 32 lbs.
•Warranty: 3 Years
13.68"
7.16"
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
Swing Rating
1,800 lbs.
1,770
1,320
1,400 lbs.
880
1,000 lbs.
0
6.61"
Recommended Cycles per Day: 25
6.6 ft.
8.2 ft.
13 ft.
12.6"
9.45"
22
5.7"
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS
ModelDescription
FERNI1PKG
FERNI Swing Gate Operator System
FERNIS
FERNI Secondary Swing Gate Operator System
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Control Panel (ZLJ24U)
Control panel for two-leaf swing gates featuring signaling display
and self-diagnosis of safety devices.
CAME Thru-Beam Photo Eyes (DIR10M)
Pair of photo eyes with 32.8 ft. sensing distance, NC close.
NEMA 4 rated.
CAME Photo Eye Cover (DIRZ)
Photo eye aluminum alloy impact cover.
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls
(892LT) (894LT)
One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control
garage door(s). It can also be programmed to different codes
and frequencies.
™
LiftMaster Low Power Loop Detector (LD7LP)
10–30 VAC/DC low power failsafe loop detector.
®
LiftMaster Maglock (MG1300)
Includes MG1300 maglock and transformer.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External
entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your
Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes
or edge sensors.
23
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
LiftMaster Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (RETROAB)
12VDC and 24VAC/DC. 20mA/40mA standby/detect current. UL
listed to UL 325 standards. NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6P, 13 rated. 30 ft.
sensing distance. Includes photo eye hood, bracket, 3 in. reflector
and 6 ft. cable leads.
SWING GATE
OPERATORS
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
CSW24VDC
Elite Series Commercial High‑Traffic DC
Swing Gate Operator
®
SLEEK AND POWERFUL, SWING
GATE OPERATORS CAN EASILY AND
RELIABLY GIVE YOU ACCESS TO THE
MOST IMPRESSIVE GATES.
Their rugged construction and drive trains
will provide years of reliable performance.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Engineered for more than a million cycles in
high‑traffic heavy-duty applications, the CSW24VDC
Gate Operator is ideal for the most demanding swing
gate environments.
24
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
RSW12VDC
Residential/Light Commercial DC
Swing Gate Operator
CSW200UL
Elite Series Commercial High-Traffic AC
Swing Gate Operator
Ideal for large heavy gates, with a sturdy pad mount
design, this gate operator delivers accurate control of
the gate and unsurpassed performance.
Built for high-traffic applications and engineered for
safety, this model is the first choice for heavy‑traffic
applications such as large gated communities,
residential developments, commercial complexes and
private estates.
®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
SW490
Industrial Swing Gate Operator
Powerful performance for industrial swing
gate applications. Utilizing a weather-resistant,
powder‑coated steel enclosure, a wormgear reducing
drive and high-starting torque motor, this gate operator
offers you years of reliable and powerful performance.
25
SWING GATE
OPERATOR
RSW12VDC
Residential/Light
Commercial DC Swing
Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
IDEAL FOR LARGE HEAVY GATES, THE RSW12VDC’S STURDY PAD MOUNT DESIGN DELIVERS
ACCURATE CONTROL OF THE GATE AND UNSURPASSED PERFORMANCE. Industry-leading power
management technology extends Battery Backup for up to 63 days without recharging, providing
greater security and reliability. No one else can offer you that peace of mind.
CONNECTIVITY
SAFETY
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control
your gate operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet or
computer for greater peace of mind
• Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications
on your mobile device so that you always know the status of
your gate operator
• Wireless Dual Gate Communication saves unsightly
driveway scars by eliminating expensive conduit for dual
gate communication
• Security+ 2.0 Technology
virtually eliminates
interference and offers up
to 2X the range of standard
remote controls so you can
access your facility quickly and safely
–– 3-channel receiver — OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
–Compatible with HOMELINK version 4 and higher
–Receiver stores up to (50) remote controls
• Fire department compliance—Auto Open on AC fail or
battery depletion
• Bi-part delay
• Synchronized close
• Manual disconnect
•Timer-to-Close
• Non-Scissoring Gate Arm with Emergency Release Handle
• UL/cUL listed, tested to the most stringent industry guidelines
®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
PERFORMANCE
• Battery Backup provides up to 147 cycles or 63 days of
standby power when the power is out
• Continuous-duty DC motor
• Soft start/stop operation
• High-density UV-resistant polycarbonate 2-piece cover
• Two commercial oil bath gear boxes with 900:1 wormgear
reduction
• Constructed with 1/4 in. gold zinc plated steel for rust prevention
• Electronic limit setting
• 2-digit LED diagnostic display
• 2 auxiliary power outlets
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
•Power: 12VDC or solar powered
• Accessory Power: 12VDC 500mA output. Industrial-strength surge
suppression. Switched and unswitched power.
• Gate Travel Speed: 90-degree opening in 13–15 seconds
• Temperature Specifications: -40°F (-40°C) to 140°F (60°C)
• Gate Operator Weight: 150 lbs.
•Warranty: 3 Years
27.69"
BATTERY BACKUP OPERATIONS
Battery
Cycles
Standby Time
(1) 7Ah
(2) 7Ah
(1) 33Ah
147
354
877
63 Days
126 Days
180 Days
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
800 lbs.
600
600 lbs.
RSW12VDC
20.0"
14.82"
Recommended Cycles per Day: 250
Duty Cycle: Continuous
500
400
400 lbs.
200 lbs.
0
26
12 ft.
14 ft.
16 ft.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS
ModelDescription
RSW12VDC
Swing Gate Operator with Battery Backup
OPTIONAL SOLAR FEATURE
Industry-leading solar-ready ultrareliable system delivers power when
you need it most to operate the gate
and is extremely power efficient at
all other times to maximize solar
performance. Homeowners may
qualify for 30% solar tax credit.
Choosing the right package depends
on geographical location, number of cycles per day and
accessories used.
See LiftMaster Solar Daily Cycle Rate Chart for more details.
®
Internet Gateway (828LM)*
Receive alerts or monitor and activate gate from anywhere in the
world via an Internet-enabled device.
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)*
Monitor and open or close the gate from any room in your house
or facility.
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls
(892LT) (894LT)
One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control
garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes
and frequencies.
™
LiftMaster Monitored Retro-Reflective Photo Eye
(CPS‑RPEN4GM)
Single-sided means no expensive trenching or wiring.
LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detector (LOOPDETLM)
8 sensitivity settings, including boost. Requires optional
expansion board.
®
Expansion Board (K1D8080-1CC)
Additional programming features, external loops, plug-in loops,
auxiliary relays and inputs for additional controls and safety eyes.
20W33A33Ah 12V Solar Kit includes
(1) 20W 12V panel
(1) 33Ah battery
(1) K94-37236 solar battery harness
LiftMaster Value Pack (CPSR-VALPAK)
Includes (1) CPS‑RPEN4GM photo eye, (2) LOOPDETLM loop
detectors and (2) 892LT Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls.
OPTIONAL EXPANSION BOARD
Mounting Plate for Post Mounting (MPEL)
• Plug-In Loop Detector inputs (with optional expansion board)
• 3-second pre-motion warning alarm
• Advanced Traffic Management Control secures your property
(with optional expansion board)
–– Anti-Tailgate stops the gate from closing when vehicle
pulls onto interrupt loop or breaks photo eye beam. Gate
continues down once vehicle backs up.
–– Quick Close: gate closes immediately after vehicle leaves
interrupt loop
• Inputs for 3 additional safety devices
• 2 Auxiliary Programmable Relays
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Solar Package Description
20W7A7Ah 12V Solar Kit includes
(1) 20W 12V panel
(1) 7Ah battery
(1) K94-37236 solar battery harness
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
™
LiftMaster Maglock (MG1300)
Includes MG1300 maglock and transformer.
7Ah 12V Battery (MBAT)
33Ah 12V Battery (A12330SGLPK)
Solar Panel (SOLPNL10W12V)
10W 12V solar panel. Includes mounting bracket and hardware.
10 ft. of cable.
Solar Harness Kit (K94-37236)
For use with 7Ah and 33Ah batteries.
Remote Light Switch (823LM)*
Controls lights remotely, in your garage, yard or home.
Heater for Pad Mount Operators (HTR)
110–250 VAC, automatically detects voltage. Protect systems to
-40°F. Installs on operator frame.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a
MyQ -Enabled Gate Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited by
distance and type of exterior building materials. A general range estimate is 300 ft.
®
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External
entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your
Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes
or edge sensors.
27
SWING GATE
OPERATOR
CSW24VDC
Elite Series Commercial
High-Traffic DC Swing
Gate Operator
®
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
ENGINEERED FOR MORE THAN A MILLION CYCLES IN HIGH-TRAFFIC HEAVY-DUTY APPLICATIONS, THE
CSW24VDC IS IDEAL FOR THE MOST DEMANDING SWING GATE ENVIRONMENTS. Industry-leading
power management technology extends Battery Backup for up to 24 days without recharging, providing
greater security and reliability. No one else can offer you that peace of mind. LiftMaster Elite Series Gate
®
®
Operators feature the highest quality components and are backed by years of proven reliability.
CONNECTIVITY
SAFETY
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control
your gate operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet or
computer for greater peace of mind
• Wireless Dual Gate Communication saves unsightly
driveway scars by eliminating expensive conduit for dual
gate communication
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and
offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you
can access your facility quickly and safely
–– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
–– Compatible with HOMELINK version 4 and higher
–– Receiver stores up to (50) remote controls
• Integrated Plug-In Loop Detector inputs
• Fire department compliance
• Pre-motion warning alarm
• Bi-part delay
• Synchronized Close
• Advanced Traffic Management Control secures your property
–– Anti-Tailgate: stops the gate from closing when vehicle
pulls onto interrupt loop or breaks photo eye beam, gate
continues down once vehicle backs up
–– Quick Close: gate closes immediately after vehicle leaves
interrupt loop
• Non-Scissoring Gate Arm with emergency release handle
• Inputs for 6 safety devices
• UL/cUL listed, tested to the most stringent industry guidelines
®
PERFORMANCE
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Battery Backup with exceptional standby power—24 days
High-traffic continuous-duty 24VDC motor
Soft start/stop operation
Heavy-duty commercial drive train providing 900:1
wormgear reduction
High-impact polycarbonate UV-resistant cover
1/4 in. gold zinc plated chassis eliminates corrosion
One Touch Push-Button electronic limit setting
2-digit LED diagnostic display
2 auxiliary power outlets
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
SPECIFICATIONS
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
•Power: 110V/220V Single Phase
• Accessory Power: 24VDC 500mA output.
Switched and unswitched power.
• Gate Travel Speed: 90-degree opening in 13–15 seconds
• Gate Operator Weight: 206 lbs.
•Warranty: 5 Years Commercial, 7 Years Residential
Recommended Cycles per Hour—Continuous
1,600 lbs.
1600
1200
1,200 lbs.
800
800 lbs.
600
400 lbs.
BATTERY BACKUP OPERATIONS
12 FT./800 LBS. SWING GATE
28
Battery
Cycles
Standby Time
(2) 7Ah
(2) 33Ah
146
786
24 Days
105 Days
0
8 ft.
12 ft.
16 ft.
18 ft.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS
ModelDescription
CSW24VDC24VDC Swing Gate Operator with
Battery Backup
OPTIONAL SOLAR FEATURE
Industry-leading solar-ready ultrareliable system delivers power when
you need it most to operate the gate
and is extremely power efficient at
all other times to maximize solar
performance. Homeowners may
qualify for 30% solar tax credit.
Choosing the right package depends on geographical location,
number of cycles per day, and accessories used.
See LiftMaster Solar Daily Cycle Rate Chart for more details.
®
40W33A33Ah 24V Solar Kit includes
(2) 20W 12V solar panels
(2) 33Ah batteries
(1) K94-37236 solar battery harness
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Internet Gateway (828LM)*
Receive alerts or monitor and activate gate from anywhere in the
world via an Internet-enabled device.
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)*
Monitor and open or close the gate from any room in your house
or facility.
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls
(892LT) (894LT)
One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control
garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes
and frequencies.
™
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote
Controls (811LM) (813LM)
Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for
a common entrance.
™
LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detector (LOOPDETLM)
8 sensitivity settings, including boost.
®
LiftMaster Maglock (MG1300)
Includes MG1300 maglock and transformer.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Solar Package Description
210W20W 24V Solar Kit includes
(2) 10W 12V solar panels
(1) K94-37236 solar battery harness
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
LiftMaster Monitored Retro-Reflective Photo Eye
(CPS‑RPEN4GM)
Single-sided means no expensive trenching or wiring.
LiftMaster Commercial Protector System (CPS-UN4)
Low-Power thru-beam photo eyes, 45 ft. sensing distance,
NEMA 4 rated.
LiftMaster Value Pack (CPSR-VALPAK)
Includes (1) CPS‑RPEN4GM photo eye, (2) LOOPDETLM loop
detectors and (2) 892LT Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls.
DIMENSIONS
™
Mounting Plate for Post Mounting (MPEL)
7Ah 12V Battery (MBAT)
33Ah 12V Battery (A12330SGLPK)
Solar Panel (SOLPNL10W12V)
10W 12V solar panel. Includes mounting bracket and hardware.
10 ft. of cable.
27.69"
20"
14.82"
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a
MyQ ‑Enabled gate operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited by distance and
type of exterior building materials. A general range estimate is 300 ft.
®
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External
entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your
Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes
or edge sensors.
Solar Panel (SOLPNL20W12V)
20W 12V solar panel. Includes mounting bracket and hardware.
10 ft. of cable.
Uphill Swivel Arm (Q103)
Swivel arm for uphill swing gates.
Remote Light Switch (823LM)*
Controls lights remotely, in your garage, yard or home.
Heater for Pad Mount Operators (HTR)
110–250 VAC, automatically detects voltage. Protect systems to
-40°F. Installs on operator frame.
29
SWING GATE
OPERATOR
CSW200UL
Elite Series Commercial
High-Traffic AC Swing
Gate Operator
®
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
BUILT FOR HIGH-TRAFFIC APPLICATIONS AND ENGINEERED FOR SAFETY, THE CSW200UL MODELS OF
SWING GATE OPERATORS ARE THE FIRST CHOICE FOR HEAVY-TRAFFIC APPLICATIONS SUCH AS LARGE
GATED COMMUNITIES, RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENTS, COMMERCIAL COMPLEXES AND PRIVATE
ESTATES. LiftMaster Elite Series Gate Operators feature the highest quality components and are
®
®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
backed by years of proven reliability.
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• High-traffic continuous-duty 120VAC motor
• Heavy-duty commercial drivetrain providing 900:1
wormgear reduction
• Highly efficient, extremely quiet
• Weatherproof high-density polyethylene UV-resistant cover
• 1/4 in. gold zinc plated chassis eliminates corrosion
• 24VDC board
• Electronic motor disconnect
• Timer-to-Close adjustable from 0– 60 seconds
• Power ON/OFF switch
• High-speed precision limit switches
• Solid steel, machined pulley
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and
offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you
can access your facility quickly and safely
–– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
–– Built-in 850LM Security+ 2.0 receiver
–– Receiver stores up to (90) remote controls
• Designed with a non-scissor action swing arm to greatly reduce
the risk of injury
• Alarm reset button
• Alarm and emergency reversing detection
• Surge suppressor/lightning protection
• Inputs for loops, key switches, fire department switches, photo
eyes, edges etc.
• UL/cUL listed, tested to the most stringent industry guidelines
™
™
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
•Power: 120VAC Power Single Phase
• Accessory Power: 24VDC Control Board
• Gate Travel Speed: 90-degree opening in 15 seconds
• Shipping Weight: 175 lbs.
•Warranty: 5 Years Commercial, 7 Years Residential
H
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
1,600 lbs.
Recommended Cycles per Hour: 75
Duty Cycle: Continuous
1600
1200
1,200 lbs.
800
800 lbs.
600
D
400 lbs.
0
8 ft.
12 ft.
16 ft.
W
18 ft.
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
Model
Max Gate
Weight (lbs.)
Max Gate
Length (ft.)
Recommended
Cycles / Hour
CSW200UL1HP
CSW200ULDM
1,000
600
22
20
60
Continuous
CSW200UL8: CSW200ULST:
CSW200ULDM: CSW200UL1HP:
15 in. W x 28 in. H x 20.5 in. D
14 in. W x 28 in. H x 19 in. D
15 in. W x 28 in. H x 24.5 in. D
15 in. W x 28 in. H x 24.5 in. D
Duty Cycle: Continuous
30
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS
ModelDescription
CSW200UL8Commercial Swing Gate Operator
(1/2 HP 120VAC).
CSW200UL1HP8Unique Dual Motor System delivers 1 HP. Perfect
for large and heavy gates (1 HP 120VAC).
CSW200ULDM8Unique Patented Dual Motor Feature. One motor
opens the gate and the other motor closes it.
Ideal in high-cycle gated communities, desert
applications or where extreme temperatures are
an issue (Two 1/2 HP 120VAC).
CSW200ULST8CSW200UL model with stainless steel,
powder-coated cover for increased durability
(1/2 HP 120VAC).
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls
(892LT) (894LT)
One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control
garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes
and frequencies.
™
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote
Controls (811LM) (813LM)
Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for
a common entrance.
™
Heavy Duty Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (AOMRON)
24–240 VAC/DC retro-reflective photo eyes, UL listed, 40 ft. sensing
distance, NEMA 4 rated.
Elite Plug-In Loop Detector (AELD)
24VAC, failsafe, 2 relays, 1 channel, 4 frequencies, 2 sensitivity
levels, includes boost feature.
CSW200UL1HPH8*1 HP dual motor system with heater.
Mounting Plate for Post Mounting (MPEL)
* Available factory installed. Please use suffix H8 when ordering (example: CSW200ULH8).
Uphill Swivel Arm (Q103)
Swivel arm for uphill swing gates.
OMNICONTROL BOARD
Self-Regulating Heater and Coil 120V (G6518CSW)*
™
The advanced electronic control
board offers many integrated
functions to simplify installation
and to provide added flexibility.
In addition, the built-in surge
suppression circuit protects the
entire system from lightning
and strikes.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External
entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your
Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes
or edge sensors.
®
LiftMaster Plug-In Loop
Detectors offer simplicity of
installation, and optional modules are available to provide added
functionality of your gate operator installation.
®
OPTIONAL FEATURES
•OmniControl board modules
–– Anti-Tailgate: stops the gate from closing when vehicle
pulls onto interrupt loop or breaks photo eye beam. Gate
continues down once vehicle backs up.
–– Quick Close: gate closes immediately after vehicle leaves
interrupt loop.
™
31
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
CSW200ULH8*Commercial Swing Gate Operator (1/2 HP
120VAC) with factory installed heater.
SWING GATE
OPERATOR
SW490
Heavy-Duty Industrial
Swing Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
POWERFUL PERFORMANCE FOR HEAVY INDUSTRIAL SWING GATE APPLICATIONS.
This hefty design supports gate lengths up to 22 ft. and gate weights up to 1,000 lbs. Utilizing a
weather-resistant, powder-coated steel enclosure, a wormgear reducing drive and high-starting
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• High-starting torque, continuous-duty 1 HP AC industrial motor
with overload protection
• Heavy-duty wormgear-in-oil gear reducer
• Industrial size 0 across-the-line magnetic reversing contactor
• Weatherproof high-density powder-coated steel enclosure
• Baked-on high-durability powder-coated finish
• Gold zinc plated chassis eliminates corrosion
• GL logic control board
• Robust DC control circuit supports long-distance control
wiring runs
• Removable electrical panel for easy servicing
• Timer-to-Close (0–180 seconds)
• Sequenced Access Management System (SAMS)—Simple
4-wire connection
• Heavy-duty arm assembly
• Fully adjustable drive limit system
• Pad mount
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and
offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you
can access your facility quickly and safely
–– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
–– Includes 850LM Security+ 2.0 receiver
–– Receiver stores up to (90) remote controls
• UL 325 compliant Entrapment Alarm with external reset button
• Selectable gate movement warning alarm
• External manual disconnect
• Adjustable inherent entrapment protection system
• Integrated Maglock control
• Manual quick-release system
• Shadow, Interrupt and Exit loop inputs
• Full systems capability, compatible with most access control
devices and safety accessories
• UL 325 compliant for Classes I, II, III and IV
™
™
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
SPECIFICATIONS
RECOMENDED CAPACITIES
•Power: 115/208/230VAC Power Single Phase,
208/230/460/575VAC Three Phase
• Accessory Power: 24VAC Accessory Power Output
• Gate Travel Speed: 90-degree opening in 12 seconds
• Shipping Weight: 200 lbs.
•Warranty: 2 Years
OPERATOR AMP RATING (RUNNING)
VOLTAGE
PHASE
60 Hz
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
torque motor, this gate operator offers you years of reliable and powerful performance.
VAC
1 HP
115-1Ø
208-1Ø
208-3Ø
230-1Ø
13.4
6.7
3.6
6.7
230-3Ø
3.4
460-3Ø
575-3Ø
1.7
1.4
1,800 lbs.
Recommended Cycles per Day: 20
Duty Cycle: Continuous
1,800
1,600
1,400
1,400 lbs.
1,000
1,000 lbs.
0
12 ft.
16 ft.
18 ft.
22 ft.
DIMENSIONS
18.5" 22.0"
26.25"
32
13.75"
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS
Model............................................. VoltagePhase Hz
SW49010011G3.............................. 115 160
SW49010021G3.............................. 230 160
SW49010081G3.............................. 208 160
SW49010083G3.............................. 208 360
SW49010023G3.............................. 230 360
SW49010043G3.............................. 460 360
SW49010053G3.............................. 575 360
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls
(892LT) (894LT)
One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control
garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes
and frequencies.
™
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote
Controls (811LM) (813LM)
Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for
a common entrance.
™
No-Enclosure Plug-In Vehicle Loop Detector (G714167NH)
24VAC. No wiring needed. Failsafe, 2 relays, 1 channel, 4
frequencies, 8 sensitivity levels. Includes boost feature.
Monitored Dual-Sided Photo Eyes (CPS-N4)
Thru-Beam photo eye, UL listed to UL 325 standards, NEMA 4 rated,
45 ft. sensing distance.
Thermostat Control Heater 115V and 575V (G6518300)
Thermostat Control Heater 208V–460V (G6519084)
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External
entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your
Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes
or edge sensors.
®
33
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
SLIDE GATE
OPERATORS
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
CSL24VDC Elite Series Commercial
High-Traffic DC Slide Gate Operator
®
FROM RESIDENTIAL TO HIGH-SPEED
INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS, THESE
SLIDE GATE OPERATORS HAVE BEEN
DESIGNED TO RELIABLY MOVE THE
LARGEST OF GATES.
Select models can also be easily configured
to post or rear mount to accommodate
design or space needs.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Engineered for more than a million cycles in high-traffic
heavy-duty applications, the CSL24VDC is ideal for the
most demanding slide gate environments.
SL585 Heavy‑Duty
Industrial Slide Gate
Operator
Reliable gear-driven slide gate
operator for commercial and
industrial applications.
34
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
SL3000UL Elite Series
Commercial High-Traffic
AC Slide Gate Operator
®
The first choice for heavy-traffic
applications and high-demand
customers, it features the highest
quality components and is backed by
years of proven reliability.
RSL12VDC
Residential/Light Commercial
DC Slide Gate Operator
BX243
Residential Slide Gate
Operator
Ideal for large heavy gates, with a
sturdy, pad mount design, this gate
operator delivers accurate control of the
gate and unsurpassed performance.
Compact, modern solution for
residential slide gates, ideal for
small footprint applications.
VSL595 Variable‑Speed
Heavy‑Duty Industrial Slide
Gate Operator
Complete with a high-starting
continuous-duty torque motor, this
extreme heavy-duty operator is designed
for industrial locations, ensuring rugged
and reliable performance.
Variable-speed, extreme heavyduty gate operator designed for
maximum security applications such
as airports, manufacturing plants
or other areas where securing an
opening quickly is important.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
SL595 Heavy‑Duty
Industrial Slide Gate
Operator
HS670 Heavy‑Duty
Industrial Hydraulic
Slide Gate Operator
Heavy-duty industrial hydraulic slide
gate operator for high-frequency
commercial or industrial applications.
35
SLIDE GATE
OPERATORS
BX243
Residential Slide
Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
A COMPACT, MODERN SOLUTION FOR RESIDENTIAL SLIDE GATES, THIS GATE
OPERATOR IS IDEAL FOR SMALL FOOTPRINT APPLICATIONS.
PERFORMANCE
• Continuous-duty DC motor
• Soft start/stop operation
• Chain Drive (28 ft. included) or Rack-and-Pinion Drive (rack
ordered separately)
• Single and dual gate applications
• Compact design requires minimal space
• Wormgear ratio: 50:1
• Electronic limit setting
• Surge protection
• Adjustable speed control
SAFETY
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and
offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you
can access your facility quickly and safely
–– Compatible with HOMELINK version 4 and higher
–– Receiver stores up to (50) remote controls
™
• Leveling feet for easy height adjustment
• Manual disconnect
• UL/cUL listed, tested to the most stringent industry guidelines
®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
•Power: 120V AC, Single Phase
• Accessory Power: 24VAC 1.5 Amps
• Gate Travel Speed: 7.5 in. per second
• Gate Operator Weight: BX243C: 36 lbs., BX243R: 27 lbs.
•Warranty: 3 Years
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
13.0"
Max Gate Weight
(lbs.)
Max Gate Length (ft.
Recommended
Cycles / Hour
660
25
25
6.33"
36
11.73"
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS
ModelDescription
BX243C
Slide Gate Operator Chain Drive
BX243R
Slide Gate Operator Rack-and-Pinion Drive
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls
(892LT) (894LT)
One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control
garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes
and frequencies.
™
CAME Thru-Beam Photo Eyes (DIR10M)
Pair of photo eyes with 32.8 ft. sensing distance, NC close. NEMA
4 rated.
CAME Photo Eye Cover (DIRZ)
Photo eye aluminum alloy impact cover.
LiftMaster Low Power Loop Detector (LD7LP)
10–30 VAC/DC low power failsafe loop detector.
®
LiftMaster Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (RETROAB)
12VDC and 24VAC/DC. 20mA/40mA standby/detect current. UL
listed to UL 325 standards. NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6P, 13 rated. 30 ft.
sensing distance. Includes photo eye hood, bracket, 3 in. reflector
and 6 ft. cable leads.
Galvanized Steel Rack (CGZ)
3.25 ft. section of galvanized steel rack designed for BX243R.
Polyamide and Steel Rack (CGZP)
3.25 ft. section of polyamide and steel rack with holes and spacers.
Galvanized Steel Rack (CGZS)
3.25 ft. section of galvanzied steel rack with holes and spacers.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External
entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your
Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes
or edge sensors.
37
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Zinc Coil Chain (BCAT)
3.25 ft. section of zinc coil chain, exact length specification for
chain required.
SLIDE GATE
OPERATORS
RSL12VDC
Residential/Light
Commercial DC Slide
Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
IDEAL FOR LARGE HEAVY GATES, THE RSL12VDC’S STURDY PAD MOUNT DESIGN DELIVERS ACCURATE
CONTROL OF THE GATE AND UNSURPASSED PERFORMANCE. Industry-leading power management
technology extends Battery Backup for up to 63 days without recharging, providing greater security and
reliability. No one else can offer you that peace of mind.
CONNECTIVITY
SAFETY
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control
your gate operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet or
computer for greater peace of mind
• Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications
on your mobile device so that you always know the status of
your gate operator
• Wireless Dual Gate Communication saves unsightly
driveway scars by eliminating expensive conduit for dual
gate communication
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and
offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you
can access your facility quickly and safely
–– 3-channel receiver — OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
–– Compatible with HOMELINK version 4 and higher
–– Receiver stores up to (50) remote controls
•PosiLock —secures gate
• Fire department compliance—Auto Open on AC fail or
battery depletion
• Bi-part delay
• Synchronized close
• Manual disconnect
•Timer-to-Close
• UL/cUL listed, tested to the most stringent industry guidelines
®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
PERFORMANCE
• Battery Backup provides up to 114 cycles or 63 days of
standby power when the power is out
• Continuous-duty DC motor
• Soft start/stop operation
• High-density UV-resistant polyethylene cover
• Commercial oil bath gear boxes with 15:1 wormgear reduction
• Constructed with 1/4 in. gold zinc plated steel for rust
prevention
• One Touch Push-Button Electronic Limit Setting
• 2-digit LED diagnostic display
• 2 auxiliary power outlets
™
®
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
•Power: 12VDC or solar powered
• Accessory Power: 12VDC 500mA output. Industrial-strength surge
suppression. Supplied with 25 ft. #41 black
oxide chain. Switched and unswitched power.
• Gate Travel Speed: 10 in. per second
• Temperature Specifications: -40°F (-40°C) to 140°F (60°C)
• Gate Operator Weight: Operator 105 lbs.
•Warranty: 3 Years
23.3"
BATTERY BACKUP OPERATIONS
Battery
Cycles
Standby Time
(1) 7Ah
(2) 7Ah
(1) 33Ah
114
281
710
63 Days
126 Days
180 Days
16.64"
16.76"
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
MAX GATE WT.
(lbs.)
MAX GATE LENGTH
(ft.)
RECOMMENDED
CYCLES PER DAY
800
25
120
Duty Cycle: Continuous
For slide gates over 16 ft. or 600 lbs., a second battery (MBAT) is recommended.
38
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS
ModelDescription
RSL12VDC
Slide Gate Operator with Battery Backup
OPTIONAL SOLAR FEATURE
Industry-leading solar-ready ultrareliable system delivers power when
you need it most to operate the gate
and is extremely power efficient at
all other times to maximize solar
performance. Homeowners may
qualify for 30% solar tax credit.
Choosing the right package depends
on geographical location, number of cycles per day and
accessories used.
See LiftMaster Solar Daily Cycle Rate Chart for more details.
®
Internet Gateway (828LM)*
Receive alerts or monitor and activate gate from anywhere in the
world via an Internet-enabled device.
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)*
Monitor and open or close the gate from any room in your house
or facility.
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls
(892LT) (894LT)
One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control
garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes
and frequencies.
™
LiftMaster Monitored Retro-Reflective Photo Eye
(CPS‑RPEN4GM)
Single-sided means no expensive trenching or wiring.
LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detector (LOOPDETLM)
8 sensitivity settings, including boost. Requires optional
expansion board.
®
Expansion Board (K1D8080-1CC)
Additional programming features, external loops, plug-in loops,
auxiliary relays and inputs for additional controls and safety eyes.
20W33A33Ah 12V Solar Kit includes
(1) 20W 12V panel
(1) 33Ah battery
(1) K94-37236 solar battery harness
LiftMaster Value Pack (CPSR-VALPAK)
Includes (1) CPS‑RPEN4GM photo eye, (2) LOOPDETLM loop
detectors and (2) 892LT Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls.
OPTIONAL EXPANSION BOARD
Steel Stand for Mounting to Concrete Pad (MSEL)
Stand height, 7.5 in. plate, 17.5 x 16.5 in.
• Plug-In Loop Detector inputs (with optional expansion board)
• 3-second pre-motion warning alarm
• Advanced Traffic Management Control secures your property
(with optional expansion board)
–– Anti-Tailgate stops the gate from closing when vehicle
pulls onto interrupt loop or breaks photo eye beam. Gate
continues down once vehicle backs up.
–– Quick Close: gate closes immediately after vehicle leaves
interrupt loop.
• Inputs for 3 additional safety devices
• 2 Auxiliary Programmable Relays
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Solar Package Description
20W7A7Ah 12V Solar Kit includes
(1) 20W 12V panel
(1) 7Ah battery
(1) K94-37236 solar battery harness
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
™
LiftMaster Maglock (MG1300)
Includes MG1300 maglock and transformer.
Mounting Plate for Post Mounting (MPEL)
7Ah 12V Battery (MBAT)
33Ah 12V Battery (A12330SGLPK)
Solar Panel (SOLPNL10W12V)
10W 12V solar panel. Includes mounting bracket and hardware.
10 ft. of cable.
Solar Harness Kit (K94-37236)
For use with 7Ah and 33Ah batteries.
Remote Light Switch (823LM)*
Controls lights remotely, in your garage, yard or home.
#41 Black Oxide Chain Pack (1941240D)
10 ft. chain pack.
*Internet Gateway accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a
MyQ -Enabled Gate Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited by
distance and type of exterior building materials. A general range estimate is 300 ft.
®
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External
entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your
Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes
or edge sensors.
Heater for Pad Mount Operators (HTR)
110–250 VAC, automatically detects voltage. Protect systems to
-40°F. Installs on operator frame.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
39
SLIDE GATE
OPERATORS
CSL24VDC
Elite Series Commercial
High-Traffic DC Slide
Gate Operator
®
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
ENGINEERED FOR MORE THAN A MILLION CYCLES IN HIGH-TRAFFIC HEAVY-DUTY APPLICATIONS,
THE LIFTMASTER ELITE SERIES CSL24VDC IS IDEAL FOR THE MOST DEMANDING SLIDE GATE
®
®
ENVIRONMENTS. Industry-leading power management technology extends Battery Backup for up to 24
days without recharging, providing greater security and reliability. No one else can offer you that peace
of mind. LiftMaster Elite Series Gate Operators feature the highest quality components and are backed
by years of proven reliability.
CONNECTIVITY:
SAFETY
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control
your gate operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet or
computer for greater peace of mind
• Wireless Dual Gate Communication saves unsightly
driveway scars by eliminating expensive conduit for dual
gate communication
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and
offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you
can access your facility quickly and safely
–– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
–– Compatible with HOMELINK version 4 and higher
–– Receiver stores up to (50) remote controls
• Integrated Plug-In Loop Detector inputs
• Fire department compliance
•PosiLock feature
• Pre-motion warning alarm
• Bi-part delay
• Synchronized close
• Advanced Traffic Management Control secures your property
–– Anti-Tailgate: stops the gate from closing when vehicle
pulls onto interrupt loop or breaks photo eye beam. Gate
continues down once vehicle backs up.
–– Quick Close: gate closes immediately after vehicle leaves
interrupt loop.
• Inputs for 6 safety devices
• UL/cUL listed, tested to the most stringent industry guidelines
®
PERFORMANCE
™
®
®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Battery Backup with exceptional standby power—24 days
High-traffic continuous-duty 24VDC motor
Soft start/stop operation
Heavy-duty commercial drivetrain providing 30:1
wormgear reduction
High-impact polycarbonate UV-resistant cover
1/4 in. gold zinc plated chassis eliminates corrosion
One Touch Button electronic limit setting
2-digit LED diagnostic display
2 auxiliary power outlets
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
•Power: 110V/220V Single Phase
• Accessory Power: 24VDC 500mA output.
Switched and unswitched power.
• Gate Travel Speed: 12 in. per second
• Gate Operator Weight: 140 lbs.
•Warranty: 5 Years Commercial, 7 Years Residential
25"
BATTERY BACKUP OPERATIONS
16 FT./1,000 LB. SLIDE GATE
Battery
Cycles
Standby Time
(2) 7Ah
(2) 33Ah
208
1,179
24 Days
105 Days
14.82"
23"
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
40
MAX GATE WT. (lbs.)
MAX GATE LENGTH (ft.)
1,500
50
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS
ModelDescription
CSL24VDC
24VDC Slide Gate Operator with Battery Backup
OPTIONAL SOLAR FEATURE
Industry-leading solar-ready ultrareliable system delivers power when
you need it most to operate the gate
and is extremely power efficient at
all other times to maximize solar
performance. Homeowners may
qualify for 30% solar tax credit.
Choosing the right package
depends on geographical location, number of cycles per day and
accessories used.
See LiftMaster Solar Daily Cycle Rate Chart for more details.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Internet Gateway (828LM)*
Receive alerts or monitor and activate gate from anywhere in the
world via an Internet-enabled device.
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)*
Monitor and open or close the gate from any room in your house
or facility.
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls
(892LT) (894LT)
One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control
garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes
and frequencies.
™
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote
Controls (811LM) (813LM)
Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for
a common entrance.
™
®
40W33A33Ah 24V Solar Kit includes
(2) 20W 12V solar panels
(2) 33Ah batteries
(1) K94-37236 solar battery harness
®
5 ft. Sensing Edge (G65MG0205)
Reverses the gate if it hits an obstruction (channel not included).
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Solar Package Description
210W20W 24V Solar Kit includes
(2) 10W 12V solar panels
(1) K94-37236 solar battery harness
LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detector (LOOPDETLM)
8 sensitivity settings, including boost. Requires optional
expansion board.
LiftMaster Monitored Retro-Reflective Photo Eye
(CPS‑RPEN4GM)
Single-sided means no expensive trenching or wiring.
LiftMaster Commercial Protector System (CPS-UN4)
Low power thru-beam photo eyes, 45 ft. sensing distance,
NEMA 4 rated.
LiftMaster Value Pack (CPSR-VALPAK)
Includes (1) CPS‑RPEN4GM photo eye, (2) LOOPDETLM loop
detectors and (2) 892LT Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls.
™
Mounting Plate for Post Mounting (MPEL)
Steel Stand for mounting to concrete pad (MSEL)
Stand height, 7.5 in. plate, 17.5 x 16.5 in.
7Ah 12V Battery (MBAT)
33Ah 12V Battery (A12330SGLPK)
Solar Panel (SOLPNL10W12V)
10W 12V solar panel. Includes mounting bracket and hardware.
10 ft. of cable.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a
MyQ ‑Enabled gate operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited by distance and
type of exterior building materials. A general range estimate is 300 ft.
®
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External
entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your
Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes
or edge sensors.
Solar Panel (SOLPNL20W12V)
20W 12V solar panel. Includes mounting bracket and hardware.
10 ft. of cable.
Heater for Pad Mount Operators (HTR)
110–250 VAC, automatically detects voltage. Protect systems to
-40°F. Installs on operator frame.
Remote Light Switch (823LM)*
Controls lights remotely, in your garage, yard or home.
41
SLIDE GATE
OPERATORS
SL3000UL
Elite Series Commercial
High-Traffic AC Slide
Gate Operator
®
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
EXCEEDING EXPECTATIONS FOR HIGH-TRAFFIC APPLICATIONS, THE SL3000UL MODELS OF SLIDE
GATE OPERATORS ARE THE FIRST CHOICE FOR HEAVY-TRAFFIC APPLICATIONS AND HIGH-DEMAND
CUSTOMERS. LiftMaster Elite Series Gate Operators feature the highest quality components and are
®
®
backed by years of proven reliability.
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• High-traffic continuous-duty 24VAC motor
• Heavy-duty commercial drivetrain providing 30:1 wormgear
reduction
• Highly efficient, extremely quiet
• Weatherproof high-density polyethylene UV-resistant cover
• 1/4 in. gold zinc plated chassis eliminates corrosion
• 24VDC board
• Electronic motor disconnect
• Timer-to-Close adjustable from 0–60 seconds
• Power ON/OFF switch
• High-speed precision limit switches
• #41 black oxide chain, 25 ft.
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and
offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you
can access your facility quickly and safely
–– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
–– Built-in 850LM Security+ 2.0 receiver
–– Receiver stores up to (90) remote controls
• Alarm reset button
• Alarm and emergency reversing detection
• Surge suppressor/lightning protection
• Inputs for loops, key switches, fire department switches, photo
eyes, edge, etc.
• UL/cUL listed, tested to the most stringent industry guidelines
™
™
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
•Power: 120VAC Power Single Phase
• Accessory Power: 24VDC Control Board
• Gate Travel Speed: 12 in. per second
• Shipping Weight:
–SL3000UL8:
–
130 lbs.
–SL3000ULDM8:
–
157 lbs.
–SL3000UL1HP8:
–
157 lbs.
•Warranty: 5 Years Commercial, 7 Years Residential
25"
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
Model
SL3000UL8
SL3000ULH8
SL3000ULDM8
SL3000UL1HP8
Max Gate
Weight
(lbs.)
Max Gate
Length
(ft.)
Recommended
Cycles / Hour
1,000
1,000
800
2,000
37
37
37
37
Continuous
Continuous
Continuous
35
18"
19"
Duty Cycle: Continuous
42
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS
ModelDescription
SL3000UL8Commercial Slide Gate Operator (1/2 HP
120VAC).
SL3000ULH8Commercial Slide Gate Operator (1/2 HP
120VAC) with factory installed heater.
SL3000ULDM8Unique Patented Dual Motor Feature. One motor
opens the gate and the other motor closes
it. This feature is ideal in high-cycle gated
communities, desert applications or where
extreme temperatures are an issue (two 1/2 HP
120VAC motors).
SL3000UL1HP8Unique Dual Motor Systems delivers 1 HP.
Perfect for large and heavy gates (1 HP 120VAC).
OMNICONTROL BOARD
™
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES:
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls
(892LT) (894LT)
One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control
garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes
and frequencies.
™
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote
Controls (811LM) (813LM)
Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for
a common entrance.
™
Heavy-Duty Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (AOMRON)
NEMA 3, 4, 12 rated, 40 ft. sensing distance. Includes bracket and
3 in. reflector.
Elite Plug-In Loop Detector (AELD)
24VAC, failsafe, 2 relays, 1 channel, 4 frequencies, 2 sensitivity
levels, includes boost feature.
Mounting Plate for Post Mounting (MPEL)
LiftMaster Elite Series Plug-In
Loop Detectors offer simplicity of installation, and optional modules
are available to provide added functionality of your Gate Operator
installation.
®
®
OPTIONAL FEATURES
Steel Stand for Mounting to Concrete Pad (MSEL)
Stand height, 7.5 in. plate, 17.5 x 16.5 in.
Long Gate Kit (Q160)
Adjusts gate travel up to 51 ft.
Self-Regulating Heater and Coil 120V (G6518SL)
#41 Black Oxide Chain Pack (1941240D)
10 ft. chain pack, compatible with the RSL12VDC, SL3000UL, HCT,
CSL24VDC.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External
entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your
Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes
or edge sensors.
®
• LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detector
•OmniControl board modules
–– Anti-Tailgate: stops the gate from closing when vehicle
pulls onto interrupt loop or breaks photo eye beam. Gate
continues down once vehicle backs up
–– Quick Close: gate closes immediately after vehicle leaves
interrupt loop
™
43
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
The advanced electronic control
board offers many integrated
functions to simplify installation
and to provide added flexibility.
In addition, the built-in surge
suppression circuit protects the
entire system from lightning
and strikes.
SLIDE GATE
OPERATORS
SL585
Heavy-Duty Industrial
Slide Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
RELIABLE GEAR-DRIVEN SLIDE GATE OPERATOR FOR COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL
APPLICATIONS. This heavy-duty design supports gate lengths up to 1,900 lbs. Powder-coated
weather-resistant steel enclosure and a high-starting torque motor with built‑in overload
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• High-starting torque, continuous-duty AC industrial motor with
overload protection
• Heavy-duty wormgear-in-oil gear reducer
• Adjustable friction clutch system
• Pad lockable weather-resistant powder-coated steel cover
• Large control box
• Large accessory tray
• Universal footprint
• GL logic control board
• Integrated 3-button control station
• Industrial size 0 across-the-line magnetic reversing contactor
• Timer-to-Close (0–180 seconds)
• Fully adjustable drive limit system
• Pad and post mount standard
• #50 nickel-plated chain, 25 ft. pack
• Security+ 2.0 Technology
virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range
of standard remote controls so you can access your facility
quickly and safely
–– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
–– Built-in 850LM Security+ 2.0 receiver
–– Receiver stores up to (90) remote controls
• UL 325 compliant entrapment alarm with external reset button
• Selectable gate movement warning alarm
• Lockable external manual disconnect
• Adjustable inherent entrapment protection system
• Automatic braking system
• Integrated Maglock control
• Interrupt and Exit Loop Inputs
• Supports optional LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detectors
• UL 325 compliant for Classes I, II, III and IV
™
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
•Power: 115/208/230VAC Power Single Phase,
208/230/460/575VAC Three Phase
• Accessory Power: 24VAC Accessory Power Output
• Gate Travel Speed: 11 in. per second
• Shipping Weight: 240 lbs.
•Warranty: 2 Years
OPERATOR AMP RATING (RUNNING)
VOLTAGE PHASE 60 Hz
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
protection ensure strong, dependable performance.
VAC
1/2 HP
1 HP
1 1/2 HP
115-1Ø
208-1Ø
208-3Ø
230-1Ø
9.0
3.9
2.2
4.5
13.6
6.4
4.0
6.8
17.5
9.4
6.6
8.7
230-3Ø
2.0
3.6
6.2
460-3Ø
575-3Ø
1.0
1.2
1.8
1.4
3.1
2.5
37.7"
(95.8 cm)
14.1"
(35.8 cm)
17.2"
(43.7 cm)
28.9
m)
(73.4 c
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
HP
1/2
1
1 1/2
44
Max Gate
Weight (lbs.)
1,000
1,600
1,900
Max Gate
Length (ft.)
Max Gate
Length (ft.)
Overhead/v-groove
Cantilever
45
70
75
25
35
40
Recommended
Cycles/Hour
20
20
20
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS
1/2 HP
Model............................................. VoltagePhase Hz
SL5855011G3................................. 115 160
SL5855021G3................................. 230 160
SL5855081G3................................. 208 160
SL5855083G3................................. 208 360
SL5855023G3................................. 230 360
SL5855043G3................................. 460 360
SL5855053G3................................. 575 360
1 HP
Model............................................. VoltagePhase Hz
SL58510011G3............................... 115 160
SL58510021G3............................... 230 160
SL58510081G3............................... 208 160
SL58510083G3............................... 208 360
SL58510023G3............................... 230 360
SL58510043G3............................... 460 360
SL58510053G3............................... 575 360
1 1/2 HP
Duty Cycle: Continuous
FACTORY-INSTALLED HEATER
Thermostatically controlled fin heater modification.
Available factory installed. Please use suffix H3
(Example: SL5855011H3)
65-32449...................................... (115V and 575V)
65-32448...................................... (208V–460V)
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls
(892LT) (894LT)
One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control
garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes
and frequencies.
™
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote
Controls (811LM) (813LM)
Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for
a common entrance.
™
Monitored Dual-Sided Photo Eyes (CPS-N4)
Thru-Beam photo eye, UL listed to UL 325 standards, NEMA 4 rated,
45 ft. sensing distance.
No-Enclosure Plug-In Vehicle Loop Detector (G714167NH)
24VAC. No wiring needed. Failsafe, 2 relays, 1 channel,
4 frequencies, 8 sensitivity levels. Includes boost feature.
Diagonal Support Brace (G653509)
Adds structural support to operator stand, 4 braces included.
Long Gate Kit (SL585LIMIT)
Adjusts gate travel up to 70 ft.
Fire Access Box with Cable Release (ACP17)
Access doors on front and back. Includes a hole for standard or fire
department padlock.
#50 Nickel-Plated Chain Pack (G193025)
25 ft. chain pack.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External
entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your
Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes
or edge sensors.
®
OPTIONAL FEATURES
• Diagonal support brace
• Additional nickel-plated chain (bulk pack)
45
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Model............................................. VoltagePhase Hz
SL58515011G3............................... 115 160
SL58515021G3............................... 230 160
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
SLIDE GATE
OPERATORS
SL595
Heavy-Duty Industrial
Slide Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
EXTREME HEAVY-DUTY GATE OPERATOR DESIGNED FOR INDUSTRIAL LOCATIONS. The powerful
design supports gate lengths up to 90 ft. and gate weights up to 2,500 lbs. Fully enclosed NEMA
3R rated, oiltight, weatherproof, lockable cabinet and a high-starting continuous-duty torque
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• High-starting torque, continuous duty AC industrial motor with
overload protection
• Heavy-duty wormgear-in-oil gear reducer
• Adjustable friction clutch system
• Weather-resistant lockable enclosure
• Large control box
• Large accessory tray
• Universal footprint
• GL logic control board
• Advanced dual gate operation, simple 2-wire connection
• Integrated 3-button control station
• Industrial size 0 across-the-line magnetic reversing contactor
• Timer-to-Close (0–180 seconds)
• Fully adjustable driven limit system
• Post mount
• #50 nickel-plated chain, 25 ft. pack
• Security+ 2.0 Technology
virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range
of standard remote controls so you can access your facility
quickly and safely.
–– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
–– Built-in 850LM Security+ 2.0 receiver
–– Receiver stores up to (90) remote controls
• UL 325 compliant entrapment alarm with external reset button
• Selectable gate movement warning alarm
• Manual disconnect
• Adjustable inherent entrapment protection system
• Automatic braking system
• Integrated Maglock control
• Interrupt and Exit Loop Inputs
• Supports Optional LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detectors
• UL 325 compliant for Classes I, II, III and IV
™
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
SPECIFICATIONS
DIMENSIONS
•Power: 115/208/230VAC Power Single Phase,
208/230/460/575VAC Three Phase
• Accessory Power: 24VAC Accessory Power Output.
• Gate Travel Speed: 12 in. per second
• Shipping Weight: 270 lbs.
•Warranty: 2 Years
OPERATOR AMP RATING (RUNNING)
VOLTAGE PHASE 60 Hz
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
motor ensure rugged and reliable performance.
VAC
1 HP
1 1/2 HP
2 HP
115-1Ø
208-1Ø
208-3Ø
230-1Ø
13.6
7.0
4.0
6.8
17.5
9.4
6.6
8.7
6.6
-
230-3Ø
3.6
6.2
6.2
460-3Ø
575-3Ø
1.8
1.4
3.1
2.5
3.1
2.5
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
HP
1
1 1/2
2
Max Gate
Weight (lbs.)
1700
2100
2500
Max Gate
Length (ft.)
Max Gate
Length (ft.)
Overhead/v-groove
Cantilever
70
80
90
35
40
45
Recommended
Cycles/Hour
30.0"
(76.2 cm)
16.5"
(41.9 cm)
24.0"
(61.0 cm)
22.5"
(57.2 cm)
Allow for Door Opening
25
25
25
Duty Cycle: Continuous
46
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS
1 HP
Model............................................. VoltagePhase Hz
SL59510011G3............................... 115 160
SL59510021G3............................... 230 160
SL59510081G3............................... 208 160
SL59510083G3............................... 208 360
SL59510023G3............................... 230 360
SL59510043G3............................... 460 360
SL59510053G3............................... 575 360
1 1/2 HP
Model............................................. VoltagePhase Hz
SL59515011G3............................... 115 160
SL59515021G3............................... 230 160
2 HP
Model............................................. VoltagePhase Hz
SL59520083G3............................... 208 360
SL59520023G3............................... 230 360
SL59520043G3............................... 460 360
SL59520053G3............................... 575 360
Thermostatically controlled fin heater modification.
Available factory installed. Please use suffix H3
(Example: SL5955011H3)
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls
(892LT) (894LT)
One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control
garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes
and frequencies.
™
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote
Controls (811LM) (813LM)
Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for
a common entrance.
™
Monitored Dual-Sided Photo Eyes (CPS-N4)
Thru-Beam photo eye, UL listed to UL 325 standards, NEMA 4 rated,
45 ft. sensing distance.
No-Enclosure Plug-In Vehicle Loop Detector (G714167NH)
24VAC. No wiring needed. Failsafe, 2 relays, 1 channel,
4 frequencies, 8 sensitivity levels. Includes boost feature.
Fire Access Box with Cable Release (ACP17)
Access doors on front and back. Includes a hole for standard or fire
department padlock.
#50 Nickel-Plated Chain Pack (G193025)
25 ft. chain pack.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External
entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your
Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes
or edge sensors.
®
65-32449...................................... (115V and 575V)
65-32448...................................... (208V–460V)
OPTIONAL FEATURES
• Additional nickel-plated chain (bulk pack)
• Fire Access Release Kit
Refer to the Modifications Section for additional options applicable to this model.
47
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
FACTORY-INSTALLED HEATER
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
SLIDE GATE
OPERATORS
VSL595
Variable-Speed
Heavy‑Duty Industrial
Slide Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
VARIABLE-SPEED, EXTREME HEAVY-DUTY OPERATOR DESIGNED FOR MAXIMUM SECURITY
APPLICATIONS SUCH AS AIRPORTS, MANUFACTURING PLANTS OR OTHER AREAS WHERE SECURING
AN OPENING QUICKLY IS IMPORTANT. Capable of ramping up to speeds as fast as 2.2 ft. per second,
the extremely powerful design supports gate lengths up to 70 ft. and gate weights up to 1,700
lbs. Fully enclosed NEMA 3R rated, oiltight, weatherproof, lockable cabinet and a high-starting
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• High-starting torque, continuous-duty DC Variable Speed
industrial 1HP motor with overload protection
• Heavy-duty wormgear-in-oil gear reducer
• Adjustable friction clutch system
• Weather-resistant lockable hinged enclosure
• GL logic control board
• Advanced dual gate operation, simple 2-wire connection
• Integrated 3-button control station
• Industrial size 0 across-the-line magnetic reversing contactor
• Timer-to-Close (0–180 seconds)
• Fully adjustable drive limit system
• Cycle counter
• Post mount
• #50 nickel-plated chain, 25 ft. pack
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and
offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you
can access your facility quickly and safely
– Built-in 850LM Security+ 2.0 receiver
– Receiver stores up to (90) remote controls
• UL 325 compliant entrapment alarm with external reset button
• Selectable gate movement warning alarm
• Manual disconnect
• Adjustable inherent entrapment protection system
• Automatic braking system
• Integrated Maglock control
• Interrupt and Exit Loop Inputs
• Supports optional LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detectors
• Full systems capability, compatible with most access control
devices and safety accessories
™
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
•Power: 115VAC Power Single Phase
• Accessory Power: 24VAC Accessory Power Output
• Gate Travel Speed: Up to 2.2 ft. per second
• Shipping Weight: 270 lbs.
•Warranty: 2 Years
OPERATOR AMP RATING (RUNNING)
VOLTAGE
PHASE
60 Hz
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
continuous-duty torque motor ensure rugged and reliable performance.
VAC
Amps
115-1Ø
13.6
16.5"
(41.9 cm)
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
HP
1
Max Gate
Weight (lbs.)
Max Gate
Length (ft.)
Max Gate
Length (ft.)
Overhead/v-groove
Cantilever
1,700
70
35
Duty Cycle: Continuous
48
30.0"
(76.2 cm)
Recommended
Cycles/Hour
25
24.0"
(61.0 cm)
22.5"
(57.2 cm)
Allow for Door Opening
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS
1 HP
Model............................................. VoltagePhase Hz
VSL59510011H3*............................ 115 160
*Thermostatically controlled fin heater factory installed
OPTIONAL FEATURES
• Additional nickel-plated chain (bulk pack)
• Exterior manual release firebox
Refer to the Modifications Section for additional options applicable to this model.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES:
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls
(892LT) (894LT)
One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control
garage door(s). It can also be programmed to different codes
and frequencies.
™
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote
Controls (811LM) (813LM)
Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for
a common entrance.
™
Monitored Dual-Sided Photo Eyes (CPS-N4)
Thru-Beam photo eye, UL listed to UL 325 standards, NEMA 4 rated,
45 ft. sensing distance.
No-Enclosure Plug-In Vehicle Loop Detector (G714167NH)
24VAC. No wiring needed. Failsafe, 2 relays, 1 channel,
4 frequencies, 8 sensitivity levels. Includes boost feature.
Exterior Manual Release Firebox (50SL1FAR)
Fire access box with cable release.
#50 Nickel-Plated Chain Pack (G193025)
25 ft. chain pack.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External
entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your
Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes
or edge sensors.
®
49
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
SLIDE GATE
OPERATORS
HS670
Heavy-Duty Industrial
Hydraulic Slide Gate
Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
HEAVY-DUTY INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULIC SLIDE GATE OPERATOR FOR HIGH-FREQUENCY
COMMERCIAL OR INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS. The powerful design supports gate lengths up
to 80 ft. and gate weights up to 5,500 lbs. Powder-coated weather-resistant steel enclosure
and a continuous-duty industrial hydraulic motor ensures strong, dependable performance.
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
•
•
•
•
•
• Security+ 2.0 Technology
virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range
of standard remote controls so you can access your facility
quickly and safely
– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
– Built-in 850LM Security+ 2.0 receiver
– Receiver stores up to (90) remote controls
• UL 325 compliant entrapment alarm
• Standard manual release system
• Adjustable inherent entrapment protection system
• Industrial reversing contactor
• Integrated Maglock control
• Interrupt and Exit Loop Detector inputs
• Supports optional LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detectors
• Full systems capability, compatible with most access control
devices and safety accessories
• UL 325 compliant for Classes I, II, III and IV
•
•
•
•
•
•
Continuous-duty industrial AC hydraulic motor
Hydraulic braking system
Weather-resistant steel cover
Baked-on high-durability steel with powder-coated finish
Long-distance digital logic control (supports runs over
1,000 feet)
Timer-to-Close (0–180 seconds)
Maximum run timer (120 seconds)
Fully adjustable drive limit system
Pad mount
Gate Travel Speed: 18 in. per second (I3)
Gate Travel Speed: 12 in. per second (C3)
™
™
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
•Power: 115/208/230 VAC Power Single Phase
208/230/460 VAC Three Phase
• Accessory Power: 24VAC Accessory Power Output
• Gate Travel Speed: 18 in. per second (I3), 12 in. per second (C3)
• Shipping Weight: 250 lbs.
•Warranty: 2 Years
OPERATOR AMP RATING (RUNNING)
VOLTAGE
PHASE 60
Hz
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
®
VAC
1 HP
2 HP
115-1Ø
230-1Ø
230-3Ø
460-3Ø
14
7
4
2
6
3
27.0"
26.5"
19.75"
31.75"
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
50
HP
Max Gate
Weight (lbs.)
Max Gate
Length (ft.)
1
2
3,000
5,000
80
80
Overhead/v-groove
Recommended
cycles/hour
Continuous Duty
Continuous Duty
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS
1 HP
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls
(892LT) (894LT)
One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control
garage door(s). It can also be programmed to different codes
and frequencies.
™
Model............................................. Voltage Phase
Hz
HS67010011C3............................... 115 160
HS67010011I3................................ 115 160
HS67010021C3............................... 230 160
HS67010021I3................................ 230 160
HS67010023C3............................... 230 360
HS67010023I3................................ 230 360
HS67010043C3............................... 460 360
HS67010043I3................................ 460 360
HS67010083C3............................... 208 360
HS67010083I3................................ 208 360
2 HP
Model............................................. VoltagePhase Hz
HS67020023I3................................ 230 360
HS67020043I3................................ 460 360
HS67020083I3................................ 208 360
Note: Drive rail ordered separately
Note: N
ot recommended for areas that experience extended periods of snow
and ice.
•LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detector
• Photo eyes
®
Refer to the Modifications Section for additional options applicable to this model.
™
Monitored Dual-Sided Photo Eyes (CPS-N4)
Thru-Beam photo eye, UL listed to UL 325 standards, NEMA 4 rated,
45 ft. sensing distance.
No-Enclosure Plug-In Vehicle Loop Detector (G714167NH)
24VAC. No wiring needed. Failsafe, 2 relays, 1 channel,
4 frequencies, 8 sensitivity levels. Includes boost feature.
Drive Rail (MG4201310)
8 ft. length, 2 clamps included.
Drive Rail (MG4201311)
20ft, length, 2 clamps included.
Rail Clamp (MG4101688)
Rail clamp for drive rail.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External
entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your
Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes
or edge sensors.
®
51
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
OPTIONAL FEATURES
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote
Controls (811LM) (813LM)
Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for
a common entrance.
BARRIER AND OVERHEAD
GATE OPERATORS
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Mega Arm/Mega Arm Tower
DC Barrier Gate Operator
When high-speed, frequent access is
essential, Barrier or Overhead Operators
are an ideal choice. From airports to office
buildings, they efficiently manage vehicle
traffic without hampering its flow—allowing
for easy-in and easy-out access.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
High-performance DC powered Mega Arm and Mega Arm
Tower with built-in Battery Backup are designed to provide
exceptional starting torque and continuous operation,
making them ideal for most barrier applications.
52
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
Mega Arm Sprint/Sprint
Tower High-Speed DC
Barrier Gate Operator
High-Speed DC Powered Mega Arm
Sprint and Mega Arm Sprint Tower
with built-in Battery Backup are
designed to provide exceptional
speed, making them ideal for
parking applications.
BG770
Industrial Barrier Gate
Operator
This powerfully designed Barrier
Gate Operator supports arm lengths
up to 15 ft. and arms weighing up to
25 lbs. and can run up to 100 cycles
per hour.
BG790
Industrial Wishbone
Barrier Gate Operator
This reliable, gear-driven Barrier
Gate Operator for industrial
applications is designed for
wishbone-type arms with lengths
up to 24 ft.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
HCT
Commercial High-Traffic
Overhead Gate Operator
The HCT Gate Operator is specifically
engineered to meet the low
clearance needs of apartment
houses and condominiums with
unsurpassed safety, dependability
and quiet operation.
53
BARRIER GATE
OPERATOR
Mega Arm/Mega Arm Tower
DC Barrier Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
HIGH-PERFORMANCE, DC POWERED BARRIER GATE OPERATORS WITH BUILT-IN BATTERY BACKUP.
The Mega Arm (MADCBB3) and Mega Arm Tower (MATDCBB3) are designed with a 24VDC (1/2 HP
equivalent) motor and provide exceptional starting torque and continuous operation, making them
ideal for most barrier applications. The heavy-duty motor supports 6,000 cycles per day with a speed
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
•Built-In Battery Backup provides seamless operation of the
barrier gate operator and all DC control and sensing devices in
the event of a power loss
• Continuous-duty DC motor
• Soft start/stop operation
• Aluminum alloy chassis
• Dual gate operation
• Dynamic braking
• Universal controller with 8 inputs
• Timer-to-Close (0–16 seconds)
• Magnetic limit switch sensors
• LED indicators
• Right- or left-handed operation
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually
eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range of
standard remote controls so you can access your facility
quickly and safely
–– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
–– Built-in 850LM Security+ 2.0 receiver
–– Receiver stores up to (90) remote controls
• Inherent obstruction sensing
• Safety Stop Tailgate feature stops closing of gate when
tailgating is sensed at close input, does not continue until close
input is removed or gate reopens
• Tailgate Alarm fires K1 relay (MA200) to trigger warning device
when tailgating is sensed
• Ability to open automatically when power fails
• MOVs for additional surge protection
• Breakaway arm
• UL 325 and UL 991 compliant for Classes I, II, III and IV
™
™
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
SPECIFICATIONS
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
•Power: 110V/220V Single Phase
• Accessory Power: 24VDC
• Gate Travel Speed: 2.5 seconds to open or close
• Shipping Weight:
–Mega
–
Arm (MA): 98 lbs.
–Mega
–
Arm Tower (MAT): 130 lbs.
•Warranty:
–2
– Years: Electronics and Mechanism
–10
– Years: Chassis and Cover
HP
MAX ARM LENGTH (ft.)
RECOMMENDED
CYCLES/DAY
1/2*
12 ft. and 15 ft. aluminum arm
14 ft. soft-padded arm
6,000
*equivalent 24VDC Duty Cycle: Continuous
DIMENSIONS
13.5"
3.5"
OPERATOR AMP RATING (RUNNING)
VAC
1/2 HP equivalent
42.0"
15.75"
3.5"
36.5"
VOLTAGE
PHASE
60 Hz
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
of 2.5 seconds to open or close.
110/120
6.5
20.25"
36.5"
BATTERY BACKUP OPERATIONS
Battery
Cycles
(2) 7Ah
900 (with 12 ft. barrier arm)
41.5"
21.5"
9.0"
17.5"
54
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS
Model............................................. VoltagePhase Hz
MADCBB3 .......................................110/220 150–60
(2 batteries included standard)
MATDCBB3......................................110/220 150–60
(2 batteries included standard)
BARRIER ARMS*
ModelDescription
MA02412 ft. Aluminum Arm, Round,
Yellow/Black Stripes.
MA024RDOT12 ft. Aluminum Arm, Round,
Red/White Retro-Reflectorized DOT Tape.
MA11517 ft. Aluminum Arm, Round, White.
Requires Counterweight model MA117.
MA11617 ft. Aluminum Arm, Round,
Yellow/Black Stripes.
Requires Counterweight model MA117.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls
(892LT) (894LT)
One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control
garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes
and frequencies.
™
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote
Controls (811LM) (813LM)
Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for
a common entrance.
™
Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (RETROAB)
12VDC and 24VAC/DC. 20mA/40mA standby/detect current. UL
listed to UL 325 standards. NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6P, 13 rated. 30 ft.
sensing distance. Includes photo eye hood, bracket, 3 in. reflector
and 6 ft. cable leads.
Sequenced Access Management (SAMSKIT)
Includes required relay and limits. Sequence Access Management
functionality between any Mega Arm operator, SL3000 or CSW200.
Thermostat Control Heater and Plate 150W (MA201)
Thermostat Control Heater and Plate 500W (UN201)
MA02512 ft. Aluminum Arm with Yellow Padding
Requires Adaptor Collars model MA031.
Slip Clutch Option (MA005C)
Protect shear pin if barrier arm is forced up.
MA02814 ft. Aluminum Arm with Yellow Padding
Requires Adaptor Collars model MA031.
7Ah 12V Battery (MBAT)
MA117Counterweight.
Required for all 17 ft. barrier arms.
MA031Adaptor Collars.
Required for all padded barrier arms.
*See Accessories section for complete list of barrier arms and accessory options.
OPTIONAL FEATURES
• Sequenced Access Management System (SAMS)
•Heater
• Slip Clutch Option
–– Available factory installed (MA005C).
Voltage Conversion Kit (MA230KIT)
Convert from 115VAC to 230VAC operation.
K1 Relay Output Option (MA200)
Accessory relay for external signaling. Common, N/C and
N/O contacts.
12-24VDC, 24VAC Loop Detector (A24)
External DIP switches, failsafe. 12VDC at 80mA, 24VDC at 50mA,
24VAC at 30mA Current Draw.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External
entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your
Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes
or edge sensors.
®
55
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
MA116RDOT17 ft. Aluminum Arm, Round,
Red/White Retro-Reflectorized DOT Tape.
Requires Counterweight model MA117.
BARRIER GATE
OPERATOR
Mega Arm Sprint/Sprint Tower
High-Speed DC Barrier Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
HIGH-SPEED DC POWERED BARRIER GATE OPERATORS WITH LIFTMASTER BUILT-IN BATTERY
®
BACKUP. The Mega Arm Sprint (MASDCBB3) and Mega Arm Sprint Tower (MASTDCBB3) are
designed with a 24VDC (1/2 HP equivalent) motor and provide exceptional speed, making them
ideal for parking applications. The heavy-duty motor supports 10,000 cycles per day with an
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
•Built-In Battery Backup provides seamless operation of the
barrier gate operator and all DC control and sensing devices in
the event of a power loss
• Continuous-duty DC motor
• Soft start/stop operation
• Aluminum alloy chassis
• Dual gate operation
• Dynamic braking
• Universal controller with 8 inputs
• Timer-to-Close (0–16 seconds)
• Magnetic limit switch sensors
• LED indicators
• Right- or left-handed operation
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually
eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range of
standard remote controls so you can access your facility
quickly and safely
–– Built-in 850LM Security+ 2.0 receiver
–– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
–– Receiver stores up to (90) remote controls
• Inherent obstruction sensing
• Safety Stop Tailgate feature stops closing of gate when
tailgating is sensed at close input, does not continue until close
input is removed or gate reopens
• Tailgate Alarm fires K1 relay (MA200) to trigger warning device
when tailgating is sensed
• Ability to open automatically when power fails
• MOVs for additional surge protection
• Breakaway arm
• UL 325 and UL 991 compliant for Classes I, II, III and IV
™
™
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
SPECIFICATIONS
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
•Power: 110V/220V Single Phase
• Accessory Power: 24VDC
• Gate Travel Speed: 0.9 seconds to open or close
• Shipping Weight:
–Mega
–
Arm Sprint (MAS): 98 lbs.
–Mega
–
Arm Sprint Tower (MAST): 130 lbs.
•Warranty:
–2
– Years: Electronics and Mechanism
–10
– Years: Chassis and Cover
HP
MAX ARM LENGTH (ft.)
RECOMMENDED
CYCLES/DAY
1/2*
8 ft. soft padded arm
10,000
*equivalent 24VDC Duty Cycle: Continuous
DIMENSIONS
13.5"
3.5"
OPERATOR AMP RATING (RUNNING)
VAC
1/2 HP equivalent
110/120
6.5
15.75"
3.5"
36.5"
VOLTAGE
PHASE
60 Hz
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
operator speed of 0.9 seconds to open or close.
20.25"
36.5"
BATTERY BACKUP OPERATIONS
Battery
Cycles
(2) 7Ah
900 (with 8 ft. barrier arm)
42.0"
41.5"
21.5"
9.0"
17.5"
56
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Model............................................. VoltagePhase Hz
MASDCBB3...................................... 110/220 150–60
(2 batteries included standard)
MASTDCBB3.................................... 110/220 150–60
(2 batteries included standard)
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote
Controls (811LM) (813LM)
Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for
a common entrance.
™
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls
(892LT) (894LT)
One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control
garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes
and frequencies.
™
BARRIER ARMS*
ModelDescription
SP88 ft. Aluminum Arm with Yellow Padding.
Requires Adaptor Collars model MA031.
SP8PAD
8 ft. Replacement Yellow Foam Padding.
SP8TUBE
8 ft. Replacement White Aluminum Arm.
MA031Adaptor Collars.
Required for all padded barrier arms.
NOTE: Only SP8 Barrier Arms work with Mega Arm Sprint/
Tower operators.
*See Accessories section for complete list of barrier arms and accessory options.
• Sequenced Access Management Systems (SAMS)
•Heater
• Slip Clutch Option
–– Available factory installed (MA005C)
Refer to the Modifications section for additional options applicable to this model.
Sequenced Access Management (SAMSKIT)
Includes required relay and limits. Sequence Access Management
functionality between any Mega Arm operator: SL3000 or CSW200.
Thermostat Control Heater and Plate 150W (MA201)
Thermostat Control Heater and Plate 500W (UN201)
Voltage Conversion Kit (MA230KIT)
Convert from 115VAC to 230VAC operation.
Slip Clutch Option (MA005C)
Protect shear pin if barrier arm is forced up.
7Ah 12V Battery (MBAT)
K1 Relay Output Option (MA200)
Accessory relay for external signaling. Common, N/C and
N/O contacts.
12–24VDC, 24VAC Loop Detector (A24)
External DIP switches, failsafe. 12VDC at 80mA, 24VDC at 50mA,
24VAC at 30mA Current Draw.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External
entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your
Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes
or edge sensors.
®
57
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
OPTIONAL FEATURES
Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (RETROAB)
12VDC and 24VAC/DC. 20mA/40mA standby/detect current. UL
listed to UL 325 standards. NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6P, 13 rated. 30 ft.
sensing distance. Includes photo eye hood, bracket, 3 in. reflector
and 6 ft. cable leads.
BARRIER GATE
OPERATOR
BG770
Heavy-Duty Industrial
Barrier Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
A RELIABLE PERFORMANCE BARRIER GATE OPERATOR FOR INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS, THIS
POWERFULLY DESIGNED BARRIER GATE OPERATOR SUPPORTS ARM LENGTHS UP TO 15 ft. and
arms weighing up to 25 lbs. A heavy-duty 1/2 HP industrial motor with overload protection supports
100 cycles per hour.
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• Continuous-duty 1/2 HP AC commercial motor
• Heavy-duty gear reducer
• 11-gauge steel cabinet with weather-resistant baked-on
powder-coated finish
• Removable top and side panels for easy access
• 24VAC control circuit
• Electrical controls in separate removable enclosure
• 2-button control station, OPEN/CLOSE
• Power ON/OFF switch
• One 115VAC accessory outlet (on 115VAC models only)
• Fully adjustable limit system
• Pad mount
• Dual barrier gate compatible
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and
offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you
can access your facility quickly and safely
–– Built-in 850LM Security+ 2.0 receiver
–– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
–– Receiver stores up to (90) remote controls
• Full systems capability, compatible with most access control
devices and safety accessories
• Supports optional LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detectors for exit
and hold open loops
• UL 325 compliant for Classes I, II, III and IV
™
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
DIMENSIONS
•Power: 115V/208V/230V Single Phase
208V/230V/460V/575V Three Phase
• Accessory Power: 24VAC Accessory Power Output
• Gate Travel Speed: 4 seconds to open or close
• Shipping Weight: 225 lbs.
•Warranty: 2 Years
Up to 15.0'
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
HP
MAX ARM
WEIGHT (lbs.)
MAX ARM
LENGTH (ft.)
RECOMMENDED
CYCLES/HR
1/2
25
15*
100
OPERATOR AMP RATING (RUNNING)
VOLTAGE PHASE 60HZ
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
SPECIFICATIONS
58
VAC
1/2 HP
115-1Ø
6.6
208-1Ø
3.8
208-3Ø
2.2
230-1Ø
3.3
230-3Ø
2.0
460-3Ø
1.0
575-3Ø
0.8
17.0"
20.0"
44.0"
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS
Model............................................. VoltagePhase Hz
BG7705011..................................... 115 160
BG7705021..................................... 230 160
BG7705081..................................... 208 160
BG7705083..................................... 208 360
BG7705023..................................... 230 360
BG7705043..................................... 460 360
BG7705053..................................... 575 360
BARRIER ARMS*
ModelDescription
651209P10 ft. PVC Arm, Square, Yellow/Black Stripes.
Requires clamp model G108019.
K651209
12 ft. Wood Arm, White/Black Stripes.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls
(892LT) (894LT)
One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control
garage door(s). It can also be programmed to different codes
and frequencies.
™
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote
Controls (811LM) (813LM)
Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for
a common entrance.
™
Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (RETROAB)
12VDC and 24VAC/DC. 20mA/40mA standby/detect current. UL
listed to UL 325 standards. NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6P, 13 rated. 30 ft.
sensing distance. Includes photo eye hood, bracket, 3 in. reflector
and 6 ft. cable leads.
50ALMARM15 ft. Aluminum Arm, Square, Yellow/Black
Stripes.
No-Enclosure Plug-In Vehicle Loop Detector (G714167NH)
24VAC. No wiring needed. Failsafe, 2 relays, 1 channel,
4 frequencies, 8 sensitivity levels. Includes boost feature.
G108019
PVC Arm Mounting Clamp.
Thermostat Control Heater 115V and 575V (G6518300)
50FL12024
24VAC/DC Flexible Red Rope Light, 10 ft.
Thermostat Control Heater 208V–460V (G6519084)
OPTIONAL FEATURES
•Heater
• Timer-to-Close module: Adjustable for 1 second–17 minutes
Refer to the Modifications Section for additional options applicable to this model.
Timer Defeat Switch (G50402)
Allows the automatic close timer on the operator to be
manually disabled.
Long Distance Control Wiring 24VAC (50-24)
Necessary when controls are to be located more than 100 ft. from
the operator.
Primary/Secondary Configuration (90-3010)
Allows for Reverse Cabinet/Rotation configuration for BG Operators
(factory installed only).
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External
entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your
Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes
or edge sensors.
®
59
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
*See Accessories section for complete list of barrier arms and accessory options.
BARRIER GATE
OPERATOR
BG790
Heavy‑Duty Industrial
Wishbone Barrier
Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
A RELIABLE GEAR-DRIVEN BARRIER GATE OPERATOR FOR INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS, THIS
BARRIER GATE IS DESIGNED FOR WISHBONE-TYPE ARMS WITH LENGTHS UP TO 24 FT. Powder-coated weather-resistant steel enclosure and a 1/2 HP commercial motor ensure strong,
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• Continuous-duty 1/2 HP AC commercial motor
• Heavy-duty gear reducer
• 11-gauge steel cabinet with weather-resistant baked-on
powder-coated finish
• Removable top and side panels for easy access
• Electrical controls in separate removable enclosure
• 24VAC control circuit
• 2-button control station, OPEN/CLOSE
• Power ON/OFF switch
• One 115VAC accessory outlet (on 115VAC models only)
• Industrial size 0 across-the-line reversing starter
• Fully adjustable limit system
• Pad mount
• Wishbone Arm (24 ft.) and Counterweight are provided
(max. length)
• Dual barrier gate compatible
• Security+ 2.0 Technology
virtually eliminates
interference and offers up to 2X the range of standard remote
controls so you can access your facility quickly and safely
–– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
–– Built-in 850LM Security+ 2.0 receiver
–– Receiver stores up to (90) remote controls
• Full systems capability, compatible with most access control
devices and safety accessories
• Supports optional LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detectors for exit
and hold-open loops
• UL 325 compliant for Classes I, II, III and IV
™
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
SPECIFICATIONS
OPERATOR AMP RATING (RUNNING)
•Power: 115V/208V/230V Single Phase
208V/230V/460V/575V Three Phase
• Accessory Power: 24VAC Accessory Power Output
• Gate Travel Speed: 4 seconds to open or close
• Shipping Weight: 350 lbs.
•Warranty: 2 Years
VOLTAGE PHASE 60HZ
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
dependable performance.
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
HP
MAX ARM
WEIGHT (lbs.)
MAX ARM
LENGTH (ft.)
RECOMMENDED
CYCLES/HR
1/2
50
24
25
VAC
1/2 HP
115-1Ø
6.6
208-1Ø
3.8
208-3Ø
2.2
230-1Ø
3.3
230-3Ø
2.0
460-3Ø
1.0
575-3Ø
0.8
DIMENSIONS
Duty Cycle: Continuous
Up to 24.0'
44.0"
17.0"
60
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
Model............................................. VoltagePhase Hz
BG7905011..................................... 115 160
BG7905021..................................... 230 160
BG7905081..................................... 208 160
BG7905083..................................... 208 360
BG7905023..................................... 230 360
BG7905043..................................... 460 360
BG7905053..................................... 575 360
BARRIER ARMS*
ModelDescription
K65-1208Replacement Wishbone Arm, 24 ft. white/
black stripes, no counterweight included
(model G658056)
50-FL120-24
24VAC/DC Flexible Red Rope Light, 10 ft.
*See Accessories section for complete list of barrier arms and accessory options.
OPTIONAL FEATURES
Refer to the Modifications Section for additional options applicable to this model.
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls
(892LT) (894LT)
One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control
garage door(s). It can also be programmed to different codes
and frequencies.
™
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote
Controls (811LM) (813LM)
Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for
a common entrance.
™
Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (RETROAB)
12VDC and 24VAC/DC. 20mA/40mA standby/detect current. UL
listed to UL 325 standards. NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6P, 13 rated. 30 ft.
sensing distance. Includes photo eye hood, bracket, 3 in. reflector
and 6 ft. cable leads.
No-Enclosure Plug-In Vehicle Loop Detector (G714167NH)
24VAC. No wiring needed. Failsafe, 2 relays, 1 channel,
4 frequencies, 8 sensitivity levels. Includes boost feature.
Thermostat Control Heater 115V and 575V (G6518300)
Thermostat Control Heater 208V–460V (G6519084)
Timer Defeat Switch (G50402)
Allows the automatic close timer on the operator to be
manually disabled.
Primary/Secondary Configuration (90-3010)
Allows for Reverse Cabinet/Rotation configuration for BG Operators
(factory installed only).
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External
entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your
installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes
or edge devices.
61
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
•Heater
• Timer-to-Close module: Adjustable for 1 second–17 minutes
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
OVERHEAD GATE
OPERATOR
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
HCT
Commercial High-Traffic
Overhead
Gate Operator
SPECIFICALLY ENGINEERED TO MEET THE LOW CLEARANCE NEEDS OF APARTMENT BUILDINGS AND
CONDOMINIUMS, THE HCT GATE OPERATOR DELIVERS UNSURPASSED SAFETY, DEPENDABILITY AND QUIET
OPERATION. Designed for installation in even the tightest applications, and at only 8 in. high it’s up to 10 in.
shorter than other overhead operators.
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
•
•
•
•
•
•
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and
offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you
can access your facility quickly and safely
–– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP
–– Built-in 850LM Security+ 2.0 receiver
–– Receiver stores up to (90) remote controls
• Safety alarm
• Key release in case of power failure
• Electronic reversing device
• Spike suppressors
• Supports optional LiftMaster Elite Series Plug-In
Loop Detector
• UL 325 compliant for Classes I, II, III and IV
•
•
•
•
•
•
Continuous-duty AC 1/2 HP high cycle motor
Gear reduction ratio of 40:1
Motor drive
Digital motor protection
Noise isolators
Keyed trolley assembly
–– Includes 6 UMHV wheels for quiet, efficient operation
Advanced OmniControl Board
Onboard 3-button control
Power input ON/OFF switch
Alternate outputs
8 in. high for low clearance
#41 black oxide chain
™
™
™
®
®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
SPECIFICATIONS
DIMENSIONS
•Power: 120VAC Power Single Phase
• Accessory Power: 24VDC Control Board
• Gate Travel Speed: 12 in. per second
• Shipping Weight:
–HCT5011O3-08:
–
150 lbs.
–HCT5011O3-10:
–
154 lbs.
–HCT5011O3-12:
–
158 lbs.
•Warranty: 5 Years Commercial
Variable Length
8.0"
19.0"
62
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
ModelDescription
HCT5O11O3-08 Overhead Operator for 8 ft. gate
HCT5O11O3-10 Overhead Operator for 10 ft. gate
HCT5O11O3-12 Overhead Operator for 12 ft. gate
REPLACEMENT TRACK
ModelDescription
K09-50616-1010 ft.
K09-50616-1212 ft.
K09-50616-1414 ft.
OMNICONTROL BOARD
™
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls
(892LT) (894LT)
One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control
garage door(s). It can also be programmed to different codes
and frequencies.
™
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote
Controls (811LM) (813LM)
Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for
a common entrance.
™
Heavy Duty Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (AOMRON)
24–240 VAC/DC retro-reflective photo eyes, UL listed, 40 ft. sensing
distance, NEMA 4 rated.
Elite Plug-In Loop Detector (AELD)
24VAC, failsafe, 2 relays, 1 channel, 4 frequencies, 2 sensitivity
levels, includes boost feature.
The advanced electronic control
board offers many integrated
functions to simplify installation
and to provide added flexibility.
In addition, the built-in surge
suppression circuit protects the
entire system from lightning
strikes.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Plug-In Loop
Detectors offer simplicity of
installation, and optional modules are available to provide added
functionality for your Gate Operator installation.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External
entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your
installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes
or edge devices.
Red/Green Warning Light Box (71-REDGRN-HCT)
Signals if door is moving or stationary.
63
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
®
EZ Value Pack (GHCPCK1)
OMNIEXB Module and 3-button station. Compatible with HCT.
ACCESS CONTROL
SYSTEMS
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
IPAC (Internet Protocol
Access Control)
From a single-family home to a gated
community, our Access Control Systems give
you multiple options for managing access
points. With entry systems to keypads, card
readers to perimeter alert system or even the
dwellingLIVE visitor management system,
®
our lineup of feature-rich options provides
the perfect access solution for any need.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
By harnessing the power of a high-speed Internet
connection, IPAC’s innovative technology allows your
Customers to work smarter and more efficiently.
KPR2000 Wired Keypad
and Proximity Reader
MINIkey Stand Alone
Wired Keypad System
WKP5LM3/WKP250LM3
Wireless Commercial
Keypad
The LiftMaster KPR2000 is designed
and manufactured to perform in a
wide range of indoor, outdoor, and
harsh environments.
The MINIkey is a self-contained
keypad system for the control of
door and gated entrances.
This keypad combines the simplicity
of wireless installation with the
robust feature sets of higher-priced
keypad controllers.
®
64
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
EL2000 Multi-Tenant
Telephone Entry System
EL25 Single/Multi-Tenant
Telephone
Entry System
The EL2000 is flexible enough to
be used in apartment buildings,
condo complexes, office parks and
commercial sites.
The EL25 is capable of accepting
up to 2,000 totally flexible codes,
making it ideal for virtually
any installation.
The LiftMaster Stand-Alone
Proximity Card Reader offers
high-end access control and security
in a simple stand alone format.
®
Connecting directly to your existing
telephone line, the TAC1 greets
visitors with a high-visibility backlit
keypad and attractive styling.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
PPLX
Stand-Alone Proximity
Card Reader
TAC1 Single Tenant
Telephone
Access System
by
The most advanced visitor management and access control
system. Manage all of your community systems, anytime, anywhere.
dwellingLIVE is easy-to-use, cloud-based Access Control Software
that gives you complete control of all your community’s onsite systems
from anywhere. Choose what you need, when you need it, because all
dwellingLIVE systems integrate.
®
65
ACCESS CONTROL
SYSTEMS
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
IPAC (Internet Protocol Access Control)
LIFTMASTER IPAC (INTERNET PROTOCOL ACCESS CONTROL) IS THE FIRST INTERNET-ENABLED OUTDOOR
®
ACCESS CONTROL ENTRY SYSTEM WITH VOICE-OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL (VOIP) TECHNOLOGY. By harnessing the power of a high-speed Internet connection, IPAC’s innovative technology allows you
to work smarter and more efficiently as it transfers all data over the Internet. The web-based software
provides instant access to your system from any browser, any device, anywhere. The contemporary
product design and finish will keep your community looking modern and savvy with its intuitive color
touchscreen interface. Plus, it is built to withstand the elements of any environment and the demands of everyday use.
STANDARD FEATURES
• Contemporary design colors, finish and materials
• Precision craft CNC machined aircraft aluminum front panel is
rust-free, color fade-resistant and dent-resistant
• Touchscreen interface: large touchscreen provides easy and
familiar navigation for your end users, residents and guests
• Modern UI full keyboard search lets guests quickly find a
resident
• Built to handle extreme temperature, rated -20°F to 130°F
• A custom (IP65) rated weathertight enclosure
• PPWR Security+ 2.0 Passport Receiver included,
communicates with tri-band frequency, virtually eliminates
interference and improves range
• Internet-powered
IPAC uses the power of the Internet to
transfer voice and data
• Limitless access to data, and instant access to your system
from any browser. No dedicated computer, no software to install
or maintain.
™
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
DIMENSIONS
• 16 group/security levels, 32 holiday schedules, 32 time schedules
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
• Height: 17.9 in.
• Width: 12.73 in.
• Depth: 3.74 in.
• 120VAC, 60Hz, 1.0 Amps
• Transformer Output 16VDC, 2.5 Amps
• Surge suppression—EFT: 2 KV power line, ESD: 15Kb Hbm/8KV
Direct/200V Mm (compliance with UL)
• 1.17 Amps (without accessories)
MATERIAL
• Front Panel: T6061 aircraft aluminum alloy
• Enclosure: 13-gauge cold-rolled steel
• Unit operating temperature range: –20°F to 130°F
FINISH
• Front Panel: Clear anodized aluminum finish
• Enclosure: Light gray powder-coat
ENCLOSURE COMPONENTS
•Microphone
•Speaker
• LED Lighted Recessed Faceplate
• PPWR Passport Reciever
•Display
–– 10 in. color resistive touchscreen
–– Dusk to dawn light sensor
–– Heavy-duty piano hinge
–– HID ProxPoint Plus Mini Card Reader Provision (optional)
–– Touch Keypad Provision (optional)
®
66
OPERATING ENVIRONMENT
ENCLOSURE
•
•
•
•
Outdoor IP65 rated
2 standard Wiegand inputs
12V, 250mA power output (per port)
4 relay outputs—Single Pole Double Throw, maximum voltage of 30VDC/
AC and output current of 3 Amps
ACCESS CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS
•
•
•
•
•
24/7 real-time data access management and monitoring standard
Up to 50,000 total credentials, standard 50,000-transaction event buffer
Up to 50,000 phone numbers
Email and text notification capability
16 group/security levels, 32 holiday schedules, 32 time schedules
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
SYSTEMS
ModelDescription
IPAC
Internet Protocol Access Control
OPTIONAL FEATURES
IPACTRK
Paintable faceplate and shroud permit color customization. Metal
shroud provides for better screen visibility and weather protection.
IPACIPDCC
Internet Protocol Door Controller. Power over Ethernet (PoE) solution
for remotely managed multi-site applications. Compatible with all
standard Wiegand readers and devices.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Retrofit Trim Ring (IPACRTR)
Makes installation easy when replacing both flush mount Infinity L
and ICON 26 models.
HID ProxPoint Plus Mini Proximity Reader (SNARHIDPOINT)
Provides multiple configuration options and is both sleek and
inconspicuous.
®
Keypad (IPACKEY)
For customers needing multiple keypad options, the IPAC
accommodates an external keypad.
Postal Lock Box (IPACPLB)
Meets postal requirements while offering flexibility for right or left
side installation.
Camera Kit (IPACCAMK)
High-performing camera is perfect for applications requiring visual
installations.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
67
ACCESS CONTROL
SYSTEMS
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
EL2000 Multi-Tenant Telephone Entry System
THE EL2000 WILL CHANGE YOUR EXPECTATIONS OF WHAT A TELEPHONE ENTRY SYSTEM
SHOULD LOOK LIKE. The EL2000 is designed to complement virtually any gated community
and is flexible enough to be used in apartment buildings, condo complexes, office parks and
commercial sites. The EL2000 features a 5-inch backlit LCD screen; the unit clearly displays
up to 4 lines with 20 characters per line, making it a great choice for multi-tenant installations.
The EL2000 is capable of accepting up to 2,000 totally flexible codes. These codes can be
programmed as directory codes or access codes, making the EL2000 ideal for virtually any
installation. Unlike other systems, the EL2000 may be purchased as a base unit or ordered with
optional plug-in modules. This allows you to choose only the plug-in modules you need depending on the specifics of the job—enabling
you to offer custom solutions right off the shelf without special orders.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
STANDARD FEATURES
• Remote Access Diagnostics
• E-Z Scan: cards and Passport transmitters can be
programmed into the EL2000 simply by utilizing the card
reader or radio receiver
• Voice prompts guide installers through system setup at the
unit’s main keypad and provide assistance to end users with the
push of a button (ADA application)
• Enhanced line noise tolerance
• Legacy database conversion: replacing an existing legacy
telephone entry system is a snap with Versa XS 2.0 software;
transfer any information retained in your existing legacy
software database to Versa with the click of your mouse
• Call Waiting
• Recessed, lighted, ADA compliant keypad
• Auto sensor input: automatically dial the residence when a
vehicle approaches the property
• Call button
• Distinctive ringing: double ring to distinguish a visitor
request call
• Holiday programming, up to 16 separate holidays
™
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Time zones: up to 62 different time zones
Anti-Passback: timed anti-passback and true anti-passback
Security lockout
Automatic gate/door unlock schedule: entry points may be
configured to automatically open or lock at set time periods
Transaction monitoring: minimum of 4,000 transactions are
stored in the unit including date, time, unit ID and transaction
Activity reports: property managers have the ability to print
database, system and history reports
Remote updates, firmware updates and upgrades may be made
via a remote computer and modem connection
Postal lock provision supports a switch kit that integrates with
a U.S. Postal Service lock, allowing postal carriers entry to a
controlled area using a U.S. Postal Service key
2,000 total codes
4 assignable and programmable built-in relays
Detachable hinge design lets you mount the unit on the back
plate for ease of wiring and installation
3 available finishes—nickel, black and gray
Warranty: 1 Year
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
SPECIFICATIONS
DIMENSIONS
• 16 group/security levels, 32 holiday schedules, 32 time schedules
Colors: Nickel, Black, Gray
Mounting Styles: Portrait
Power: 12VAC
• Height: 15 in.
• Width: 12 in.
• Depth: 3.625 in.
Shipping Weight 25 lbs.
Enhanced Digital Processing: New enhanced software/firmware capability
to optimize connectivity for POTS service delivered over digital media (like
cable, DSL and Vonage).
68
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
SYSTEMS
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
ModelDescription
EL2000LB
Telephone Entry System LCD Unit—Black
EL2000LG
Telephone Entry System LCD Unit—Gray
EL2000LN
Telephone Entry System LCD Unit—Nickel
OPTIONAL FEATURES
Plug-In Modules
Optional plug-in adaptability lets you expand the EL2000 to work
with many different types of controls. A two-reader Wiegand module
lets you add card readers, keypads and proximity readers, all with
full activity tracking. An RF module with programmable Passport
transmitters provides convenient remote access control.
Camera (EL2000DVRCAMKT)
Optional color low lux camera compatible with DVR.
RF Module (RFMODKT3)
315 MHz RF module for remote access with Passport transmitters.
™
EL25/2000 Wiegand Output Module Kit (WOMODKT)
Plugs into existing EL Series and supports (2) Wiegand compatible
remote access devices.
Wiegand Output Keypad (ESSWOKSG)
26 bit, 12 pad; 3 x 4 in. Keypad is selectable for 5 or 12 volts.
Combo Keypad/Card Reader with Wiegand Output (HIDWOKPRO)
125 kHz wall switch keypad proximity reader. Sealed for indoor or
outdoor use.
LCD Display Heater (ELHTRKT)
Allows the EL2000 LCD display to maintain normal operation to
approximately -20°F.
Trim Kit (ELTRMKT)
The trim kit is compatible only with model EL2000. It includes a face
plate that is mounted on the unit.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
69
ACCESS CONTROL
SYSTEMS
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
EL25 Single/Multi-Tenant Telephone
Entry System
THE EL25 IS BEAUTIFULLY ENGINEERED FOR PRIVATE RESIDENCES, YET
POWERFUL AND ADAPTABLE ENOUGH TO BE USED IN APARTMENT
BUILDINGS, CONDO COMPLEXES, OFFICE PARKS AND COMMERCIAL SITES. The EL25 is capable of accepting up to 2,000 totally flexible codes, making it
ideal for virtually any installation. Unlike other systems, it may be purchased
as a base unit or ordered with optional plug-in modules. This allows you to choose only the plug-in modules you need depending on the
specifics of the job, enabling you to offer custom solutions right off the shelf without special orders.
STANDARD FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
•
•
•
Do Not Disturb—Assignable by tenant
Call Forwarding
Call Waiting
Recessed, lighted, ADA compliant keypad
Auto sensor input: automatically dials the residence when a
vehicle approaches the property
Call button
Distinctive ringing: double ring to distinguish a visitor
request call
Entry codes: programmable codes can be time-restricted or
established as one-time use only
Holiday programming, up to 16 separate holidays
Time zones: up to 62 different time zones with three segments
each can be created for access/no-access schedules
• Anti-Passback: timed anti-passback or true anti-passback
• Security lockout
• Automatic gate/door unlock schedule: entry points may be
configured to automatically open or lock at set time periods
• Transaction monitoring: minimum of 4,000 transactions are
stored in the unit including date, time, unit ID and transaction
• Activity reports
• Remote updates, firmware updates and upgrades may be made
via a remote computer
• 2,000 total codes
• 4 assignable and programmable built-in relays
• Mounting versatility: landscape or portrait
• 3 available finishes—nickel, silver and gray
• Warranty: 1 Year
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
SPECIFICATIONS
DIMENSIONS
• 16 group/security levels, 32 holiday schedules, 32 time schedules
Colors: Nickel, Silver, Gray
Mounting Styles: Portrait or Landscape
Power: 12VAC
• Height: 6 in.
• Width: 10.25 in.
• Depth: 4 in.
Shipping Weight 11 lbs.
Enhanced Digital Processing: New enhanced software/firmware capability to
optimize connectivity for POTS service delivered over digital media (like cable,
DSL and Vonage).
70
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
SYSTEMS
ModelDescription
EL25G
Telephone Entry/Access Control System—Gray
EL25N
Telephone Entry/Access Control System—Nickel
EL25S
Telephone Entry/Access Control System—Silver
OPTIONAL FEATURES
Plug-In Modules
Optional plug-in adaptability lets you expand the EL25 to work with
many different types of controls. A two-reader Wiegand module
lets you add card readers, keypads and proximity readers, all with
full activity tracking. An RF module with programmable Passport
transmitters provides convenient remote access control.
DVR Camera Kit
An optional color low-lux camera compatible with DVR is available.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Camera (EL25DVRCAMKT)
Optional color low lux camera compatible with DVR.
RF Module (RFMODKT3)
315 MHz RF module for remote access with Passport transmitters.
EL25/2000 Wiegand Output Module Kit (WOMODKT)
Plugs into existing EL Series and supports (2) Wiegand compatible
remote access devices.
Wiegand Output Keypad (ESSWOKSG)
26 bit, 12 pad; 3 x 4 in. Keypad is selectable for 5 or 12 volts.
Combo Keypad/Card Reader with Wiegand Output (HIDWOKPRO)
125 kHz wall switch keypad proximity reader. Sealed for indoor or
outdoor use.
Pedestal (PED42)
42 in. pedestal, multiple hold configuration faceplate, pad mount,
2 x 2 in. square post, black powder-coated weather-resistant finish.
Pedestal (PED64)
64 in. pedestal, multiple hold configuration faceplate, pad mount,
2 x 2 in. square post, black powder-coated weather-resistant finish.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
71
ACCESS CONTROL
SYSTEMS
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
TAC1 Single Tenant Telephone
Access System
THE LIFTMASTER MODEL TAC1 SYSTEM PROVIDES WIRED
®
COMMUNICATION AND SECURE ACCESS CONTROL AT THE GATE OR
DOOR. Homeowners can use any touch-tone phone in the home to speak
to a visitor and then grant or deny access through their gate or door.
Hardwired for power and connected directly to your existing telephone
line, the TAC1 greets visitors with a high-visibility backlit keypad and
attractive styling. And its rugged, tamper-resistant polycarbonate enclosure is engineered for maximum impact resistance without dents or
corrosion. The TAC1 is simple to use and allows the homeowner or small business to greet visitors grant or deny access, or activate several
system modes, all from the convenience of their touch-tone phone.
STANDARD FEATURES
• Flexible dual control feature: can be connected to two
devices such as a door or a gate, using the two independently
controlled relays or wirelessly using Security+ technology
standard, or any combination of the two
• Security+ Rolling Code Technology provides seamless wireless
communication between LiftMaster Door and Gate Operators
• Entry codes: up to 200 4-digit codes can be set as permanent
or one-time use only
• Remotely open 2 entrances independently from your home
or office
• Party mode to open and hold your entrance open
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
®
• Vacation mode locks the system down when no administrator
is present
• Do Not Disturb: silence the telephone call mode for
additional privacy
• Intercom mode: useful to make wired phones active for access
in “cellular only” homes
• Call forward allows you to greet a visitor, even when you’re
not home
• Warranty: 1 Year
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
SPECIFICATIONS
• UL Listed: 12VAC (20VA) Transformer included
•Alternate: (10 to 16VAC, 20VA or 12 to 24 VDC, 500mA)
• Operating Temperature: 10˚F to 140˚F
• Two (2) independently controlled (latched and timed)
10 Amp (form C) relays
• Two (2) 315 MHz Security+ wireless channels (parallel
operation to relays)
• Diagnostic and status LEDs
• On-board surge suppression
• Bell REN standard: 3.0
• Shipping Weight: 4 lbs.
SYSTEMS
ModelDescription
TAC1
Single Telephone Entry System with Radio
DIMENSIONS
• 16 group/security levels, 32 holiday schedules, 32 time schedules
• Height: 6 in.
• Width: 8.75 in.
72
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
73
ACCESS CONTROL
SYSTEMS
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
dwellingLIVE
®
dwellingLIVE Credentialed Access
®
THE DWELLINGLIVE CREDENTIALED ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM IS THE PERFECT SOLUTION
FOR COMMUNITIES OF ANY SIZE. IT PROVIDES COMMUNITY MANAGERS WITH REAL TIME
ACCESS CONTROL OF ALL THEIR GATES AND DOORS. Through an intuitive interface—
accessible from any web browser—managers can administer the system. It has never been
easier to issue transponders, wallet cards and key fobs—and to monitor their activity in real
time. Even residents can retrieve their personal access activity.
Both hardware and software are required to run the dwellingLIVE system.
SOFTWARE
HARDWARE
Credential Access
DL91801 Unlimited Readers
DL91802 2 Readers
DL91803 2-to-Unlimited Readers
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Web-based software, easy control of doors
and gates.
V2000 Controller/Interface
Combo—2 Readers
V1000 Controller—32 Interfaces
DL91101
Web-based host that connects up to 32 2-door interfaces.
DL91102
All-in-one host and interface combo. 2-door maximum,
not expandable.
V100 Interface—2 Readers
V300 Output Control Interface
DL91103
DL91111
Access control for 2 doors. Requires host controller.
Output control up to 12 devices. Ideal for elevator controls.
Reader Activation Key
DL91135
Support fee for third-party readers
Access Device Credits
DL91240
Support fee for third-party readers
HID iClass SE Readers
®
DL91105 iClass SE R40 Wall Switch
DL91106 iClass SE R10 Mini Mullion
DL91107 iClass SE RK40 Keypad Combo
DL91109 iClass SE R15 Mullion Mount
Next generation platform with unmatched
security encryption.
74
Must be a dwellingLIVE authorized dealer, contact your LiftMaster Access Control Specialist at 800.975.6881.
ACCESSORIES
Passport Receiver (PPWR)
Security+ 2.0 Passport Receiver
communicates with tri-band frequency,
virtually eliminates interference and
improves range. Compatible with
HOMELINK wireless control system.
®
HID iClass SE Credentials
HID Multiclass SE Readers
DL91204 iClass SE Key II Contactless Smart Key
DL91206 iClass SE Contactless Smart Card
DL91207 iClass SE Clamshell Contactless Smart Card
DL91112 Multiclass SE RP10 Mini Mullion
DL91113 Multiclass SE RP15 Mullion Mount
DL91114 Multiclass SE RP40 Wall Switch
DL91115 Multiclass SE RPK40 Keypad Combo
®
Provides the highest level of security. For use with HID
iClass SE Readers.
®
®
Ideal for upgrading from Prox. Compatible with iClass SE
and Prox Cards.
®
Wired Keypad and Proximity Reader
(KPR2000)
Single-entry multi-function access
controller with integrated keypad and
card reader.
Passport MAX Remote Controls
3-Button Passport MAX Visor Remote
Control (PPV3M)
3-Button Passport MAX Mini Remote
Control (PPK3M)
3-Button Passport MAX Mini Proximity
Remote Control (PPK3PHM)
HID Prox Credentials
DL91108 ProxPoint Plus 6005 – Mini Mullion
DL91116 MiniProx 5365
DL91117 ThinLine II 5395
DL91118 ProxPro with Keypad 5355
DL91201 Prox 1346 ProxKey III
DL91203 Prox 1386 ISOProx Card (imaginable)
DL91205 Prox 1326 ProxCard II Clamshell Card
®
®
®
®
®
®
®
®
®
®
Provides low-cost, entry-level security.
Provides low-cost, entry-level security.
Narrow-band transmission on
3 simultaneous frequencies (310, 315
and 390 MHz).
Compatible with LiftMaster commercial
receivers 850LM, 860LM, PPWR,
STAR1000, Security+2.0 Gate Operators
and Security+ 2.0 residential Garage
Door Openers.
®
™
™
Passport Lite Remote Controls
1-Button Passport Lite Visor Remote
Control (PPLV1)
1-Button Passport Lite Mini Remote
Control (PPLK1)
Identity 4100 Vehicle Readers
DL91119 2-Channel Reader
DL91121 2-Channel Reader ISOC, ATA, eGo
DL91122 2-Channel Reader ISOC, ATA, eGo, FleX
High performance RFID vehicle identity. Installation
accessories sold separately.
Identity 4100 Reader
Accessories
DL91123 Communication cable 7 ft.
DL91124 Communication cable 20 ft.
DL91125 Communication cable 40 ft.
DL91126 External antenna
DL91127 External antenna ISOC, ATA, eGo, FleX
DL91128 Antenna cable 10 ft.
DL91129 Antenna cable 26 ft.
DL91130 Antenna cable 50 ft.
dwellingLIVE products subject to vendor warranty.
Identity 4100 Vehicle
Credentials
DL91306 Non-transferable headlamp transponder
DL91307 Non-transferable windshield transponder
DL91309 Transferable hang tag transponder
High-performance RFID transponders. Non-transferable
and transferable options.
1-Button Passport Lite Mini Proximity
Remote Control (PPLK1PH)
Narrow-band transmission on 3
simultaneous frequencies (310, 315 and
390 MHz). Passport Lite Remote Controls
can be block learned quickly in lots of 10
or 100. Available in quantities of 10 or 100.
Same compatibility as Passport Remote
Controls except for Security+ 2.0
residential Garage Door Openers.
™
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR
ACCESSORIES SECTION.
75
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
HID Prox Readers
ACCESS CONTROL
SYSTEMS
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
dwellingLIVE Visitor Management,
Attended Gates
®
INDUSTRY’S MOST PREMIER, SECURE AND POWERFUL VISITOR MANAGEMENT FOR
ATTENDED GATES. Gate attendants can expedite visitor and resident access through
purpose-built computers, while still maintaining a highly professional image.
Both hardware and software are required to run the dwellingLIVE system.
SOFTWARE
HARDWARE
Visitor Management
DL92801 Unlimited App Station
DL92820 Unlimited LPR System
DL92812 Unlimited Web Station
Web-based host software that connects unlimited
devices per type module.
App Station
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
DL92401XXX App Station with Printer and Paper
DL92403XXX App Station Replacement Only
All-in-one, plug-and-play desktop computer with thermal
pass printer and 2,000 visitor passes.
NOTE: Must specify time zone (PST, ARX, MST,CST, EST) in
place of XXX when ordering.
Visitor Pass and Driver’s
License Scanner
DL92419
Wireless scanner with cradle that scans mobile phone
ePasses or paper passes and registers driver’s license
information. Opens gate automatically with DL92415.
Phone Auto Dialer
Gate Entry Opener
DL92417
DL92415
1-click speed dialing for attendants with USB connection.
For use with App Station only.
Validates and opens gate barrier for visitors. USB
connection and 2-terminal relay. Requires DL92419
Scanners. For use with App Station only.
Printer Replacement Only
Visitor Passes
DL92451
DL92201 Guest Passes
DL92202 Thermal Guest Passes
Thermal visitor pass printer. App Station required.
4 x 6 in. high-quality card stock. 2,000 passes per case.
76
Must be a dwellingLIVE authorized dealer, contact your LiftMaster Access Control Specialist at 800.975.6881.
LPR System
LPR Cameras
DL92517XXX
DL92511 LPR Camera
DL92512 LPR Camera with Overview Camera
Processes vehicle license plates. LPR camera input(s) and
video monitor output. Must specify lane configuration.
NOTE: Must specify time zone (PST, ARZ, MST, CST, EST) in
place of XXX when ordering.
Analog infrared camera with illuminator. LPR 16mm
lens/22–29 ft. Optional integrated overview camera.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
LPR Camera Pole Mounting
Bracket
DL92623
dwellingLIVE Visitor Management,
Unattended Gates
®
EASY, WEB-BASED MANAGEMENT OF TELEPHONE ENTRY SYSTEM AND SCAN KIOSKS FOR
UNATTENDED DOORS AND GATES. Residents can manage their guest lists online or on their
smartphone knowing that their information is secure.
Both hardware and software are required to run the dwellingLIVE system.
SOFTWARE
HARDWARE
Scan Kiosk Station
Visitor Management
DL92104XXX
DL92855 Unlimited Scan Station
DL92810 Unlimited Phone System
Self-service visitor station, scans mobile phone ePasses or
paper passes. Automatically opens gate for valid passes.
Web-based host software that connects to
unlimited devices per type module.
NOTE: Must specify time zone (PST, ARZ, MST, CST, EST) in
place of XXX when ordering.
dwellingLIVE products subject to vendor warranty.
77
ACCESS CONTROL
SYSTEMS
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Visitor Management System
dwellingLIVE Front Desk
®
THE DWELLINGLIVE FRONT DESK SOLUTION OFFERS FUNCTIONALITY, ELEGANCE AND
SIMPLICITY FOR ALL USERS. DWELLINGLIVE PROVIDES THE ONLINE LUXURIES AND
TOOLS NEEDED TO EFFICIENTLY AND EASILY MANAGE ANY MULTI-FAMILY BUILDING. Front
Desk Concierge for managing visitors, deliveries, valet, website and much more in multitenant buildings.
Both hardware and software are required to run the dwellingLIVE system.
SOFTWARE
HARDWARE
Front Desk
DL93801
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Web-based administrator software. Includes HOA
website DL92802.
Package Scanner
Package E-Signature Pad
DL93101
DL93102
Process packages with this wireless scanner with USB
connection for cradle.
Collect signatures for package processing via USB
connection. Installation of drivers required.
Visitor Badge Printer
Visitor Badge Labels
DL93103
2 x 4 in. high-quality card stock visitor badges. For use
with DL93103. Re-orders sold online only.
Thermal visitor badge printer. Badge labels included.
Installation of drivers required.
78
Must be a dwellingLIVE authorized dealer, contact your LiftMaster Access Control Specialist at 800.975.6881.
Visitor Management, Attended Gates, Cont.
dwellingLIVE Mobile Patrol
®
DWELLINGLIVE MOBILE PATROL IS THE NEXT GENERATION FIELD APPLICATION DESIGNED
TO ALLOW PERSONNEL TO WORK EFFECTIVELY AND PRODUCTIVELY IN THE FIELD. Boost
productivity with real-time GPS monitoring and reporting. Our all-in-one mobile tour
solution combines GPS, GeoTags, photo capture and much more. It’s cost-effective and
easy to deploy.
Both hardware and software are required to run the dwellingLIVE system.
SOFTWARE
HARDWARE
Mobile Patrol Software
and App
DL94801 Unlimited App
Web-based administrator software. Mobile phone
app available for iPhone and Android.
Checkpoint Geo-tags
DL94202
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Mount anywhere; self-adhesive. Comes in packs of 100.
dwellingLIVE Community Website
THE DWELLINGLIVE COMMUNITY WEBSITE IS NOT JUST ANOTHER COMMUNITY WEBSITE!
IT SEAMLESSLY INTEGRATES WITH OTHER DWELLINGLIVE PRODUCTS, PROVIDING
COMMUNITY MANAGERS WITH THE TOOLS TO BUILD A DYNAMIC PORTAL THAT RESIDENTS
WILL VISIT AGAIN AND AGAIN. While some of the features may be found on other community
websites, dwellingLIVE puts a unique twist on many of them.
Both hardware and software are required to run the dwellingLIVE system.
SOFTWARE
HOA Website
DL92802
A powerful community communication that
integrates with all dwellingLIVE modules. Supports
administrator and resident accounts.
dwellingLIVE product subject to vendor warranty.
79
ACCESS CONTROL
SYSTEMS
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
KPR2000 Wired Keypad and Proximity Reader
THE LIFTMASTER KPR2000 IS A SINGLE-ENTRY MULTI-FUNCTION ACCESS CONTROLLER WITH INTEGRATED
®
KEYPAD AND CARD READER. It is designed and manufactured to perform in a wide range of indoor, outdoor
and harsh environments. The KPR2000 supports up to 2,000 users in multiple access configurations (card
only, card or PIN, or card and PIN). The built-in 125 KHz card reader supports HID 26-bit Wiegand and 30-bit
legacy Wiegand proximity card formats. The KPR2000 offers advanced programming features like block
enrollment, advanced relay programming and panic PINs/cards (which open the entry and set off an alarm).
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
Waterproof keypad and proximity card reader in one device
Vandal-resistant enclosure
2,000-user capacity (card, PIN, card and PIN)
Stand-alone or pass-thru operation
Supports HID 26- and 30-bit Wiegand proximity card formats
Multicolored LED status display and backlit keypad
•
•
•
•
•
Block enrollment
One programmable relay output
Anti-tamper alarm
Two keypad operating modes
Latch mode to hold door or gate open
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
SPECIFICATIONS
• Operating Voltage: 12–24VDC
• Proximity Card Reader: HID 26 and 30-bit Wiegand Format
• Radio Technology: 125 KHz
• Industry Standard Proximity Card
• Read Range - Proximity: 1–2.5 in.
• Environment: Meets or exceeds IP68
• Physical: Zinc-Alloy Enclosure
• Surface Finish: Powder Coat
• Dimensions: 128mm L x 82mm W x 28mm D
SYSTEMS
ModelDescription
KPR2000
Wired Keypad and Proximity Reader
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Low-Profile Access Pedestal (PEDS44)
Corrosion-resistant, welded, powder-coated steel construction.
Pre-drilled for quick and easy installation. Height 44 in., pad mount,
11 ga. steel.
Pedestal (PED42)
42 in. pedestal, multiple hold configuration faceplate, pad mount,
2 x 2 in. square post, black powder-coated weather-resistant finish.
PS12V2A
Power supply, plug-in 12VDC, 2 Amp.
Trim plate (142A0271)
4 x 4 in. Plate for pedestal cover, powder-coated finish, black.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
80
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
MINIkey Stand-Alone Wired Keypad System
THE MINIKEY IS A SELF-CONTAINED KEYPAD SYSTEM FOR THE CONTROL OF DOOR AND GATED
ENTRANCES. The MINIkey is engineered to be rugged, vandal-resistant and enhance your site with
a well-crafted look for interior or exterior use. It consists of a brushed stainless steel faceplate with
a recessed, side-lit metal keypad for excellent visibility day or night. Despite its compact size, the
MINIkey is loaded with many features not normally found in other single door and gated entry access
control systems.
FEATURES
• Four- or five-digit entry codes
• Strikes Out: the system can be programmed to permit from 1 to
10 attempts prior to engaging the lockout
• Two relays can be controlled individually or together
• Time Clock Input
• Programmable relay times from 1–99 seconds
•
•
•
•
•
Non-volatile memory to ensure database is retained
Lightning protection on inputs
Relay hold capacity
Sealed, lighted metal keypad
Warranty: 1 Year
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
SPECIFICATIONS
SYSTEMS
ModelDescription
MK500GSMINIkey grained stainless steel, surface mount,
500-code capacity
MK500GFMINIkey grained stainless steel, flush mount,
500-code capacity
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Pedestal (PED42)
42 in. pedestal, multiple hold configuration faceplate, pad mount,
2 x 2 in. square post, black powder-coated weather-resistant finish.
Pedestal (PED64)
64 in. pedestal, multiple hold configuration faceplate, pad mount,
2 x 2 in. square post, black powder-coated weather-resistant finish.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
81
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
• Capacity: 500 codes
• Dimensions:
Surface Mount: 4.5 in. H x 4.5 in. W x 3.5 in. D
Flush Mount: 4.75 in. H x 4.75 in. W x 3 in. D
• Power: 12VAC or 13.5VDC
ACCESS CONTROL
SYSTEMS
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
WKP250LM3*/WKP5LM3*
Wireless Commercial Keypad
THE LIFTMASTER WIRELESS COMMERCIAL KEYPAD IS DESIGNED TO PERFORM IN A WIDE RANGE OF
®
INDOOR AND OUTDOOR ENVIRONMENTS. The WKP5LM3 supports up to 5 codes, and the WKP250LM3
supports up to 250 codes. The built-in radio supports 315MHz Security + rolling technology compatible with
LiftMaster Security+ Gate Operators, Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators and Receivers.
FEATURES
• Combines the simplicity of wireless installation with the robust
feature sets of higher-priced keypad controllers
• One-time code: single-use codes for visitors
• Wireless control of up to 4 gates
SYSTEMS
ModelDescription
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
WKP250LM3*Compatible with LiftMaster 315 MHz rolling
code receivers, 250-code capacity
WKP5LM3*Compatible with LiftMaster 315 MHz rolling
code receivers, 5-code capacity
Subject to Access Control Multipliers
*Wireless controls are used to supplement hardwired, push-button and key control
stations. Wireless controls cannot be used in place of hardwired controls in the absence of
safety devices.
•
•
•
•
Lockout mode: locks system indefinitely for added security
Up to 500 ft. range
Keypad lighted when motion is detected
Warranty: 1 Year
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Pedestal (PED42)
42 in. pedestal, multiple hold configuration faceplate, pad mount,
2 x 2 in. square post, black powder-coated weather-resistant finish.
Pedestal (PED64)
64 in. pedestal, multiple hold configuration faceplate, pad mount,
2 x 2 in. square post, black powder-coated weather-resistant finish.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
82
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
PPLX Stand-Alone Proximity Card Reader
CARD ACCESS HAS BEEN OUT OF REACH FOR MOST OWNERS OF SMALL TO MEDIUM-SIZED
BUSINESSES. The cost of technology is prohibitive, and up to this point it has been designed for large
government, commercial and industrial users. The LiftMaster Stand-Alone Proximity Card Reader offers
®
high-end access control and security in a simple stand-alone format. This system allows for up to 50,000
user proximity cards or keyfobs in minutes. Also, the PPLX allows for simple deletion of lost or stolen
cards without the need to reprogram the entire user set. Rugged and durable, the PPLX is sealed in a
weatherproof (IP67) enclosure and can be easily mounted to any flat interior or exterior surface, or installed in any single-gang electrical
enclosure. For convenience, a handheld radio programming unit (PPRP) eliminates the need to bring a laptop computer to program the
stand-alone unit.
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
6 in. read range
50,000-user capacity
Programmable output relay (NO/NC)
Multiple Wiegand protocol (legacy 26-bit industry standard,
Passport)
•
•
•
•
•
Latch Mode to hold the door or gate open
Timed Anti-Passback Logic
Programmable as stand-alone or Wiegand pass-thru
Simple-to-use handheld radio programmer (Model PPRP)
Warranty: 1 Year
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
• Power Requirements: 5–14 VDC, 150mA (max. load)
• Outputs: SPST Solid-State relay.
1 Amp max. @ 60VAC or DC
Normally open or normally closed (field programmable)
• Inputs: Default is remote OPEN (requires contact closure).
Also programmable as bi-color (Red or Green) LED Control or
Buzzer/LED Control for online systems (see Operating Guide).
• Wiegand Output: Any Wiegand Format up to 40 bits. Maximum
Distance: 500 ft. — 5 or 8 conductor 20-gauge. Shielded cable.
• Environment: Access Control Unit and Cards Ambient Temp.
-40˚C to 70˚C (-40˚F to 158˚ F) Humidity 0 to 95% (noncondensing)
• Shipping Weight: 6 lbs.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
SPECIFICATIONS
SYSTEMS
ModelDescription
PPLX
PPRP
PPCSC
PS12D2A
Stand-Alone Proximity Reader
Proximity Radio Programmer
Proximity Card (Clamshell)
Power Supply 12VDC 2.0 Amps
83
MODIFICATIONS
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Modifications at a Glance
VSL595
BG770
BG790
100VA Transformer, Single Phase
●
●
●
●
●
G90100OP3
100VA Transformer, Three Phase
●
●
●
●
●
71-26438
Timer-to-Close
●
●
●
90-9210
90-9210G2
Auxiliary Limit Switches with Wire Leads
50-24
Long-Distance Control Wiring (24VAC)
●
●
90-503000
Non-Resettable Counter
●
●
MA005C
Slip Clutch Option
90-3010
BG Dual Gate Operator Configuration
●
●
MAST
SL595
G90100OP1
MAT
DESCRIPTION
HS670
PART NO.
SL585
GATE OPERATOR
MODIFICATIONS
GATE OPERATOR MODIFICATIONS
●
●
●
●
●
●
NOTE:
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
The modifications available above refer to only those gate operators listed. The other
gate operators offered in this catalog may have these items as standard equipment.
Please refer to the gate operator section for a complete listing of features and
specifications with each operator.
Modifications to Gate Operators:
Modifications must be ordered at the same time the gate operator is ordered, unless a
field kit part number is shown on the description page.
Radio Control Wiring:
Terminal strips for mounting radio receivers are not included on some gate operators.
However, radios may still be electrically wired into ALL gate operators.
Costly and Prohibited Combinations:
Certain combinations of modifications may together cost more than the sum of the costs
for the individual modifications, or may not even be possible. Please carefully read the
detailed description of the modifications being considered. If there are any questions,
please consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative.
®
84
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
Control Wiring
Single Phase 100VA Transformer
Three Phase 100VA Transformer
50-24
Upgrades the transformer in the operator enclosure from 60VA to 100VA. Provides
additional control circuit power for auxiliary equipment such as loop detectors, gearbox
heaters, electrical box heaters and other devices.
Counter
Timer-to-Close
90-503000
Provides an adjustable timer (1 second–17 minutes) in the operator control circuit which
will close the gate automatically after the preset, adjustable time interval. Will close the
gate from any position other than full close, i.e., any mid position as well as full open. If
the timer has partially timed out, it can be reset to the full time interval by actuation of
any open control or any safety device.
May be factory or field installed.
Slip Clutch
MA005C
BG770
BG790
BG770
BG790
●
Slip-Clutch Option
●
BG790
MAST
●
BG770
MAT
HS670
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
BG Configuration
BG Operator Configuration
For Primary/Secondary configuration option, reverse cabinet option and/or reverse
rotation option.
Factory installed only. May require lead time. Compatible with single phase BG770/
BG790 operators only.
BG770
BG790
MAST
MAT
HS670
VSL595
SL595
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
SL585
BG790
BG770
MAST
MAT
●
Factory installed only. May require lead time.
90-3010
HS670
SL595
VSL595
SL585
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
MAST
●
Protects the shear pin if a barrier arm is forced up. Arm will self-level after a car passes.
SL595
Auxiliary Limit Switches with Wire Leads
Auxiliary Limit Switches with Wire Leads
MAT
●
HS670
●
VSL595
●
Recommended for factory installation.
●
MAST
Recommended for factory installation. May require lead time.
VSL595
BG790
●
Each switch, or pole, provides a means to control auxiliary lights, horns or other
equipment. The switch can be used to turn on or off such equipment when the gate
is fully opened or fully closed. When ordering, specify whether the auxiliary switch
is required on the OPEN or CLOSE side of the control enclosure (corresponding
to controlling auxiliary equipment when the gate is fully opened or fully closed,
respectively). A maximum of two poles per gate operator may be supplied, one on the
OPEN side and one on the CLOSE side. Each pole is SPDT, rated 10 Amps and 250VAC.
●
MAT
HS670
VSL595
Non-Resettable Counter
A 6-digit non-resettable 24VAC electro-mechanical counter is mounted in the operator
control enclosure. This counts the number of times the open coil is energized,
corresponding to the number of complete gate cycles of use (counts both partial and
complete cycles as one cycle each).
SL595
BG770
MAST
MAT
HS670
VSL595
SL595
SL585
90-9210 (SL585)
90-9210G2 (SL595)
●
●
●
85
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
●
●
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
Limit Switches
SL595
●
SL585
BG790
●
Timer-to-Close
71-26438
WARNING: It is strongly recommended that all controls be located so that the person
operating the control has a clear view of the gate opening and the moving gate.
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
BG770
●
MAST
VSL595
●
MAT
SL595
●
HS670
SL585
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
Long-Distance Control Wiring (24VAC)
A necessity when controls are to be located more than 100 ft. from the gate operator. Allows
up to 1,000 ft. of control wiring between controls and operator with 16-gauge wire.
SL585
G90100OP1
G90100OP3
SL585
Transformer
SOLAR DAILY CYCLE
RATE CHARTS
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
LiftMaster Solar Gate Cycle Chart
®
LIFTMASTER SOLAR GATE CYCLES
PER DAY REFERENCE GUIDE
The LiftMaster Gate Operator Solar Gate Access system utilizes
Cycle rate may vary from solar chart for areas that reach below
a best-in-class power management system to deliver power
32°F. Optional power supply with 33Ah batteries is recommended
when needed most for operating a gate, while minimizing power
for applications that reach below 32°F (and above -4°F) for more
consumption at all other times. Power is provided to the gate
than two consecutive weeks during the winter months.
®
operator via batteries. The batteries are charged from a solar
panel(s) connected to the operator control board. The number of
OPTIONAL POWER SUPPLY FOR COLD WEATHER APPLICATIONS
Gate Operator
Optional Power Supply
LA500DC
LA412DC
LA400DC
XLSOLARCONTDC (2) 33Ah batteries not
included)
of accessories and the region of the country.
CSW24VDC
CSL24VDC
Two (2) 33Ah batteries recommended in lieu
of standard 7Ah batteries
Solar panel(s) must be located in an open area clear of obstructions
RSW12VDC
RSL12VDC
One (1) 33Ah batteries recommended in lieu
of standard 7Ah batteries
solar panels required is determined by whether the application
is for a single or dual gate, the daily cycle rate, current board
consumption by feature, accessory current draw, the number
and shading for the entire day. Snow, heavy fog and heavy rain
affect solar panel performance and charge rate. Solar panels
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
should be cleaned regularly to ensure proper operation. LiftMaster
Gate Operators utilizing the solar option are not supported in
climates where temperatures reach below -4°F. This is due to the
effect of cold weather on batteries and a reduced number of hours
of sunlight during the winter months.
The map and daily cycle rate shown are
3
approximations based upon the average solar
not available
radiation and the temperature effects on
batteries in the given regions. Local geography
2
3
and weather conditions may require additional
solar panels. Solar-optimized or wireless
accessories are recommended in order to
minimize power draw, as added accessories
1
2
draw power and affect the daily cycle rate. For
full details please reference the manual.
86
1
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
LA500DC/LA400DC
CURRENT CONSUMPTION BY CONTROL BOARD FEATURE 24V
(LA500DC, LA400DC) CONFIGURATIONS. Add up current draw by
feature and accessory to determine total current draw.
System voltage............................................................................... 24V
Main board with no radios learned (mA)........................................ 2.7
One or more LiftMaster transmitters learned (mA)........................ +1
MyQ device or wireless dual gate learned (mA)......................... +2.4
Expansion board (mA)................................................................. +11.1
Per loop detector LOOPDETLM (up to 3 loop detectors
can be plugged in to the expansion board) (mA)......................... +3.8
®
®
LA500DC
Single Gate Solar Cycles per Day
Battery
Current
Draw (mA)
10W* Solar Panel
NOTE: Must use 24V solar panel
40W Solar Panel
NOTE: 40W would be (2) 20W 12V
panels in series
60W* Solar Panel
NOTE: Must use 24V solar panel
20W Solar Panel
NOTE: 20W would be
(2) 10W 12V panels in series
40W Solar Panel
NOTE: 40W would be (2) 20W 12V
panels in series
33Ah
Batteries
7Ah
Batteries
7Ah
Batteries
33Ah
Batteries
11
12
5
52
56
30
33
43
47
23
25
19
21
20
39
43
40
24
27
Dual Gate Solar Cycles per Day
Zone 3
(2 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
33Ah
Batteries
15
Zone 1
(6 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
7Ah
Batteries
Zone 2
(4 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
33Ah
Batteries
7Ah
Batteries
22
24
13
19
20
17
19
10
12
33Ah
Batteries
Zone 3
(2 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
7Ah
Batteries
33Ah
Batteries
14
11
60
10
13
5
113
132
67
79
27
32
48
57
29
34
15
103
122
59
70
20
24
44
52
25
30
20
98
117
54
65
16
21
50
71
88
30
40
42
50
23
28
30
38
13
17
12
14
10
100
29
45
13
19
5
212
299
128
181
53
75
91
129
55
78
23
32
15
201
288
118
170
44
66
86
124
51
73
19
29
40
62
84
121
49
71
17
27
49
83
18
37
20
196
282
113
165
100
114
194
41
86
200
27
93
11
40
5
263
300
159
286
66
120
113
203
68
123
28
52
15
252
300
149
275
57
111
108
197
64
118
25
48
53
106
106
195
62
115
23
35
69
153
29
78
10
80
20
246
300
143
269
100
160
300
67
181
250
24
187
LA400DC
10W* Solar Panel
NOTE: Must Use 24V Solar Panel
7Ah
Batteries
Zone 2
(4 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
39
Single Gate Solar Cycles per Day
Battery
Current
Draw (mA)
5
15
20
40
60
5
15
20
50
100
5
15
20
100
200
Zone 1
(6 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
7Ah
33Ah
Batteries
Batteries
81
87
68
74
61
68
37
43
16
21
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
46
70
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
42
100
Zone 2
(4 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
7Ah
33Ah
Batteries
Batteries
47
51
36
39
30
34
13
45
15
17
Dual Gate Solar Cycles per Day
Zone 3
(2 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
7Ah
33Ah
Batteries
Batteries
18
19
100
92
85
47
100
100
100
63
42
31
25
50
38
33
100
100
100
65
100
100
100
100
11
83
70
63
100
100
97
Zone 1
(6 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
7Ah
33Ah
Batteries
Batteries
35
37
29
32
26
29
16
18
76
69
66
48
20
100
100
100
77
18
89
82
79
59
30
100
100
100
100
63
Zone 2
(4 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
7Ah
33Ah
Batteries
Batteries
20
22
15
17
13
14
Zone 3
(2 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
7Ah
33Ah
Batteries
Batteries
45
39
36
20
53
47
44
27
18
13
11
21
16
14
86
79
76
28
100
100
100
58
35
30
27
51
45
42
*Not currently offered in accessory line
**Numbers above for solar daily cycles are representative of wired dual gate installation. If your installation is a wireless dual gate setup, use single gate cycle estimate and add in power draw for wireless dual gate feature.
87
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
20W Solar Panel
NOTE: 20W would be (2) 10W 12V
panels in series
Zone 1
(6 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
SOLAR DAILY CYCLE
RATE CHARTS
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
LA412DC
CURRENT CONSUMPTION BY CONTROL BOARD FEATURES 12V
(LA412DC) CONFIGURATIONS. Add up current draw by feature and
accessory to determine total current draw.
System voltage............................................................................... 12V
Main board with no radios learned (mA)........................................ 4.2
One or more LiftMaster transmitters learned (mA)..................... +1.5
MyQ device or wireless dual gate learned (mA)......................... +3.9
Expansion board (mA)................................................................. +18.5
Per loop detector LOOPDETLM (up to 3 loop detectors
can be plugged in to the expansion board) (mA)......................... +6.6
®
®
LA412DC
10W Solar Panel
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
20W Solar Panel
30W Solar Panel
Note: 30W would be three (3) 10W 12V
panels in parallel
Single Gate Solar Cycles per Day
Zone 1
(6 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
7Ah
33Ah
batteries
Battery
100
100
100
100
100
100
91
98
43
49
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
75
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Battery
Current
Draw (mA)
6
25
30
50
100
6
25
30
100
200
6
25
30
100
200
Zone 2
(4 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
7Ah
33Ah
Batteries
Battery
82
86
63
67
58
63
40
44
Dual Gate Solar Cycles per Day
Zone 3
(2 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
7Ah
33Ah
Batteries
Battery
32
34
17
19
14
15
100
100
100
77
100
100
100
95
73
55
51
82
64
59
100
100
100
100
51
100
100
100
100
91
100
90
85
22
100
100
100
39
Zone 1
(6 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
7Ah
33Ah
Batteries
Battery
59
62
50
53
48
51
39
42
19
21
100
100
100
100
100
100
78
92
32
44
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
83
100
Zone 2
(4 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
7Ah
33Ah
Batteries
Battery
35
37
27
29
25
27
17
19
Zone 3
(2 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
7Ah
33Ah
Batteries
Battery
14
15
76
67
65
33
85
76
73
41
31
24
22
35
27
25
100
100
100
66
22
100
100
100
86
39
47
39
37
57
48
46
17
3
not available
2
3
1
2
1
88
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
RSL12VDC/RSW12VDC
CURRENT CONSUMPTION BY CONTROL BOARD FEATURES 12V
(RSL12VDC, RSW12VDC) CONFIGURATIONS. Add up current draw
by feature and accessory to determine total current draw.
System voltage............................................................................... 12V
Main board with no radios learned (mA)........................................ 4.2
One or more LiftMaster transmitters learned (mA)..................... +1.5
MyQ device or wireless dual gate learned (mA)......................... +3.9
Expansion board (mA)................................................................. +18.5
Per loop detector LOOPDETLM (up to 3 loop detectors
can be plugged in to the expansion board) (mA)......................... +6.6
®
®
RSL12VDC
Gate Solar Cycles per Day
Battery Current
Draw (mA)
10W Solar Panel
20W Solar Panel
NOTE: 20W would bem (2) 10W 12V
panels in parallel
7Ah
Battery
19
15
13
30W Solar Panel
Note: 30W would be (3) 10W 12V panels
in parallel
Zone 3 (2 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
2 7Ah
33Ah
Batteries
Battery
47
41
40
20
50
47
45
25
15
11
19
15
13
22
17
16
46
40
39
20
50
50
50
41
14
50
50
50
50
24
19
14
13
29
24
23
35
30
28
10
Gate Solar Cycles per Day
Battery Current
Draw (mA)
20W Solar Panel
NOTE: 20W would be (2) 10W 12V
panels in parallel
7Ah
Battery
37
32
30
12
RSW12VDC
10W Solar Panel
Zone 2 (4 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
2 7Ah
33Ah
Batteries
Battery
22
23
17
18
15
17
11
12
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
30W Solar Panel
NOTE: 30W would be three (3) 10W 12V
panels in parallel
6
25
30
50
100
6
25
30
100
200
6
25
30
100
200
Zone 1 (6 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
7Ah
2 7Ah
33Ah
Battery
Batteries
Battery
33
36
38
27
31
33
26
29
31
21
24
26
11
13
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
33
48
50
20
27
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
47
50
50
19
50
50
6
25
30
50
100
6
25
30
100
200
6
25
30
100
200
Zone 1 (6 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
7Ah
2 7Ah
33Ah
Battery
Batteries
Battery
41
46
48
34
39
41
33
37
39
26
30
32
11
14
16
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
42
50
50
25
34
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
24
50
50
7Ah
Battery
24
18
17
11
Zone 2 (4 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
2 7Ah
33Ah
Batteries
Battery
27
29
21
22
19
21
13
15
7Ah
Battery
Zone 3 (2 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
2 7Ah
33Ah
Batteries
Battery
11
11
47
40
38
15
50
50
50
26
50
50
50
32
19
13
12
24
18
17
27
21
20
50
50
49
25
50
50
50
50
17
50
50
50
50
30
24
18
16
37
30
28
44
37
35
13
89
SOLAR DAILY CYCLE
RATE CHARTS
GATE OPERATORS AND
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
CSW24VDC/CSL24VDC
CURRENT CONSUMPTION BY CONTROL BOARD FEATURES 24V
(CSW24VDC, CSL24VDC) CONFIGURATIONS. Add up current draw
by feature and accessory to determine total current draw.
System voltage............................................................................... 24V
Main board with no radios learned (mA)........................................ 2.7
One or more LiftMaster transmitters learned (mA)........................ +1
MyQ device or wireless dual gate learned (mA)......................... +2.4
Expansion board (mA)................................................................. +11.1
Per loop detector LOOPDETLM (up to 3 loop detectors
can be plugged in to the expansion board) (mA)......................... +3.8
Estimated based on use with LiftMaster transmitters
®
®
CSW24VDC
10W* Solar Panel
NOTE: Must use 24V solar panel
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
20W Solar Panel
NOTE: 20W would be (2) 10W 12V
panels in series
40W Solar Panel
NOTE: 40W would be (2) 20W 12V
panels in series
60W* Solar Panel
NOTE: Must use 24V solar panel
Gate Solar Cycles per Day
Battery Current Draw
(mA)
5
15
20
40
60
5
15
20
50
100
5
15
20
100
200
5
15
20
100
250
Zone 1
(6 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
7Ah Batteries
33Ah Batteries
19
20
16
17
14
16
10
41
38
36
26
11
78
74
72
42
97
92
90
59
48
45
43
32
16
110
106
104
71
34
173
169
166
131
68
CSL24VDC
10W* Solar Panel
NOTE: Must use 24V solar panel
20W Solar Panel
NOTE:20W would be (2) 10W 12V
panels in series
40W Solar Panel
NOTE: 40W would be (2) 20W 12V
panels in series
60W* Solar Panel
NOTE: Must use 24V solar panel
Zone 2
(4 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
7Ah Batteries
33Ah Batteries
11
12
Zone 3
(2 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
7Ah Batteries
33Ah Batteries
25
21
20
11
29
26
24
15
12
47
43
41
15
66
63
61
32
19
16
15
28
24
23
58
54
53
25
105
101
99
67
14
24
21
19
44
41
39
13
Gate Solar Cycles per Day
Battery Current Draw
(mA)
5
15
20
40
60
5
15
20
50
100
5
15
20
100
200
5
15
20
100
250
Zone 1
(6 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
7Ah Batteries
33Ah Batteries
26
28
22
24
20
22
12
14
57
52
50
36
15
108
103
100
58
14
134
128
125
82
12
67
62
60
45
23
152
147
144
99
47
240
234
231
181
95
Zone 2
(4 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
7Ah Batteries
33Ah Batteries
15
17
12
13
11
Zone 3
(2 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
7Ah batteries
33Ah batteries
34
30
28
15
40
36
33
20
14
10
16
12
11
65
60
58
21
92
87
84
44
27
23
21
38
34
32
81
76
73
34
146
140
137
92
20
34
29
27
61
56
54
18
*Not currently offered in accessory line
90
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
GATE OPERATORS
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
RADIO CONTROLS
ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORIES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Garage Door Openers............................ 2
Safety Accessories and Miscellaneous.................................... 26
Remote Controls........................................................................ 2
Sensing Edge Connections.................................................... 26
Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls............................................... 2
Audible/Visible Warning Devices............................................ 27
Security+ Remote Controls..................................................... 3
Warning Signs and Labels...................................................... 28
Control Panels............................................................................ 4
Miscellaneous Control Accessories....................................... 29
Security+ 2.0 Control Panels.................................................. 4
Mounting Accessories/Hardware .......................................... 30
™
®
™
Security+ Control Panels......................................................... 5
®
MyQ Accessories...................................................................... 6
®
Other Accessories...................................................................... 7
Gate Operators..................................... 32
Important Safety Information................................................... 32
Safe Installation Procedures.................................................... 33
Commercial Door Operators.................10
Safety Devices.......................................................................... 34
Important Safety Information................................................... 10
Thru-Beam Photo Eyes.......................................................... 34
Safe Installation Procedures.................................................... 11
Retro-Reflective Photo Eyes.................................................. 35
Monitored And Ancillary Safety Entrapment Protection........... 12
Sensing Edges....................................................................... 36
Commercial Door Edge Entrapment Protection Systems........ 14
Edge Connections.................................................................. 36
Optical Edge System (OES)................................................... 14
Emergency Devices................................................................ 37
Ancillary Entrapment Protection .............................................. 15
Fire Access Boxes.................................................................. 37
Commercial Door Controls....................................................... 16
Audible/Visible Warning Devices............................................ 38
Push-Button Control Stations................................................ 16
Detectors.................................................................................. 39
Pull-Switch Controls............................................................... 18
Loop Detectors....................................................................... 39
Key Control Stations................................................................ 19
Loop Detectors for Outdoor Use............................................ 39
2-Position Key Controls with STOP Button........................... 20
Loop Wire Spools................................................................... 41
Wireless Commercial Door and Entry Controls........................ 21
Pre-formed Loop Wire.............................................................. 42
Custom Control Panels.......................................................... 21
Saw-Cut Loops...................................................................... 42
Wireless Digital Keypads........................................................ 21
Pave-Over Loops................................................................... 42
Mounting Posts...................................................................... 22
Sealant................................................................................... 43
Vehicle Detection Systems..................................................... 22
Control Devices........................................................................ 44
Outdoor Wireless Enclosure................................................... 23
3-Button Control Stations...................................................... 44
Pre-formed Loop Wire............................................................ 23
Push-Button Control Stations................................................ 44
Entry Controls and Safety Accessories.................................... 24
Two-Position Key Controls with STOP Button....................... 45
Vehicle Detection Systems..................................................... 24
Timers..................................................................................... 45
Motion Detector..................................................................... 25
Optional Kits............................................................................. 46
Heater Kits.............................................................................. 46
Security+ Commercial and Gated Community Receivers...... 66
Field Kits and Modules............................................................. 48
Passport Credentialed Radio Control Solutions...................... 67
Power Devices......................................................................... 50
Security+ 2.0 Passport Solution .......................................... 67
Solar Packages...................................................................... 50
Passport MAX Remote Controls............................................ 67
™
Solar Panels........................................................................... 50
Passport Lite Remote Controls.............................................. 67
Batteries................................................................................. 50
Card Readers .......................................................................... 68
Solar Accessories................................................................... 51
HID iClass SE Readers.......................................................... 68
Surge Suppressors and Power Supply.................................. 51
HID Multiclass SE Readers................................................... 68
Barrier Arms and Barrier Arm Accessories.............................. 52
HID Prox Readers.................................................................. 69
Barrier Arms for Mega Arm Operators................................... 52
Stand-Alone Proximity Card Reader...................................... 70
®
®
®
Articulating Arm...................................................................... 54
PPLX Components................................................................. 70
Barrier Arm Accessories for Mega Arm Operators................ 55
Credentialed Cards.................................................................. 71
Barrier Arms for BG Operators............................................... 56
IPAC Accessories..................................................................... 72
Barrier Arm Accessories for BG Operators............................ 57
EL2000 Accessories................................................................. 73
Hardware.................................................................................. 58
EL25 Accessories..................................................................... 74
Wheels.................................................................................... 58
Standard Pedestals.................................................................. 75
Hinges.................................................................................... 59
Mounting Posts...................................................................... 75
Miscellaneous Gate Hinges.................................................... 59
Miscellaneous Pedestals........................................................ 76
Wheel Mounting Brackets...................................................... 59
Surge Suppressors and Protection.......................................... 77
Wheel Covers......................................................................... 60
Surge Protection.................................................................... 77
V-Track................................................................................... 60
Transformers............................................................................ 78
Guide Rollers.......................................................................... 60
Antennas.................................................................................. 79
Jamb-Track Assembly............................................................ 61
Replacement Hardware for Jamb-Track................................ 61
Radio Controls...................................... 80
MyQ Accessories.................................................................... 80
®
Locks...................................................................................... 62
Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls............................................... 81
™
Solenoid Lock........................................................................ 62
Pin Lock................................................................................. 62
Security+ 2.0 Commercial and
Gated Community Remote Controls.............................................. 82
Bulk Pack Chains................................................................... 62
Security+ Remote Controls..................................................... 83
Mounting Accessories for Gate Operators............................. 63
Passport Credentialed Radio Control Solutions...................... 84
Mounting Accessories for Control Boxes.............................. 63
Passport MAX Remote Controls............................................ 84
™
®
Miscellaneous Hardware........................................................ 63
Passport Lite Remote Controls.............................................. 84
Access Control Systems...................... 64
Wireless Keyless Entry ............................................................ 85
Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls............................................... 64
Commercial Operator and Gate Receiver Accessories............ 86
Security+ Remote Controls................................................... 64
Digital Remote Controls........................................................... 87
Digital Remote Controls......................................................... 65
Wireless Commercial Keypads................................................ 88
418MHz Remote Controls...................................................... 65
Transformers............................................................................ 89
™
®
Multi-Code Remote Control ................................................. 65
™
Receivers.................................................................................. 66
Security+ 2.0 Commercial and
Gated Community Receivers................................................. 66
™
ACCESSORIES
Garage Door Openers
Remote Controls
3-Button Elite Remote Control
(895MAX)
Sleek design includes bright blue LEDs, unique
contoured shape and faux leather grip. Controls
up to three LiftMaster Garage Door Openers,
Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators and/
or MyQ Accessories. Compatible with all Garage
Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators, and
Gate Operators manufactured by LiftMaster since
January 1993.
®
®
Remote Controls feature narrow-band multi-frequency (310/315/390 MHz), Rolling
Code Technology. MAX models are compatible with LiftMaster Garage Door Openers,
Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators and Radio Receivers manufactured since
January 1993.
Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls
™
893MAX
893LM
890MAX
3-Button Mini Remote Control
Powerful multi-door remote control. Controls up to three
LiftMaster Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door
Operators, Gate Operators and/or MyQ Accessories.
Compatible with all Garage Door Openers, Commercial
Door Operators and Gate Operators manufactured by
LiftMaster since January 1993.
Fits in purse, pocket or on a keychain. Controls up to
three LiftMaster Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door
Operators, Gate Operators and/or MyQ Accessories.
Compatible with all Garage Door Openers, Commercial
Door Operators and Gate Operators manufactured by
LiftMaster since January 1993.
ACCESSORIES
3-Button Remote Control
3-Button Standard
Remote Control
Powerful multi-door remote control. Controls up to three
LiftMaster Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door
Operators, Gate Operators and/or MyQ Accessories.
Compatible with all Garage Door Openers, Commercial
Door Operators and Gate Operators manufactured by
LiftMaster since January 1993.
891LM
375LM*
1-Button Standard
Remote Control
2-Button Universal
Remote Control
Program a single Garage Door Opener, Gate Operator,
Commercial Door Operator or MyQ Accessories. With
Security+ 2.0 , users are assured of a new code with
every use. Compatible with a single LiftMaster Security+
2.0 Garage Door Opener, Gate Operator and Commercial
Door Operator.
Program up to two different brands of Garage Door
Openers. Compatible with most major brands of
Garage Door Openers, Gate Operators and Commercial
Door Operators.
™
™
2
*See Radio Compatibility Chart listed with 387LM Universal
Wireless Keyless Entry in the Radio Controls section for
compatible manufacturers.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
Security+ Remote Controls
®
373LM
371LM
971LM
3-Button Remote Control
1-Button Remote Control
1-Button Remote Control
Controls up to three LiftMaster Garage Door Openers,
Commercial Door Operators and/or Gate Operators.
Compatible with 315 MHz Security+ Rolling Code
Technology. 3V lithium battery and visor clip included.
Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ Garage Door
Openers, Gate Operators and Commercial Door Operators.
Program a single Garage Door Opener, Gate Operator
or Commercial Door Operator. With Security+ 315 MHz
Rolling Code Technology, users are assured of a new code
with every use.
Compatible with Garage Door Openers with orange or red
learn buttons or gray antennas. Program a single Garage
Door Opener, Gate Operator or Commercial Door Operator.
With Security+ 390 MHz Rolling Code Technology, users
are assured of a new code with every use.
®
Wireless Keyless Entry
Wireless Keyless Entry (877MAX)
Open or close the garage door instantly with a private 4-digit code.
Program temporary access codes for visitors or delivery and service
personnel. One-button-to-close feature works with all LiftMaster
Garage Door Openers manufactured since 2006. Compatible with
all Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators and Gate
Operators manufactured by LiftMaster since January 1993.
377LM
Wireless Keyless Entry
Wireless Keyless Entry
Features only LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 . Open or close
the garage door instantly with a private 4-digit code.
Program temporary access codes for visitors or delivery
and service personnel. Mounts outside garage for
convenient access. One-button-to-close feature works
with all LiftMaster Garage Door Openers manufactured
since 2006.
Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ 315 MHz Garage
Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators, Gate
Operators and Radio Control Receivers. Temporary
password option. Program code directly from keypad.
™
ACCESSORIES
877LM
387LM*
Universal Wireless
Keyless Entry
Compatible with most major brands of garage door
openers. Open or close the garage door without using
a remote control or key. Users can also program a
temporary code for visitors or delivery and service
personnel. Completely wireless installation.
*See Radio Compatibility Chart listed with 387LM Universal
Wireless Keyless Entry in the Radio Controls section for
compatible manufacturers.
3
ACCESSORIES
Garage Door Openers
Control Panels
MyQ Control Panel (888LM)
®
Allows LiftMaster Garage Door Openers manufactured since 1998
to be controlled by a smartphone, tablet or computer (when paired
with the Internet Gateway). Provides the upgrade needed to utilize
Security+ 2.0 and MyQ Technology. Equipped with the Timer-toClose and Motion Detection features. Motion Detector activates the
Garage Door Opener lights. Lock button locks out remote controls
for added security.
®
™
Security+ 2.0 Control Panels
™
880LM
881LM
Smart Control Panel
Program remote controls, adjust settings and get system
diagnostics. Equipped with the Timer-to-Close and Motion
Detection features. Includes time and temperature on LCD
panel and maintenance alerts. Compatible with LiftMaster
Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Openers.
™
885LM
Motion-Detecting Control Panel
with Timer-to-Close
Automatically turns on the light when motion is
detected. Equipped with the Timer-to-Close feature,
which automatically closes the garage door after
a pre‑programmed number of minutes. Includes
maintenance alerts. Compatible with LiftMaster
Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Openers.
Wireless Control Panel
Controls a Garage Door Opener and light. Completely
wireless installation. Compatible with LiftMaster
Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Openers.
™
ACCESSORIES
™
886LM
882LM
883LM
Motion-Detecting Control Panel
Multi-Function Control Panel
Door-Control Button
Automatically turns on the light when motion is detected.
Includes Garage Door Opener light control, lockout
remote controls for added security and Maintenance Alert
System. Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 Garage
Door Openers.
Program remote controls, keypads and MyQ Accessories
from the control panel. Includes display lights, Garage
Door Opener light control, lockout remote controls for
added security. Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0
Garage Door Openers.
Program remote controls, keypads and MyQ Accessories
from the control panel. Controls a Garage Door Opener
and turns lights on and off. Compatible with LiftMaster
Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Openers.
™
4
™
™
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
Security+ Control Panels
®
378LM
Wireless Secondary
Control Panel
Program up to two Garage Door Openers wirelessly. Can
be installed anywhere in the garage. Controls Garage Door
Opener and turns opener lights on and off. Compatible
with LiftMaster Security+ 315 MHz Garage Door Openers.
®
78LM
75LM
Multi-Function Control Panel
Lighted Door Control Button
Turn Garage Door Opener lights on and off from inside
the garage. Includes adjustable light timer, illuminated
push button for convenience and lockout button for added
security. Compatible with all LiftMaster Garage Door
Openers manufactured since 1993.
Enables you to operate your garage door from inside
the garage.
ACCESSORIES
5
ACCESSORIES
Garage Door Openers
MyQ Accessories
®
Internet Gateway (828LM)
Using your smartphone or computer, you can
operate your garage door, or turn on or off
lights in or around your home, from anywhere
in the world. Easy and fast installation through
your in-home internet router. Compatible only
with Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Openers,
Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators
and MyQ Accessories.
™
821LM
MYQPCK
829LM
MyQ Garage
MyQ Upgrade Kit
Door and Gate Monitor
Monitor, open and close the garage door, and control
home lighting, all from a smartphone, tablet or computer.
Controls up to two garage doors at once (requires extra
door sensor, sold separately) and up to 16 MyQ devices.
Compatible with all major brands of garage door openers
with photo eyes.
Allows any LiftMaster Garage Door Opener manufactured
since 1998 to be controlled by a smartphone, tablet
or computer (when paired with the Internet Gateway).
Provides the upgrade needed to utilize Security+ 2.0 and
MyQ Technology.
Monitor and close the garage door or gate from any
room in the house. Green and red LED lights indicate
whether the garage door or gate is open or closed.
Volume-controlled audible alert lets you know when the
garage door or gate is being opened. MyQ Technology
allows you to monitor and close up to four garage doors
or gates. Compatible only with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0
Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators, Gate
Operators and MyQ Accessories.
®
™
ACCESSORIES
™
823LM
Remote Light Switch
Remote Light Control
Controls lights remotely. Turn on lights in your garage,
yard or home with your Garage Door Opener remote
control. Use with the Internet Gateway to control single
pole lights from your smartphone or computer. Compatible
only with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Openers,
Remote Controls and MyQ Accessories.
Operate any lamp with your Garage Door Opener remote
control or from your smartphone via your Internet
Gateway. Plug into an indoor outlet, connect cord from the
light you want to control and program it to your remote
control or the Internet Gateway. Compatible only with
LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Openers, Remote
Controls and MyQ Accessories.
®
6
825LM
™
™
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
Other Accessories
Ceiling Mount (195LM)
Give the garage the style it’s been missing by hiding
wires and cords with the sleek, black powder-coated
Ceiling Mount. Adjustable height fits most standard
garages, and the mount hangs 6.5 x 24 in. from
the ceiling.
485LM
475LM
190LM
Integrated Battery Backup
Battery Backup
Adjustable Door Bracket
Operates the Garage Door Opener as if the power was still
on, plus all safety and security features will be operational.
For use with LiftMaster Garage Door Openers (models
8550, 8360 and 3850).
Powers up even when the power is out, so Customers
can get into the garage. For use with LiftMaster Garage
Door Openers (models 8500, 2500, 3800, 3500, 3900
and 3950).
Give the garage a more unified look with the white
powder-coated door bracket. It is easily installed and is
adjustable from 18–24 in.
®
ACCESSORIES
197LM
975LM
Laser Garage Parking Assist
Wire Channel
Maximizes usable garage space so the driver knows
exactly where to park and when to stop. Works
automatically when the safety beam is interrupted, so
the car is parked in the right spot every time. A pulsating
beam turns on for 90 seconds, allowing the driver to pull
the car into the garage so the laser hits a pre-targeted
spot on the dash.
Neatly conceals all wires. Holds up to three pairs of wires
and comes in 100 5 ft. sections per box (1 box = 500 ft.).
7
ACCESSORIES
Garage Door Openers
Other Accessories (continued)
97LM
Photo Eye Mounting
Bracket Extension
Adds height or depth to photo eye mounting bracket.
Includes hardware, instructions and 10 pairs per box.
59LM
89LM
Outside Key Lock
Mounting Isolators
Provides double-locking action with 12 tumblers. Lock
has a self-cleaning barrel and weather-resistant aluminum
faceplate. It includes two keys and all necessary mounting
hardware. Cannot be shorted out from exterior. (Not
compatible with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 Garage
Door Openers.)
Isolates vibration between garage door opener head and
mounting surface.
®
™
20-2LM
21-2LM
Deluxe Quick-Release Lock
2-Strand Bell Wire
2-Strand Bell Wire
Designed for all vault-type garages, the 6 ft. industrialstrength connecting cable is for exterior manual operation.
Lock has a non-corrosive stainless steel faceplate and
spur washer, extension sleeve for doors up to 2 in. thick
and positive connection between cable and trolley release,
with two keys included.
Red white/white color-coded wires for pre-wiring control
panels. All wire is 22-gauge and UPS shippable. Each roll
is 500 ft. in length.
Color-coded wires for pre-wiring photo eyes. All wire
is 22-gauge and UPS shippable. Each roll is 500 ft.
in length.
1702LM
ACCESSORIES
For 8500 Wall Mount, Other Accessories
380LM
480LM
580LM
Remote Light
Alternate Mounting Kit
Alternate Power System
Garage space is lit up by placing this in any location in the
garage within 6 ft. of an outlet. Provides 200 Watts of light
with 1/2- to 4-1/2-minute timer. For LiftMaster Garage
Door Opener (models 8500 and 3800).
Designed for garages with low headroom (less than 3 in.)
or obstructions near the end of the torsion bar, like a
beam. For LiftMaster Garage Door Opener (models 8500
and 3800).
For the installation of LiftMaster Garage Door Openers
(side-mount opener models 8500 and 3800) when
an outlet is not available within 6 ft. of the installation
site. Easily installed, UL Listed and includes 24V DC
transformer and interface box with plug for optional
475LM Battery Backup. All mounting hardware included
and provides 35 ft. of low‑voltage cable. This device not
compatible with MyQ Technology.
®
8
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
9
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
IMPORTANT SAFETY
INFORMATION
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, the following should be read by ANYONE involved in the design,
specification, selection or purchase of a Commercial Door Operator or automated door system.
Automated Door Systems
For the purposes of this Safety Information, an automated door
system consists of a vehicular door, an electric door operator, control
equipment to interface with the door operator and safety equipment to
protect people and property.
Vehicular Doors
A vehicular door is a large, heavy object that moves with the
help of a counterbalance and electric motor. A moving door can
cause SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH! The safety and well-being of
others depends on properly selecting products appropriate for
the application and installing the products per the manufacturer’s
recommendations. In addition, it’s imperative that all door components,
including the operator, be installed and serviced by a trained door
systems Technician.
The door itself must be properly balanced and aligned and work freely
and smoothly by hand. The door operator is not intended to operate
a poorly installed, improperly balanced or worn-out door. The use of a
door operator to attempt to compensate for any door defect can result
in a dangerous situation.
Door Operator Selection
The proper door operator must be selected for the application.
Pay attention to all application information in this catalog, including
door type, size, voltage and control wiring. IMPROPER SELECTION
CAN RESULT IN A DANGEROUS SYSTEM. Be sure you understand
the application and limitations of the door operator model you
select for your door. If you are in doubt, contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative.
®
ACCESSORIES
Safety Devices
Door operators can present serious hazards to persons in the
immediate area. After you have selected your operator, the next step
is to choose appropriate safety devices. Any commercial/industrial
door operator manufacturer wishing to be fully compliant with the
requirements mandated by the UL 325 regulations must manufacture
with constant-pressure-to-close or be equipped with a monitored
primary entrapment protection device.
Other Entrapment Protection Devices will be treated as ancillary
or non-monitored. Installation of these types of safety devices is
optional. Examples of these devices are 2-wire non- and pneumatic
sensing edges. These devices cannot be substituted for monitored
primary entrapment protection devices; instead these devices may
be used to supplement the primary devices or constant-pressure-toclose. Such devices can be attached to UL 325 compliant Logic 4.0,
Logic 5.0 and Medium-Duty Logic Operators, but cannot be used to
replace the primary safety devices.
There are many types of primary and ancillary entrapment devices
available, but LiftMaster Operators are designed to communicate
with LiftMaster brand monitored primary entrapment protection
devices only. Four types of LiftMaster photo eyes, the standard
commercial/industrial CPS-U, NEMA 4 rated CPS-UN4, as well as
the CPS-RPEN4 and CPS-OPEN4, may be installed on a LiftMaster
Operator in order to achieve any operating mode or feature beyond
constant pressure on the CLOSE button to lower the door. In addition,
LiftMaster also offers an Optical Edge System, which permits the
attachment of a 2-wire monitored edge to satisfy the requirement
for monitored primary entrapment protection. For easy reference, all
UL 325 compliant LiftMaster Operator installation manuals provide
a reference chart stating which safety devices have been approved
for each operator. The UL 325 listing is dependent on testing each
operator with each of the approved entrapment protection devices.
Only those safety devices approved by UL for use with the operator
as monitored primary entrapment protection devices are referenced in
the instruction manual.
While LiftMaster Operators provide basic constant pressure on the
CLOSE button to lower the door without a primary entrapment device,
IT IS STRONGLY RECOMMENDED THAT SAFETY EQUIPMENT BE
USED WITH EVERY DOOR OPERATOR. There are many types of
safety devices available; photo eyes, optical edges, motion detectors
and vehicle detectors are some of the more common types of primary
and ancillary entrapment protection devices shown in the Accessories
section of this catalog. Audible and/or visible warning devices are
recommended when automatic controls are used in the Commercial
Door Operating system. A variety of warning signs and labels are also
offered in this section. WITHOUT SAFETY EQUIPMENT THE DOOR
COULD CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH!
The UL 325 standard requires continuous monitoring of primary safety
devices if the operator is used with any operating mode or feature
other than constant pressure on the close button to lower the door.
These types of primary safety devices can be either monitored photo
eyes or a 2- or 4-wire monitored sensing edge.
10
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
SAFE INSTALLATION
PROCEDURES
SAFE INSTALLATION
PROCEDURES
Door operators and associated control equipment should only be installed and serviced by qualified professionals.
Professional Installers should observe the following safe installation procedures. To ensure that this is the case,
provide a copy of this Safety Information section to the Installer.
1.
Read and follow all warnings and instructions within the
installation manual.
2.
Install the door operator only on a properly balanced and
lubricated door. An improperly balanced door may not reverse
when required and could result in SEVERE INJURY or DEATH.
3.
All repairs to cables, spring assemblies and other hardware
MUST be made by a trained door Systems Technician BEFORE
installing the operator.
4.
Disable ALL locks and remove ALL ropes connected to the door
before installing the operator to avoid entanglement.
5.
Install door operator 8 ft. or more above floor. Operators installed
below this height must be enclosed with an operator cover.
6.
NEVER connect the door operator to a power source until
instructed within the manual to do so.
7.
Installation and wiring must be in compliance with all applicable
local building and electrical codes.
8.
NEVER wear watches, rings or loose clothing, which could
become caught within the door or operator mechanisms, while
installing or servicing the door operator.
9.
Install control station:
• Within sight of the door
• Out of reach of children at a minimum height of 5 ft.
• Away from ALL moving parts of the door
10. Install the control station far enough from the door to prevent
the user from coming in contact with the door while operating
the controls.
11. Install the entrapment warning placard on the wall next to
the control station in a prominent location that is visible from
the door.
12. Place manual release/safety reverse test label in plain view on
inside of door.
13. Upon completion of installation, test Entrapment
Protection Device.
14. The operation of the door, controls and safety equipment should
be reviewed with the owner and/or end user of the automated
door system. Owner should also be informed of the need to
maintain control and safety equipment on a regular basis. Safety
equipment should be checked at least once monthly to ensure
that it is working properly. All installation manuals, instructions
and safety information should be left with the owner.
ACCESSORIES
11
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
MONITORED AND ANCILLARY SAFETY
ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION
Monitored Photo Eyes
The presence of monitored primary entrapment protection
is required for all modes and features beyond basic
constant-pressure-to-close performance. They are
continuously monitored to ensure safe operation of the
door and limit operator functionality should an obstruction
be detected or in the event of device failure.
CPS-UN4
CPS-RPEN4*
Monitored Dual-Sided
Photo Eyes
Retro-Reflective Photo Eye
Heavy-duty housing for industrial applications. Dual-sided
infrared sensors. NEMA 4 rated enclosure protects against
direct water spray. 45 ft. range. For indoor/outdoor use.
Designed for use with LiftMaster Operators.
Monitored, single retro-reflective photo eye and reflector
with polarized beam technology. 6-foot armored cable
for connection through 3-button control station. NEMA 4X
rated enclosure protects against direct spray and
corrosion. Maximum range of 50 ft. For indoor/outdoor
use. Designed for use with LiftMaster Operators.
CPS-OPEN4
CPS-U
®
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
Monitored Dual-Sided
Photo Eyes
Monitored Dual-Sided
Photo Eyes
Monitored dual-sided photo eyes. Flexible rubber housings
absorb minor contact to maintain alignment. NEMA 4X
rated enclosure protects against direct water spray and
corrosion. 45 ft. range. For indoor/outdoor use. Designed
for use with LiftMaster Operators.
Monitored dual-sided photo eyes with NEMA 1 rated
general purpose enclosure. For indoor use. Maximum
range of 30 ft. Designed for use with LiftMaster Operators.
*Mounted direction of the photo eye must be the same as the reflector, if mounted vertically, both pieces must be mounted vertically.
ACCESSORIES
Non-Monitored Photo Eyes
CPS
CPS-RN4
Emitter-Receiver Type
Dual-sided Commercial Protector System including
emitter, receiver, mounting brackets and operator interface
(41K4629). 24VAC. Use with non-logic operators and/or as
secondary entrapment protection. 30 ft. range, designed
for use with LiftMaster Operators, for indoor use only.
®
12
Retro-Reflective Type
Photo Eye
Single-sided photo eye and reflector. 24VAC. NEMA 4
rated. 30 ft. range, designed for use with LiftMaster
Operators. Cannot serve as monitored primary entrapment
device; ancillary only.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
MONITORED AND ANCILLARY SAFETY
ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
RPEN4-RFLCTR
CPS3CARD
TLS1CARD
Replacement Reflectors
CPS Interface Card
Timer Light Status Option Card
Single pane replacement reflector for CPS-RPEN4
photo eyes.
Additional interface card for adding a second set
of monitored photo eyes or a monitored edge to a
door opening.
Works in conjunction with Logic 4.0 and Logic 5.0 to
provide seven DIP switch, field-selectable modifications,
including six door traffic control options and a means to
connect external OPEN and CLOSE limits. Traffic control
light ordered separately (RGL24LY).
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
CPS-EI
CPS-MEI
21-2LM
Sensing Edge Interface
Sensing Edge Interface
2-Strand Bell Wire
Direct connection of a 4-wire monitored sensing edge.
Continuous self-monitoring system, satisfies regulatory
requirements. For use on Logic 4.0, Logic 5.0 and
Medium-Duty Logic Commercial Door Operators only.
Direct connection of a 2-wire monitored sensing edge.
For use with (65-CPT223) style electric edges. For use on
Logic 4.0, Logic 5.0 and Medium-Duty Logic Commercial
Door Operators only.
For pre-wiring safety devices. Tin-dipped copper wire,
color-coded white and white/black wires. 22-gauge wire,
500 ft. roll. Radio control and accessory discount applies.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
ACCESSORIES
65-7WIREL
4116690
7-Conductor Cable
Replacement Reflectors
Connect all standard control stations, sensing edges or
photo eyes. 7-wire spool for installation requiring multiple
wires run from the photo eyes to the control board on the
operator. 20-gauge, color-coded wires. Used for control
line runs of up to a total of 50 ft. on mechanical (M) or
relay type openers, or 1,000 ft. on Logic 5.0 Operators.
Replacement reflector for CPS-RN4.
13
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
COMMERCIAL DOOR EDGE
ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION SYSTEMS
Optical Edge System (OES)
Optical Edge System (OES)
Designed specifically to work with LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators, the Optical Edge System delivers dependable, monitored primary entrapment protection for commercial
applications. The infrared optical sensors provide superior protection for sectional and rolling-style doors. With a NEMA 6 rated enclosure, it is the ideal solution for commercial doors
with edges exposed to outside elements or standing water. Our photo eyes and optical edge models are UL/cUL listed for use with all LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators. The Optical
Edge System can be used as a primary and/or ancillary entrapment device and meets UL 325 safety standards.
®
AVAILABLE ACCESSORIES
Bulk Rubber Sectional Door Edge (OES-SD50)
Bulk Rubber Rolling Door Edge (OES-RD50)
These 50 ft. rolls are the most cost-effective option for
multiple installations.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
Rolling door
edge shown
FEATURES
• Rubber door edge is durable, flexible and easy to install.
• Premium rubber can be cut to exact length at the
installation site.
• NEMA 6 rating protects against moisture and allows edge to
operate in standing water.
• Infrared optical sensors eliminate the need for
electrical contacts.
• Maximum range of 33 ft.
ACCESSORIES
AVAILABLE
KITS
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
• OES-SD16 16 ft. Sectional Door Edge Kit
(Channel sold separately)
• OES-SD24 24 ft. Sectional Door Edge Kit
(Channel sold separately)
• OES-RD16 16 ft. Rolling Door Edge Kit
Each kit contains:
• 1 Roll of Rubber Door Edge
• 1 Pair Photo Eyes (Transmitter/Receiver)
• 1 Coil Cord, 2-wire, 20 ft. extended
• 1 Junction Box
• 1 Door Edge Connection Kit
• Installation Instructions
• Warranty: 1 Year Limited
14
Optical Edge Sensor Kit (OES-EDSR)
Kit includes infrared transmitter and receiver.
Junction Box (OES-JBOX)
Enables the connection between the operator and the edge.
2-Wire Coil Cord (OES-COIL)
Provides a flexible, 20 ft. extended connection from the junction box
to operator or switch.
Conduit Installation Kit (OES-COND)
Eliminates the need for electrical conduit installation and includes
junction boxes and cables.
Sectional Door Mounting Kit (OES-DECK)
Secures rubber edge to the door.
Rolling Door Mounting Kit (OES-RDCK)
Secures rubber edge to the door.
1-3/4 x 1-3/4 in. PVC Channel (OES-4504)
Connects the door to the edge kit (sectional doors only).
2 x 2 in. PVC Channel (OES-5104)
Connects the door to the edge kit (sectional doors only).
Each kit contains all components necessary for installing the Optical Edge
System (excluding PVC channel which is sold separately for sectional door
applications) on a single door.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
ANCILLARY ENTRAPMENT
PROTECTION
Sensing Edges
Pneumatic Edge Kits
Pneumatic Edge Kits
Ancillary entrapment protection is optional
and may be used to supplement primary
entrapment protection devices or basic
constant-pressure-to-close operation.
IMPORTANT NOTES: •Take-Up reels are not recommended for
use with any fail-safe type edge. Use coil
cords only.
•If door is over 22 ft. wide, electric edges
or photo eyes are highly recommended.
Exterior Edge Kits
Exterior Edge Kits
658202
658302
Includes 2-wire coil cord and 14 ft. of
air hose.
Includes 2-wire coil cord and 22 ft. of
air hose.
Exterior Edge Kits
Exterior Edge Kits
655202
655302
Includes 2-wire take-up reel (20 ft.
extended) and 14 ft. of air hose.
Includes 2-wire take-up reel (20 ft.
extended) and 22 ft. of air hose.
Individual Pneumatic Components
50101
501012
Exterior Air Switch with
Metal Case
Exterior 3-Wire Air
Switch
N.O. contact.
SPDT, plastic housing.
TEXT TEXT
50103
Rubber Air Hose
ACCESSORIES
501031
Air Hose Plug
15
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
COMMERCIAL DOOR
CONTROLS
TEXT HERE IFControl
Push-Button
NEEDED
Stations
3-Button Controls
OPEN/CLOSE/STOP allows complete control of the
door. May be used with all LiftMaster Commercial
Door Operators.
®
02103L
02103
3-Button Station
3-Button Station
Indoor surface mount with Maintenance Alert System,
NEMA 1 rated.
Indoor surface mount with steel enclosure, NEMA 1 rated.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
ACCESSORIES
02108
02403PH
02703
3-Button Station
3-Button Station
3-Button Station
Indoor flush mount with standard 2 x 4 in. electrical
junction box with stainless steel faceplate, NEMA 1 rated.
Outdoor surface mount with polycarbonate enclosure.
Legend will display horizontally, can be mounted either
vertically or horizontally, NEMA 4, 4X, 12, 13 rated.
Hazardous Area Enclosure (diecast) meets NEC
requirements for Class 1, Divisions I and II, Group D,
and Class 2, Divisions I and II, Groups F and G. OPEN/
CLOSE/STOP. Not included with (M105) Hazardous Area
Modification, NEMA 7/9 rated.
3-Button Single Key
Control Station
OPEN/CLOSE/STOP buttons and ON/OFF key control
with maintained key positions, key removable in either
position. Allows complete control of door with the
additional feature that the OPEN and CLOSE buttons can
be locked out of operation with the key control. May be
used with all LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators.
02406
®
3-Button Station
Outdoor surface mount with keyed lockout and die-cast
metal enclosure, NEMA 4, 12 rated
16
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
COMMERCIAL DOOR
CONTROLS
Push-Button Control Stations (continued)
2-Button
Control Stations
OPEN/CLOSE should only be used with
operators wired for constant pressure to
open and close (all LiftMaster Commercial
Door Operators with type D1 control wiring).
®
02102
02107
02402
2-Button Station
2-Button Station
2-Button Station
Indoor surface mount with steel enclosure,
NEMA 1 rated.
Indoor flush mount with standard 2 x 4 in.
electrical junction box with stainless steel
faceplate, NEMA 1 rated.
Outdoor surface mount with die-cast
metal enclosure, NEMA 4, 12 rated.
WARNING: When used on most Commercial Door Operators, this control will not stop the door. Use another control that has a STOP button in conjunction with this control.
Single-Button
Control Stations
START may be used as OPEN with all
LiftMaster Operators. May be used as
OPEN and CLOSE on all operators with
type B2 control wiring.
02101
02106
02401M
1-Button Station
1-Button Station
1-Button Station
Indoor surface mount with steel enclosure,
NEMA 1 rated.
Indoor flush mount with standard 2 x 4 in.
electrical junction box with stainless steel
faceplate, NEMA 1 rated.
Outdoor surface mount, single button to
activate opening one commercial door.
WARNING: When used on most Commercial Door Operators, this control will not stop the door. Use another control that has a STOP button in conjunction with this control.
Multi-Wire Cable
ACCESSORIES
65-7WIREL
7-Conductor Cable
7-wire spool for installation requiring
multiple wires be run from the photo eyes
to the control board on the operator.
17
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
COMMERCIAL DOOR
CONTROLS
Pull-Switch Controls
Single Pull-Switches
May be used in two different ways: as
an OPEN only control (all LiftMaster Operators) or as an OPEN/CLOSE control
(only LiftMaster Operators with types
B2 and G2 control wiring). In the latter
case, pulling the cord will open a fully
closed door, close a fully opened door, and
reverse a closing door. Pulling the cord
while the door is opening will either have
no effect (type B2 wiring) or will stop the
door (Solid-State Logic Control Board).
®
02111
02411
02711
Single-Pull Switch
Single-Pull Switch
Single-Pull Switch
Indoor surface mount, NEMA 1 rated.
Outdoor surface mount with steel
enclosure, NEMA 4, 12 rated.
Hazardous Area Type with steel enclosure,
NEMA 7/9 rated.
WARNING: When used on most Commercial Door Operators, this control will not stop the door. Use another control that has a STOP button in conjunction with this control.
Dual Pull-Switches
May be used in the same manner as a
single pull-switch, but with the added
feature that a second contact is available
to start auxiliary equipment, such as
a heater.
021111
024111
Dual-Pull Switch
Dual-Pull Switch
Indoor surface mount with 2 N.O.
(Normally Open) contacts and a steel
enclosure, NEMA 1 rated.
Outdoor surface mount with 2 N.O.
(Normally Open) contacts and a steel
enclosure, NEMA 4, 12 rated.
ACCESSORIES
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
18
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
KEY CONTROL STATIONS
Two-Position Key Controls
Tamperproof*
Key Control Switches
Key Control Switch
Key Control Switch
OPEN/CLOSE spring returns to center
(OFF), key removable in center position
only. Should only be used on operators
wired for constant pressure to open and
close (all LiftMaster Commercial Door
Operators with type D1 control wiring).
02109
02109U***
Indoor flush mount with steel box and
architectural aluminum faceplate,
NEMA 1 rated.
Key Switch with U-CHANGE-IT Cylinder.
Same as 02109 but standard key cylinder
is replaced with U-CHANGE-IT cylinder,
allowing user to change keying of lock,
NEMA 1 rated.
®
Key Control Switch
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
•Standard key control stations are supplied
with two keys.
•Keys for tamperproof models may be
purchased from any locksmith or from
BEST or U-CHANGE-IT when applicable.
*Key required to remove cover on
tamperproof models.
**For models 02109B and 02409B,
a standard cylinder and keys are supplied.
This cylinder should be replaced by a
permanent, registered cylinder obtained
directly from BEST Access Systems or
through a qualified locksmith.
***For models 02109U and 02409U,
TEXT
HERE
IF NEEDED
a standard
cylinder
and keys are supplied.
The station should be rekeyed with
a permanent cylinder by a qualified
locksmith.
02109B**
Key Switch with BEST Cylinder. Same
as 02109 but standard key cylinder is
replaced with BEST cylinder (construction
core included), NEMA 1 rated.
®
02409
02409B**
02409U***
Key Control Switch
Key Control Switch
Key Control Switch
Outdoor surface mount with die-cast
metal enclosure, NEMA 4, 12 rated.
Four key switch with BEST cylinder. Same
as 02409 but standard key cylinder is
replaced with BEST cylinder (construction
core included), NEMA 4 rated.
Surface mount key with U-CHANGE-IT
cylinder. Same as 02409 but standard key
cylinder is replaced with U-CHANGE-IT
cylinder, allowing user to change keying of
lock, NEMA 4 rated.
WARNING: W
hen used on most Commercial Door Operators, this control will not stop the door. Use another control that has a STOP button in
conjunction with this control.
ACCESSORIES
19
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
KEY CONTROL
STATIONS
Tamperproof*
2-Position Key Controls with STOP Button
Key Control Switches
with STOP Button
OPEN/CLOSE spring returns-to-center
(OFF), key removable in center position
only, with STOP button. Allows complete
control of door. May be used with all
LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators.
Key Control Station
(Tamperproof)
02110
02110U***
Indoor flush mount with steel back box,
architectural faceplate and STOP button,
NEMA 1 rated.
Key Switch indoor flush mount, same
as 02110 but standard key cylinder is
replaced with U-CHANGE-IT cylinder
allowing user to change keying of lock,
NEMA 1 rated.
Key Control Station
(Tamperproof)
®
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
•Standard key control stations are supplied
with two keys.
•Keys for tamperproof models may be
purchased from any locksmith or from
BEST or U-CHANGE-IT when applicable.
*Key required to remove cover on
tamperproof models.
**For Models 02110B and 02410B,
a standard cylinder and keys are supplied.
This cylinder should be replaced by a
permanent, registered cylinder obtained
directly from Best Access Systems or
through a qualified locksmith.
TEXT
***For Models
02119U
and 02410U,
HERE
IF NEEDED
a standard cylinder and keys are
supplied. The station should be
rekeyed with a permanent cylinder by
a qualified locksmith.
®
Key Control Station
(Tamperproof)
®
02110B**
Key Switch indoor flush mount, same
as 02110 but standard key cylinder
is replaced with BEST cylinder
(construction core included).
®
®
Key Control Station
(Tamperproof)
Key Control Station
(Tamperproof)
02410
02410U***
Outdoor flush mount with die-cast metal
enclosure and STOP button, NEMA 4,
12 rated.
Key Switch with U-CHANGE-IT cylinder.
Same as 02409 but standard key cylinder
is replaced with U-CHANGE-IT cylinder
allowing user to change keying of lock,
NEMA 4, 12 rated.
Key Control Station
(Tamperproof)
02410B**
Key Switch with BEST Cylinder. Same
as 02409 but standard key cylinder is
replaced with BEST cylinder (construction
core included), NEMA 4 rated.
ACCESSORIES
Non-Tamperproof without STOP button
02407
Key Control Station
(Non-Tamperproof)
Outdoor flush mount with die-cast metal
enclosure, NEMA 1 rated.
WARNING: W
hen used on most commercial door operators, this control will not stop the door. Use another control that has a STOP button in
conjunction with this control.
20
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
WIRELESS COMMERCIAL DOOR
AND ENTRY CONTROLS
Custom Control Panels
Mushroom Button
Control
A variety of custom control panels can be
designed and manufactured by LiftMaster to meet your specific needs. Master
controls for 2 or more doors or gates,
indicating lights, keyed lockout switches
and master emergency operating buttons,
among others, can be included. Standard
or custom legends can be provided; please
indicate at the time of order.
®
Mushroom Button
Control Station
Mushroom Button
Control Station
02401M
02401M3
Outdoor surface mount, single button to
activate opening one commercial door,
NEMA 4, 12 rated.
Outdoor surface mount, single button to
activate opening three commercial doors,
NEMA 4, 12 rated.
Mushroom Button
Control Station
02401M5
Outdoor surface mount, single button to
activate opening 5 commercial doors,
NEMA 4, 12 rated.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
Multiple unit control panel shown. Please
call your LiftMaster Sales Representative
for any custom panel needs.
Master Control Station
90-MC4DOOR
Includes OPEN/CLOSE/STOP positions and
legends, operates up to 4 doors.
Master Control Station
90-MC6DOOR
Includes OPEN/CLOSE/STOP positions
and legends, operates up to 6 doors
(image shown).
02403RG
3-Button Station
RED/GREEN Indicating Lights, operates
1 door.
Wireless Digital Keypads
Wireless Commercial
Keypad
Wireless Keypad
WKP250LM3*
WKP5LM3*
Compatible with LiftMaster 315 MHz
rolling code receivers. 250 code capacity.
Compatible with LiftMaster 315 MHz
rolling code receivers. 5 code capacity.
ACCESSORIES
Commercial wireless keypads use
standard AA alkaline batteries. Can be wall
or pedestal mounted. Lighted keyboard
provides night time visibility. 100,000
combination codes are available.
Wireless Keypad
Subject to Access Control Multipliers
*Wireless controls are used to supplement hardwired, push-button and key-control stations. Wireless controls cannot be used in place of hardwired controls in the absence of safety devices.
21
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
WIRELESS COMMERCIAL DOOR
AND ENTRY CONTROLS
Mounting Posts
Pedestals
For use with card readers, digital keypads and access
control systems. Includes baseplate at bottom of post (pad
mount models) and mounting flange for control device at
top. Wiring can be fed through the post.
PED64
PED42
Gooseneck Pedestal
42 in. Height
Gooseneck Pedestal
64 in. Height
Pad mount, 2 x 2 in. square pipe, 11-gauge steel.
In-ground mount, 2 x 2 in. square pipe, 11-gauge steel.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
PED4272
PED72
Dual Gooseneck Pedestal
42 in. and 72 in. Height
Gooseneck Pedestal
72 in. Height
Pad mount, 2 x 2 in. square pipes, 11-gauge steel.
Pad mount, 2 x 2 in. square pipe, 11-gauge steel.
Vehicle Detection Systems
Enclosed Loop Detector
Vehicle Loop Detectors
503267
OPEN only (all LiftMaster operators) or SAFETY/HOLD
OPEN only (operators with type B2, T, TS or T1 control
wiring) when vehicle passes over loop wire. Requires
a loop of wire embedded in the pavement to connect
to the detector. Requires 2-wire output connection to
door operator and either 24VAC or 115VAC power (see
individual descriptions).
Requires separate 24VAC power. Wiring harness with
standard plug for detector included. Indoor enclosure,
NEMA 1 rated.
ACCESSORIES
®
22
Enclosed Loop Detector
503263
Requires separate 115VAC power. Wiring harness with
standard plug for detector included. Indoor enclosure,
NEMA 1 rated.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
WIRELESS COMMERCIAL DOOR
AND ENTRY CONTROLS
Outdoor Wireless Enclosure
Wireless Enclosure for Vehicle
Loop Detector
Outdoor Wireless Enclosure for
24V Vehicle Loop Detector
302416241
Watertight, oil-tight enclosure with single 24VAC detector,
wired to terminal block for field connection, NEMA 4, 12 rated.
Outdoor Wireless Enclosure for
115V Vehicle Loop Detector
3024161151
Watertight, oil-tight enclosure with single 115VAC
detector, wired to terminal block for field connection,
NEMA 4, 12 rated.
Pre-formed Loop Wire
Pre-formed Loop Wire for
SAW‑CUT Applications
Includes 50 ft. of lead wire for use with all vehicle
loop detectors.
Pre-formed Wire Loop for
SAW‑CUT Applications
50XNL1218
4 x 8 ft. size pre-formed loop wire is used when saw-cut is
required for installation of the loop, NEMA 4, 12 rated.
Pre-formed Wire Loop for
SAW‑CUT Applications
50XNL1818
6 x 12 ft. size pre-formed loop wire is used when saw-cut is
required for installation of the loop, NEMA 4, 12 rated.
50ENL1218
Pre-formed Loop Wire for
PAVE-OVER Applications
Pre-formed Wire Loop for
PAVE-OVER Applications
Includes 50 ft. of lead wire wire for use with all vehicle
4 x 8 ft. size pre-formed loop wire is used when the loop
will be paved over, NEMA 4, 12 rated.
loop detectors.
TEXT
HERE IF NEEDED
50ENL1818
6 x 12 ft. size pre-formed loop wire is used when the loop
will be paved over, NEMA 4, 12 rated.
23
ACCESSORIES
Pre-formed Wire Loop for
PAVE-OVER Applications
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
ENTRY CONTROLS AND
SAFETY ACCESSORIES
Vehicle Detection Systems
Outdoor Enclosure (NEMA 4/12)
Pneumatic Treadle Kits
OPEN only (all LiftMaster Operators) or SAFETY only
(LiftMaster Operators with type B2, C2, T, T1 or TS control
wiring). After vehicle passes over treadle hose. The weight
of the vehicle on the treadle hose activates a pneumatic
switch which sends an OPEN signal to the door. Requires
a 2-wire connection to the operator but does not require
power to function. This is a non-monitored device.
®
658206
50102
Exterior Pneumatic Treadle Kit
Treadle Signal Hose
Includes 10 ft. of signal hose, Outdoor air switch and
hose plug.
For additional hose above the 10 ft. that is packaged with
kits, or as replacement; good for indoor or outdoor use.
Electric Treadles
OPEN only (all LiftMaster Operators) or SAFETY only
(LiftMaster Operators with type B2, C2, L2, T, T1 or TS
control wiring). After vehicle passes over treadle. The
weight of the vehicle compresses an electric switch which
sends an OPEN signal to the door. Requires a 2-wire
connection to the operator but does not require power to
function. This is a non-monitored device.
5014
Treadle Hose Anchor
with Clamp
50800
RBMA Electric Treadle
5 ft. long, shown with separate Protection Plate (50800P).
NEMA 4, 12 rated
ACCESSORIES
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
50800P
Protection Plate C
Covers electrical connections.
24
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
ENTRY CONTROLS AND
SAFETY ACCESSORIES
Motion Detector
50-HERK2
Motion Detector
LiftMaster microwave motion detector opens after
sensing an object. This sensor can be set up to detect
vehicles separately from people and send the two
signals to two different outputs. Or you can use the two
outputs to differentiate between forward and backward
movements. Detection fields are adjustable, manually or
with remote controls, as is sensitivity to mask interference
or cross traffic.
®
This sensor can be mounted between 6 ft. 6 in. up to
23 ft.
and
has a maximum
range up to 80 ft. This detector
TEXT
HERE
IF NEEDED
requires at least 2-wire connection to the operator. NEMA
4 rated.
Note: Requires 24V power supply separate from operator.
50-HERKRC2
Motion Detector Remote
Control
Remote control for the LiftMaster Motion Detector to
conveniently choose from 8 different preset comfort
functions: adjust detection fields, mounting heights,
relay hold interval, cross traffic optimization, direction
recognition, people/vehicle separation, slow-motion
detection, turn on/off filter functions, open the door
manually and much more. This remote control is bidirectional; in other words, whatever you set up will
be displayed back on the remote control to confirm
that the sensor received the signal. This allows finetuning the LiftMaster Motion Detector from the ground
without guessing all the settings have been received by
the sensor.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
ACCESSORIES
25
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
SAFETY ACCESSORIES
AND MISCELLANEOUS
TEXT HERE
Sensing
Edge
IF Connections
NEEDED
Coil Cords
Coil Cord, 2 Wire,
18-gauge, 20 ft.
Sensing Edge
Connections
501041
Each sensing edge requires a means to
connect it to the door operator. The means
must be able to extend and retract as the
door moves. Coil cords and take-up reels
fulfill this function. A wireless connection
may also be used.
Coil Cord 4 Wire,
18-gauge, 20 ft.
50105
Orange Coil Cord, 3
Wire, 18-gauge, 20 ft.
Important Note: Take-Up reels are not
recommended for use with any fail-safe type
edge. Use coil cords only.
501042
50105
Optical Edge System
Coil Cord
2-wire, 18 gauge, 20 ft. cord for use with
the Optical Edge System (OES) products.
Can also be used with other 2-wire
edge systems.
Take-Up Reels
Take-Up Reel, 2 Wire,
18-gauge, 20 ft.
Take-Up Reel, 3 Wire,
18-gauge, 30 ft.
Take-Up Reel, 3 Wire,
18-gauge, 20 ft.
50106
5010730
50107
3-wire, type S0,
18-gauge, 30 ft.
50107S0
Important Note: Take Up reels are not recommended for use with any fail-safe type edges. Use a coil cord instead.
ACCESSORIES
Edge Connection Kit
658200
Door Edge
Connection Kit
Complete kit may be used with most
sensing edges; Includes two junction
boxes—one for the door and one for
the wall—and a NEMA 1 rated, 3 wire
coil cord.
26
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
SAFETY ACCESSORIES
AND MISCELLANEOUS
Audible/Visible Warning Devices
Audible/Visible Warning
Devices
Auxiliary limit switches or auxiliary
contact blocks to control warning devices
may be added to the operator at the
time of order to allow for connection of
warning devices (see Commercial Door
Operator Modifications).
50500
TLS1CARD
Warning Light
Timer Light Status Option Card
Wall-mount warning light (bulb not included),
115V power required.
Works in conjunction with Logic 4.0 and Logic 5.0 to
provide seven DIP switch, field-selectable modifications,
including six door traffic control options and a means to
connect external OPEN and CLOSE limits. Traffic control
light ordered separately (RGL24LY).
WARNING: It is strongly recommended that audible/visible warning devices be included in every operator installation.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
K74-17750
50510
RGL24LY
Horn/Strobe
Warning Bell
Red/Green Traffic Light
White horn/strobe, 115V, ADA compliant and weatherproof.
6 in. alarm bell, wall-mount. 115V power required.
Traffic control light for use with TLS1CARD. Red and green
LEDs provide highly visible and long-lasting light source.
24VAC/VDC operation.
Colored Lights
50505G
ACCESSORIES
50505R
50505A
Red Lights
Green Light
Amber Light
Vaportight light with red-colored lens. Use up to 100 Watt,
115VAC (Incandescent bulb not included).
Vaportight light with green colored lens. Use up to
100 Watt, 115VAC (Incandescent bulb not included).
Vaportight light with amber colored lens. Use up to
100 Watt, 115VAC (Incandescent bulb not included).
27
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
SAFETY ACCESSORIES
AND MISCELLANEOUS
TEXT HERE
Warning
Signs
IF NEEDED
and Labels
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
These items are packed as standard in some or all LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators, depending on applicability. It is strongly recommended that they be replaced on installations
where they have been lost or damaged.
®
A
4065
CAUTION label for high-lift and vertical-lift sectional doors
B
406009
CAUTION label for electrical box cover
C
4055
CAUTION label for standard-lift sectional, slide and rolling doors
D
402701
CAUTION label regarding moving parts
E
WARNING to disconnect power
F
408001
CAUTION label regarding overload reset
G
409102
CAUTION label for reversing switch
H
406000
WARNING placard for placement near push button
ACCESSORIES
406010
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
28
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
SAFETY ACCESSORIES
AND MISCELLANEOUS
Miscellaneous Control Accessories
50400
50401
50450
Pass Door Switch
Rolling Door Interlock Switch
Sectional Door Interlock Switch
Plunger type switch to disable operator control circuit
whenever pass door (man-door) is not fully closed.
Requires coil cord or take-up reel. May be used with all
LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators.
NEMA 1 rated switch is engaged by rolling door lock
mechanism and disables operator control circuit when
door is locked, thereby preventing electrical operation
of door when locked. Mounts at bottom of door guide,
requires 2-wire connection to operator. May be used with
all LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators on rolling doors.
NEMA 4 rated switch is engaged by sectional door lock
mechanism and disables operator control circuit when
door is locked, thereby preventing electrical operation
of door when locked. Mounts next to door lock, requires
2-wire connection to operator. May be used with all
LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators on sectional doors.
®
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
Antennas
86LM*
Antenna Extension Kit for standard 15 ft. size doors.
86LMT*
Antenna Extension Kit for 25 ft. doors.
EXT-ANT
50402
26DGI16
Timer Defeat Switch
7-Day Timer
Toggle switch to allow automatic close timer to be
manually disabled. May be used with all LiftMaster
Commercial Door Operators with type T, T1 or T2 control
wiring. For use with Mechanical (M), Logic 4.0 and Logic
5.0 units only. Not for use with Logic 2.0 units. On Logic
2.0 units, the timer can be defeated by pressing the
STOP button.
Used to automatically open a door at pre-programmed
times. Includes 20 programs, manual override and battery
backup. May require transformer upgrade.
Medium-Duty External Antenna Kit
*Radio Control and Accessory Discount applies
WARNING: It is strongly recommended that audible/visible warning devices be included in every operator installation.
ACCESSORIES
29
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
MOUNTING ACCESSORIES
AND MISCELLANEOUS
Mounting Accessories/Hardware
089098
109095
Angle Mounting Bracket
Mounting Bracket for MJ, MH
Heavy 1/2 in. thick cast iron angle bracket used for
mounting side-mount operators on the end bracket of a
rolling door or grille. May be used for vertical or horizontal
mount and either front of coil or top of coil mount. Curved
slots in bracket allow for tensioning of chain drive. Right/
left interchangeable. Operator mounting holes match up
with mounting dimensions of LiftMaster Model DJ, DH, J,
MGJ, H and GH Operators (also see EZ Mount).
Heavy-gauge steel bracket may be used for vertical or
horizontal mount and either front of coil or top of coil
mount. May be welded.
For use with Model MJ, MGJ and MH Operators.
1012360
Universal Hood Angle
Mounting Bracket
Heavy-gauge steel bracket. Used for vertical or horizontal
mount on either front or top of coil. Has door mounting
pattern compatible with many OEM manufacturers.
May be welded. For use with Model DJ, DH, MJ, MH, J and
H Operators only.
NOTE: Cannot be welded. Cannot be used with model GH 3HP.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
1A4324
089098EZ
Hood Angle Mounting Bracket
Heavy-gauge steel bracket may be used for vertical or
horizontal mount and either front of coil or top of coil
mount. May be welded. For use with LiftMaster Model DJ,
DH, MGJ, GH, J and H Operators (also see EZ Mount).
®
Cast Iron Hood EZ Mount
Bracket
Cast iron hood-mount bracket with EZ mount adapter
plate, mounting bolts, nuts and washers. Adapter plate
holds mounting bolts in place for ease of mounting.
1A4324EZ
Steel Hood EZ Mount Bracket
Heavy-gauge steel bracket with EZ Mount adapter plate,
mounting bolts, nuts and washers. Adapter plate holds
mounting bolts in place for ease of mounting.
NOTE: Cannot be used with Model GH 3HP.
ACCESSORIES
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
109099
Flat Wall Plate Mounting
Bracket
Heavy 1/4 in. steel plate bracket used for wall mounting
of side-mount operators. Slots in bracket allow for
tensioning of drive chain. Mounting studs match up with
mounting holes of LiftMaster Model DJ, DH, J, MGJ, H and
GH Operators.
30
1A3982
Operator Cover
For wall-mounted Operators 31 L x 19 W x 18 in. D
Assembly required. Will cover LiftMaster Model J, H, GH,
MJ, MH, DH and DJ operators. Recommended for damp
environments where direct spray is present.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
MOUNTING ACCESSORIES
AND MISCELLANEOUS
Mounting Accessories/Hardware (continued)
716023
716125
71-EXTBKT41 (#41 Chain)
71-EXTBKT48 (#48 Chain)
Chain Tensioner
Chain Tensioner 1-1/4
Extension Bracket
Adjustable steel bracket with bearings on each end. One
end is placed on the operator output shaft and the other
end on the door shaft. The bracket is spread apart until
the drive chain is tensioned properly and then locked in
place with bolts and locknuts. Both bearings are 1 in.
diameter (for 1 in. shafts).
Same as (716023) but with 1-1/4 in. bearing for door
shaft.
Extension brackets designed to allow up to 6 in. of
additional backroom to match up with existing angle iron
on retrofit applications.
NOTE: May be used with all side-mount operators.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
ACCESSORIES
31
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
IMPORTANT SAFETY
INFORMATION
WARNING
The following should be read by anyone involved in the design, specification, selection, or purchase of a commercial
gate operator or automated gate system.
Automated Gate Systems
Safety Accessories
For the purposes of this Safety Information, an automated gate
system consists of a vehicular gate, an electric gate operator, control
equipment to interface with the gate operator and safety equipment to
protect people and property.
IT IS A REQUIREMENT THAT SAFETY EQUIPMENT BE USED WITH
EVERY GATE OPERATOR. There are many types of safety devices
available; sensing edges and photo eye controls are some of the
more common types of entrapment protection devices. Audible and/
or visible warning devices are recommended when automatic controls
are used in the gate operating system. A variety of warning signs and
labels are also offered in this section. WITHOUT SAFETY EQUIPMENT
THE GATE COULD CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH!
Vehicular Gates
A vehicular gate is a large, heavy object that moves with the help of an
electric motor. A moving gate can cause SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH!
The safety and well-being of others depends on the design of a safe
system. The gate itself must be properly installed, work freely and
smoothly in both directions and be constructed to industry standard
ASTM F2200.
Warning Signs and Labels
It is strongly recommended that signs and labels are replaced on
installations where they have been lost or damaged.
Gate Operator Selection
The proper gate operator must be selected for the application. Pay
attention to all application information in this catalog, including gate
type, size, voltage and control wiring. IMPROPER SELECTION CAN
RESULT IN A DANGEROUS SYSTEM. Be sure you understand
the application and limitations of the model gate operator you
select for your gate. If you are in doubt, contact a LiftMaster Sales Representative.
®
Control Accessories
Gate operators can present serious hazards to persons in the
immediate area when not controlled in a safe manner or by
responsible persons. Choose one or more controls that together will
allow complete control of the gate.
ACCESSORIES
All controls should be located OUT OF REACH OF SMALL
CHILDREN. SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH CAN RESULT FROM
CHILDREN PLAYING WITH CONTROLS.
ALL CONTROLS SHOULD BE LOCATED NO LESS THAN 6 FT.
FROM ANY MOVING PART OF THE GATE SO THAT THE PERSON
OPERATING THE CONTROLS CAN SEE THE FULL AREA OF GATE
MOVEMENT, but should not be so close that a person starting the
gate could be injured due to their proximity to the gate.
Be especially careful in designing systems with automatic controls,
controls that can cause the gate to operate without warning to
persons in the immediate gate area. Such controls include, but are not
limited to, radio controls, remote mounted access controls, access
control systems, and timing devices. SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND
SIGNS WARNING OF THE AUTOMATIC OPERATION ARE A MUST IN
THE DESIGN OF SUCH A SYSTEM.
32
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
SAFE INSTALLATION
PROCEDURES
SAFE INSTALLATION
PROCEDURES
Gate operators and associated control equipment should only be installed and serviced by qualified professionals.
Professional Installers should observe the following safe installation procedures. To ensure that this is the case,
provide a copy of this Safety Information section to the Installer.
1.
POWER SHOULD ALWAYS BE DISCONNECTED whenever
installing, wiring or servicing a gate operator or automated gate
system. Not only is the chance of electric shock thus reduced,
but the MOVING CHAINS IN MOST GATE OPERATORS CAN
CATCH CLOTHING OR FINGERS AND CAUSE SEVERE INJURY.
2.
Installation and wiring must be in compliance with local building
and electrical codes. If no local code exists, install in compliance
with the National Electrical Code.
3.
All manual gate locks should be disabled to avoid damage to the
gate or gate operator should the lock become engaged after the
operator is installed.
4.
Clutches should be adjusted to the minimum force setting
required to operate the gate smoothly, and still allow slippage
with minimum force. However, A CLUTCH IS NOT INTENDED
AS, AND SHOULD NOT BE SUBSTITUTED FOR, A SAFETY
DEVICE TO PROTECT PEOPLE AND PROPERTY.
5.
The manual operation system must be functioning properly.
IF THE GATE CANNOT BE MANUALLY OPERATED IN AN
EMERGENCY, SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH MAY RESULT!
6.
All warning signs and warning labels are required to be posted as
indicated in the gate operator installation manual, and over the
protest of the property owner.
7.
The gate operator controls and safety equipment should be
tested at the conclusion of the installation to be sure they are
functioning properly.
8.
The operation of the gate, controls and safety equipment should
be reviewed with the owner and/or end user of the automated
gate system. They should also be informed of the need to
maintain control and safety equipment on a regular basis. Safety
equipment should be checked at least once monthly to ensure
that it is working properly. All installation manuals, instructions
and safety information should be left with the owner.
9.
Moving gates have pinch points and entrapment zones that
can be extremely dangerous to pedestrians, especially small
children. EVEN THOUGH YOU ARE PLANNING TO USE SAFETY
EQUIPMENT, THESE POINTS AND ZONES SHOULD BE
GUARDED. See below for recommendations on guarding against
some of the more common hazards. If you are unsure about your
ability to identify the particular hazards of your gate operator
system, call LiftMaster for assistance. UNGUARDED PINCH
POINTS AND ENTRAPMENT ZONES CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH!
ACCESSORIES
33
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
SAFETY DEVICES
Thru-Beam Photo Eyes
UL 325 recommends the installation of Entrapment
Protection Devices to protect in both the open or close
directions and to protect between the moving gate and
rigid objects such as a post or wall.
CPS-N4
Non-Monitored Dual-Sided
Photo Eyes
Monitored Dual-Sided
Photo Eyes
Compatible with SL585, SL595, SW490, HS670, HCT Gate
Operators. 24VAC. UL listed to UL 325 standards, tested
with gate operators listed. NEMA 4 rated. 45 ft. sensing
distance. Includes bracket, interface box (41K4629) and
2 ft. cable leads.
Compatible with LiftMaster CSW24VDC, CSL24VDC,
LA400DC, LA412DC, RSL12VDC and RSW12VDC. <31mA
low power standby/detect current. UL listed to UL 325
standards, tested with operators listed. NEMA 4 rated.
45 ft. sensing distance. Includes bracket and 2 ft. cable
leads. Goes into power-save mode and minimizes power
draw when the gate is closed.
THRUIR55
G501RB325
Thru-Beam Photo Eyes with
Built-In Heater
12–24 VAC/DC. 20mA/30mA standby/detect current.
ETL listed to UL 325 standards. NEMA 4 rated. 165 ft.
sensing distance. Includes photo eye hood. Built-in
heater to keep free of frost and moisture in cold or
damp environments.
ACCESSORIES
CPS-UN4
®
Thru-Beam Photo Eyes
12–24 VAC/DC. 135mA/150mA standby/detect current.
ETL listed to UL 325 standards. NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and
13 rated. 65 ft. sensing distance. Includes photo eye hood.
50-220
Protector System Safety
Sensors
Dual Sided infrared sensors, compatible with LiftMaster
LA412DC, RSL12VDC and RSW12VDC Operators. <2mA
Low Power standby/detect current. UL listed to UL 325
standards, tested with operators listed. Weather-resistant.
30 ft. sensing distance. Includes photo eye hood/bracket
combo. Goes into power-save mode and minimizes power
draw when the gate is closed.
34
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
SAFETY DEVICES
Retro-Reflective Photo Eyes
CPS-RN4
CPS-RPEN4GM
Monitored Retro-Reflective
Photo Eye
LiftMaster Retro-Reflective
Photo Eyes
Compatible with CSL24VDC, CSW24VDC, RSW12VDC,
RSL12VDC, LA400DC, LA412DC and LA500DC. <40mA
standby/detect current. NEMA 4X rated. 50 ft. sensing
distance. Includes photo eye, bracket, 3 in. reflector,
6.5 ft. cable.
24VAC. ~20mA standby/detect current. UL listed to
UL 325 standards. NEMA 4 rated, polarized reflector. 30 ft.
sensing distance. Includes bracket, square reflector and
2 ft. cable leads.
®
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
AOMRON
G50NIR
Heavy-Duty Retro-Reflective
Photo Eye
Retro-Reflective Photo Eye with
Sensitivity Adjustment
24–240 VAC/DC. 35mA/125mA @ 24VAC, 20mA/60mA
@ 110VAC standby/detect current. UL listed to UL 325
standards. NEMA 3, 4, 12 rated. 40 ft. sensing distance.
Includes bracket and 3 in. reflector.
12VAC/DC to 240VAC. 20mA/40mA standby/detect
current. IP66 watertight package. 30 ft. sensing distance.
Includes photo eye hood, 3 in. reflector, reflector hood,
brackets and 6 ft. cable leads.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
ACCESSORIES
RETROAB
REFLECTUNIV
Retro-Reflective Photo Eye
Replacement Reflector
12VDC and 24VAC/DC. 20mA/40mA standby/detect
current. UL listed to UL 325 standards. NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6P,
13 rated. 30 ft. sensing distance. Includes photo eye hood,
bracket, 3 in. reflector and 6 ft. cable leads.
Universal reflector. 3 in. round. For use with AOMRON,
RETROAB and G50NIR.
WARNING: It is strongly recommended that some type of safety equipment be used with every gate operator. Without
safety equipment, serious injury or death may result!
35
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
SAFETY DEVICES
Sensing Edges
Mounting Channel Electric Edge
Sensing Edges
Sensing Edges
G65MG0204
A sensing edge should be used on every gate for the
protection of pedestrians and vehicles. Depending on the
type of edge and the type of control wiring of the operator
with which it is used, the function of the edge will vary.
A standard 2-wire edge will cause a gate to reverse when
it meets an obstruction while closing. It can also be wired
to stop the gate.
4 ft. length, 2-wire electric edge for gates. Sensitized on
three sides, requires mounting channel.
G65MG0205
5 ft. length, 2-wire electric edge for gates. Sensitized on
three sides, requires mounting channel.
G65ME120C5
IMPORTANT NOTES:
• Use only electric edges on gates
• Specify length of edge when ordering (4 ft. minimum)
•A coil cord or wireless sensing edge connection is required
with all edges
•The last number in the model number represents the
length of the sensing edge in feet. Specify length of
edge when ordering. Lead time may apply for nonstandard lengths.
5 ft. length, mounting channel for all MG020 edges.
UL 325 recommends the installation of Entrapment
Protection Devices to protect in both the open or close
directions and to protect between the moving gate and
rigid objects such as a post or wall.
G65MGR205
G65MGS205
Sensing Edges
Sensing Edges
5 ft. length, 2-wire electric edge for gate with 2 in.
round post. Sensitized on three sides, no mounting
channel required.
5 ft. length, 2-wire electric edge for gate with 2 in.
square post. Sensitized on three sides, no mounting
channel required.
Edge Connections
ACCESSORIES
Edge Connections
Sensing edges require a means to connect them to the
gate operator. The means must be able to extend and
retract as the gate moves.
65-MWRT12
Universal Wireless Transmitter/
Receiver Kit
Wireless sensing edge connection without audible alarm.
36
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
SAFETY DEVICES
Emergency Devices
Emergency Devices
With the rapid growth of gated communities, secured
commercial sites and residential gates, many municipalities
across the nation have implemented special requirements
for the access of emergency vehicles. Before installing any
motorized gate operator system, be sure to check with the
local fire department for its guidelines.
SOSG8
STRBSW
Emergency Vehicle
Access Device
Strobeswitch Emergency
Vehicle Detector
Siren Operated Sensor . Power requirements 9–30 Volts
AC or DC with ~.1mA draw. Responds to siren “Yelp”
mode found on all standard sirens. Dual relay closures for
use on dual gates.
Tomar Strobeswitch. Activated via strobe emitters found
on emergency vehicles. Includes 12–24 VDC power
module. 600 ft. range. Digital frequency discrimination
prevents interference.
®
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
C2EKIT*
C2EHEATER
12VDC Emergency
Vehicle Detector
Optional Heater Pad
Click2Enter Access Control. Combines the scanner/
receiver technology with control technology to act as
a radio-controlled key to open access control devices.
Variable activation range.
®
Heater for Click2Enter, 24VAC. Includes plug-in power
supply. Optional heater pad for operation in cold climates
below -20°F. To be used with C2EKIT.
*Requires programming by the Installer.
Fire Access Boxes
ACP17
50SL1FAR
ACCESSORIES
No Image Available
AFB120
Fire Access Box with
Cable Release
Exterior Manual
Release Firebox
Fire Access Box with
Micro Switch
Pull the interior T-handle to release the gate chain. Access
doors on front and back. Includes a hole for standard or
fire department padlock.**
Fire access box with cable release. Pull the interior
T-handle to release the gate chain. Includes a hole for
standard or fire department padlock.** Interior microswitch. Ideal with VSL595 Gate Operators.
All-in-one fire access box. Hole for standard or fire
department padlock. Interior micro-switch. Knockout for
Knox key switch. Standard cylinder lock.**
®
**Fire department padlock and Knox key switch not provided.
®
37
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
SAFETY DEVICES
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
Audible/Visible
Warning Devices
Audible/Visible Warning Devices
One or more of these devices may be connected to a gate
operator with several possible modes of operation: while
gate is moving, before gate closes, etc. An auxiliary limit
switch or auxiliary contact block may be required to allow
for connection to the operator. Please call your LiftMaster Sales Representative at time of ordering to review
installation requirements.
®
WARNING: It is strongly recommended that audible/visible
warning devices be included in every gate
operator installation.
REDSTROBE
Red Strobe Warning Light
24VAC, 500mA. IP23~. NEMA 1 rated.
G50200UH
Amber Strobe Warning Light
with Siren
110/120VAC. ~2A. Weatherproof. Single-tone siren: 87dBA
(continuous).
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
G503026
Siren
24 VAC/DC, 90mA. NEMA 4 rated. Dual-tone siren:
90/85dBA (continuous or pulse).
ACCESSORIES
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
38
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
DETECTORS
Loop Detectors
LiftMaster Loop Detectors
®
For exit, interrupt or shadow loop applications. Activates
only when a vehicle passes over a loop. Requires a loop
embedded in the ground to connect to the detector.
LOOPDETLM
AELD
Plug-In Loop Detector
Plug-In Loop Detector
Plug-in connector, no wiring needed, 12VDC/3mA
power draw. Fail-safe/exit selectable, fail-safe/failsecure. 1 relay, 1 channel, 4 selectable frequencies.
8 sensitivity levels, plus boost to ensure that vehicles
are easily identified. Compatible with CSW24VDC,
CSL24VDC, RSL12VDC, RWS12VDC, LA500DC, LA400DC
and LA412DC Gate Operators, includes diagnostic and
test feature.
Plug-in connector, no wiring needed, 24VAC. Fail-safe,
2 relays, 1 channel, 4 frequencies. 2 sensitivity levels,
includes boost feature that increases sensitivity to detect
high-profile vehicles. Compatible with CSW200UL,
SL3000UL and HCT Gate Operators.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
G714167NH
Vehicle Loop Detectors
Plug-in connector, no wiring needed, 24VAC. Fail-safe,
2 relays, 1 channel, 4 frequencies. 8 sensitivity levels,
includes boost feature that increases sensitivity to detect
high-profile vehicles. Compatible with SL585, SL595,
VSL595, HS670.
LD7LP
Low-Power Fail‑Safe
Loop Detector
Wire terminal block, 10-30 VAC/DC. 1 relay, 1 channel.
Automatic frequency. Automatic sensitivity levels.
<2mA current draw. Low power accessory, compact
size. Compatible with LA400DC, LA412DC, RSL12VDC,
RSW12VDC and Mega Operators.
Loop Detectors for Outdoor Use
LiftMaster Outdoor Enclosure
Loop Detectors
G302416241
24VAC, 1 detector.
ACCESSORIES
All loop detectors for outdoor use contain 1 or 2 detectors
housed in a watertight and oiltight NEMA 4, 12 rated
enclosure and are prewired to terminal block for easy
field connections. Complete with on-board DIP switches,
the connector is prewired to terminal block. Also features
selectable failure settings, dual relay, 1 channel,
4 frequency settings and 8 sensitivity levels—including
a boost feature that increases sensitivity to detect highprofile vehicles.
Outdoor Enclosure Vehicle
Loop Detectors (NEMA 4, 12)
Outdoor Enclosure Vehicle
Loop Detectors (NEMA 4, 12)
G3024161151
120VAC, 1 detector.
39
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
DETECTORS
Loop Detectors (continued)
Loop Detector
Loop Detectors
A24
All Reno loop detectors feature dual relay,
1 channel, 4 frequency settings and
8 sensitivity levels.
External DIP switches. Failsafe,
12–24 VDC, 24VAC at 50mA current draw,
manufactured by Reno.
Loop Detector
A79
Internal DIP switches. Current draw,
manufactured by Reno.
Loop Harness
A57
11-pin connector harness.
Peek-Traffic Loop
Detectors
Vehicle Loop Detectors
(NEMA 1)
G50625S115
G50625S24
115VAC. 57– 68mA max, current draw.
24VAC. 57– 68mA max, current draw.
Loop Detector
G50625S12
12VDC, 57– 68mA max, current draw.
ACCESSORIES
All Peek-Traffic loop detectors come
with an 11-pin connector harness,
fail-safe features, dual relay, 1 channel,
3 frequency settings, 6 sensitivity levels
and external DIP switches.
Vehicle Loop Detectors
(NEMA 1)
40
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
DETECTORS
Loop Wire Spools
Loop Wire Spools
Ideal for Installers that prefer to make
their own loops. 18-gauge 16/30 Tinned
Stranded Copper, XLPE loop wire,
UL Style 3173, Temp. 125°C, 600V,
1/32 in. insulated wall, plastic spool.
LW1000RED
LW100RED
LW500RED
1,000 ft. Red wire.
500 ft. Red wire.
LW1000BLU
LW500BLU
1,000 ft. Blue wire.
500 ft. Blue wire.
LW1000BLK
LW500BLK
1,000 ft. Black wire.
500 ft. Black wire.
ACCESSORIES
41
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
DETECTORS
TEXT HERE Loop
Pre-formed
IF NEEDED
Wire
Saw-Cut Loops
Saw-Cut Pre-formed Loop
Pre-formed Loop Wire
G50XNL1218
No need to make loops with ready-to-install pre-formed
loops used with vehicle loop detectors. Multiple sets
can be used as interrupt loops, shadow loops, exit loops
or entrance loops. Saw-cut loops are used in existing
asphalt or concrete driveways. Pave-over loops are used
under concrete, asphalt or gravel driveways, before
driveway installation.
4 x 8 ft. with 50 ft. lead length. 18-gauge XLP wire.
Saw-Cut Pre-formed Loop
G50XNL1818
6 x 12 ft. with 50 ft. lead length. 18-gauge XLP wire.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
Saw-Cut Pre-formed Loop
PL48S50
4 x 8 ft. with 50 ft. lead length. 16-gauge XLPE in
polyethylene jacket.
Saw-Cut Pre-formed Loop
PL612S50
6 x 12 ft. with 50 ft. lead length. 16-gauge XLPE in
polyethylene jacket.
Pave-Over Loops
Pave-Over Pre-formed Loop
G50ENL1218
ACCESSORIES
4 x 8 ft. 50 ft. lead length. 18-gauge TFFN wire in flexible
PVC conduit.
Pave-Over Pre-formed Loop
G50ENL1818
6 x 12 ft. 50 ft. lead length. 18-gauge TFFN wire in flexible
PVC conduit.
42
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
DETECTORS
Pave-Over Loops (continued)
Pave-Over Pre-formed Loop
PL48P40
4 x 8 ft. with 40 ft. lead length. 14-gauge solid UL 493
direct burial wire.
Pave-Over Pre-formed Loop
PL612P40
6 x 12 ft. with 40 ft. lead length. 14-gauge solid UL 493
direct burial wire.
Sealant
Loop Sealant
Loop Sealant
LSBLK
Quart tube, nitrile rubber, fast drying, excellent adhesion
to asphalt, concrete or cement. Skins over in 10 minutes
and restores traffic in only 1 hour Ideal for any weather
condition, -60°F to 350°F. Unaffected by chemicals, salts,
oils, greases, transmission fluids, gasoline, rain or snow.
Black sealant, one quart.
Loop Sealant
LSGRY
Gray sealant, one quart.
Sensing Probes
Sensing Probes
CP3
ACCESSORIES
Typically used as a free exit device. As a vehicle
approaches the probe, it will trigger the gate to open.
Probe can be buried in the ground beside the driveway
(not necessary to saw-cut the driveway).
50-GC836-LV
Single Piece Sensing Probe
2-Piece Sensing Probe
Low power accessory, 6–31 VAC or 10–40 VDC.
150microA (standby) 25–30mA (detect) current draw.
Automatic sensitivity. 100 ft. lead length. 1-piece design.
Low power accessory, 12–24VAC/DC, 10mA– 45mA
current draw. Adjust via dial, 3 levels of sensitivity. 50 ft.
lead length. 2-piece design, dual relay used to operate
additional devices such as security lights.
43
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
CONTROL DEVICES
3-Button Control Stations
3-Button Remote
Control Stations
OPEN/CLOSE/STOP for complete control of gate. May be
used on all gate operators.
G02103
G02108
3-Button Station
3-Button Station
Surface mount with steel enclosure, NEMA 1 rated.
Flush mount with stainless steel electrical junction
faceplate. Standard 2 x 4 in. stainless steel electrical
junction box. NEMA 1 rated.
G02403PH
02406
3-Button Station
3-Button Station
Surface mount with polycarbonate enclosure. Legend will
display horizontally, can be mounted either vertically or
horizontally, NEMA 4, 4X, 12, 13 rated.
Surface mount with two-position maintained key control.
Die-cast metal enclosure and On/Off Key control, key
removable in either position, NEMA 4/12 rated.
Push-Button Control Stations
2-Button Control Stations
ACCESSORIES
Used to open and close all gate operators.
WARNING: This control will not stop the gate. Use another
control that has a STOP button in conjunction with
this control.
02102
2-Button Indoor Surface Mount
Station (NEMA 1)
Indoor surface mount with steel enclosure, NEMA 1 rated.
44
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
CONTROL DEVICES
Two-Position Key Controls with STOP Button
2-Position Key Controls with
STOP Button
OPEN/CLOSE, spring return to center (Off), key removable
in center position only. Allows complete control of gate.
May be used on all gate operators.
02410*
02405
Key Switch with STOP Button
Key Switch with STOP Button
2-position key control with STOP button. NEMA 4, 12 rated.
Surface mount. Die-cast metal enclosure. Tamperproof.
2-position key control with STOP button. NEMA 4,
12 rated. Surface mount. Die-cast metal enclosure.
Non‑tamperproof.
Timers
Timer
7-Day Timers
GC839-S12
Used to automatically open and close overhead doors,
gates and parking barriers at pre-programmed times.
50 programs, 12VDC, 33mA current draw. Daylight
savings. Battery backup.
A program is required for each on-event and off-event.
If a gate operator is programmed to open each Monday
at 6 a.m. and close at 10 a.m., two programming events
have been scheduled.
Timer
GC839-S24
50 programs, 24VAC/DC, 80mA @ 24VAC, 40mA @ 24VDC
current draw. Daylight savings. Battery backup.
Timer
G26DGI16
20 programs, 24VAC/DC, 80mA @ 24VAC, 40mA @ 24VDC
current draw. Daylight savings. Battery backup.
ACCESSORIES
45
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
OPTIONAL KITS
TEXT HERE
Heater
Kits IF NEEDED
HTR
Heater Kit for Pad
Mount Operators
Compatible with RSL12VCD, RSW12VDC, CSL24VDC,
CSW24VDC, 110 –250 VAC, automatically detects voltage.
Protect systems to -40˚F. Installs on gate operator frame.
Self-Regulating Heater, Coil*
Self-Regulating Heater and Coil
Self-Regulating Heater and Coil
G6518CSW
Keeps gate operator gearbox and batteries at suitable
temperature when outside temperature is below 0°F for
extended periods of time. Installs into the frame of the
gate operator.
Compatible with CSW200UL, 120V.
For factory installed units, please use suffix H8 or H
(Sample: SL3000ULH8 and CSW200ULH8).
Self-Regulating Heater and Coil
HTRKITRSL**
Compatible with RSL12VDC, 120V.
G6518SL
Self-Regulating Heater and Coil
Compatible with SL3000UL,120V.
Self-Regulating Heater and Coil
HTRKITRSW
Compatible with RSW12VDC and CSW24VDC, 120V.
Self-Regulating Heater and Coil
HTKITCSL
Compatible with CSL42VDC, 120V.
ACCESSORIES
**Heater cannot be used in combination with a 33Ah battery,
model A12330SGLPK.
46
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
OPTIONAL KITS
Heater Kits (continued)
Thermostat Control Heater,
Fin Type
Designed to automatically maintain a suitable temperature
inside a control enclosure down to -40°F. Uses a highsurface-area aluminum heat emitter to eliminate the need
for a fan. Provides low-radiation and high-convection
heating to the enclosure. Adjustable from 30° to 120°F
(0° to 50°C).
6532449*
6532448*
Thermostat Control Heater
Thermostat Control Heater
Compatible with SL585 and SL595, 115V and 575V.
Compatible with SL585 and SL595, 208V–460V.
*Recommended for factory installation. For
factory installed units, please use suffix H3
(Sample: SL5855011H3).
*Recommended for factory installation. For
factory installed units, please use suffix H3
(Sample: SL5855011H3).
Thermostat Control Heater
Thermostat Control Heater
G6518300
G6519084
Compatible with SW490, BG770, BG790, 115V and 575V.
Compatible with SW490, BG770, BG790, 208V– 460V.
Thermostat Control
Heater, Plate
MA201
ACCESSORIES
Maintains a suitable temperature inside a control
enclosure for temperatures below 32°F. Available for
115VAC operators only.
UN201
Thermostat Control Heater
Thermostat Control Heater
Compatible with MA, MAS, 150W.
Compatible with MA, MAT and MAST, 500W.
47
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
OPTIONAL KITS
TEXT Kits
Field
HERE
and
IF Modules
NEEDED
Relay Modules
This easy-to-integrate module, in combination with the
control board, will facilitate the control and operation
of external accessories such as solenoid locks or
magnetic locks.
Q400MAU
OMNIEXB
Relay Module
Relay Module
Capable of switching loads up to 2 Amps. Compatible with
SL3000UL, CSW200UL, HCT, RSL12VDC and RSW12VDC.
Capable of switching loads up to 1 Amp. Provides the
option to add external accessories such as a solenoid lock
or magnetic lock, a 3-button control station and an alarm
system. Compatible with SL3000UL, CSW200UL and HCT.
Quick-Close Circuit Module
Allows a gate to close immediately after a car leaves the
interrupt loop. Compatible with SL3000UL. Requires Omni
Option Board, model OMNIEXB. Does not look for a close
command from the Timer-to-Close or an auxiliary device.
•QCC Switch Mode A
If the gate is closing while a car is over the interrupt
loop, the gate will stop and then open. As soon as the car
leaves the interrupt loop, the gate will resume closing.
QCCOMNI
ACCESSORIES
•QCC Switch Mode B
If the gate is closing while a car is over the interrupt loop,
the gate will only stop. As soon as the car leaves the
interrupt loop, the gate will resume closing.
No Image Available
K1D8080-1CC
Q160
Expansion Board
Long Gate Kit
Additional programming features, external loops,
plug-in loops, auxiliary relays and inputs for additional
controls and photo eyes. Compatible with all LiftMaster DC Operators.
Adjusts gate travel up to 51 ft. Call your LiftMaster Sales
Representative for application information. Compatible
with SL3000UL.
®
48
SAMSKIT
Sequenced Access
Management
Includes required relay and limits. Sequenced access
between any Mega Arm Operator and any gate operator
listed below. Compatible with SL3000UL, CSW200UL,
Mega Operators.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
OPTIONAL KITS
Field Kits and Modules (continued)
No Image Available
MA200
MA230VKIT
50-19503
K1 Relay Output Option
Voltage Conversion Kit
Push-to-Open Bracket
Accessory relay for external signaling. Common, N/C and
N/O contacts. Compatible with Mega Operators.
Convert from 115VAC to 230VAC operation. Compatible
with Mega Operators.
Allows the gate to swing away from the property.
Compatible with LA400DC, LA412DC.
No Image Available
No Image Available
MSWIRE12GA6C
G653509
No Image Available
SL585LIMIT
Dual Gate Wiring Kit
Diagonal Support Brace
Long Gate Kit
Includes 40 ft. of cable. Compatible with RSL12VDC
and RSW12VDC.
Adds structural support to operator stand. 4 braces
included. Compatible with SL585.
Adjusts gate travel up to 70 ft. Call technical support for
application information. Compatible with SL585.
9078002KT
Auxiliary Contact Block
Includes wired terminal block. Drives
auxiliary device in one direction. (OPEN
or CLOSE cycle). For both directions 2
required. Compatible with SL585, SL595.
No Image Available
71-REDGRN-HCT
50-SW4QRR
ACCESSORIES
No Image Available
G50402
Red/Green Warning
Light Box
Quick-Release Arm
Cap Kit
Timer Defeat Hold
Open Switch
Signals if door is moving or stationary.
Compatible with HCT.
Compatible with SW490.
Allows the automatic close timer on
the operator to be manually disabled.
Compatible with BG770 and BG790.
49
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
POWER DEVICES
Solar Packages
20W7A
20W33A
210W
40W33A
7Ah 12V Solar Kit
33Ah 12V Solar Kit
20W 24V Solar Kit
33Ah 24V Solar Kit
For RSW12VDC/RSL12VDC. 20 W 12V
Panel. Includes (1) SOLPNL20W12V, (1)
29-NP712 (1) K94-37236.
For RSW12VDC/RSL12VDC. Includes (1)
SOLPNL20W12V, (1) A12330SGLPK, (1)
K94-37236.
For CSL24VDC/CSW24VDC/LA500DC/
LA400DC. Includes (2) SOLPNL10W12V, (1)
K94-37236.
For CSL24VDC/CSW24VDC. Includes (2)
SOLPNL20W12V, (2) A12330SGLPK (1)
K94-37236.
Note: Recommended for areas that reach below 32°F/0°C for extended periods of time. See Gate Operator Solar Charts.
Solar Panels
SOLPNL10W12V
SOLPNL20W12V
Extra Solar Panel
Solar Panel
10W 12V solar panel. Mounting bracket and
hardware. 10 ft. of cable. Compatible with
LA400DC, LA412DC, LA500DC, RSL12VDC,
RSW12VDC, CSL245VDC and CSW24VDC.
Two panels required for models LA400DC,
LA500DC, CSL24VDC, CSW24VDC.
20W 12V solar panel. Mounting bracket and
hardware. 10 ft. of cable. Compatible with
LA400DC, LA412DC, LA500DC, RSL12VDC,
RSW12VDC CSL24VDC, CSW24VDC.
ACCESSORIES
Batteries
No Image Available
MBAT
A12330SGLPK
7Ah 12VDC
Battery (Single)
33Ah 12VDC
Battery (Single)
Compatible with LA500DC, LA400DC,
LA412DC, MA, MAT, RSW12VDC,
RSL12VDC, CSW24VDC, CSL24VDC.
Compatible with LA500DC, LA400DC,
LA412DC, RSL12VDC, RSW12VDC,
CSL24VDC, CSW24VDC, MA, MAT. When
adding 2nd 33Ah battery to the CSW24VDC,
order additional (K10-36183) tray.
50
BTYHARN7AH
7Ah Battery Harness
Compatible with RSL12VDC and
RSW12VDC.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
POWER DEVICES
Solar Accessories
No Image Available
No Image Available
No Image Available
K94-37236
K75-34986-2
K10-36183
Solar Harness Kit
Battery Tray
Battery Tray
For use with 7Ah and 33Ah batteries.
For CSL24VDC when adding second
33Ah batteries.
For LA500DC 33Ah batteries. For use with
LA500CONTXLDC.
Surge Suppressors and Power Supply
Surge Suppressors
Lightning damage from direct hits or
nearby strikes can potentially leave sites
unsecured or inaccessible. Downtime and
repair costs can be prevented or reduced
with the use of surge suppression.
LiftMaster Gate Operators feature built-in
surge suppression. But not all devices
used on installations have this feature.
®
SURGE120V
SURGELV
ARMP5
Surge Suppressor
Surge Suppressor
Power Supply
120VAC. Hardwired. High voltage. Single
phase. Diagnostic LED.
30V. Screw terminal. Low voltage. 2 pair
wire. Voice/Data/Power.
120VAC/60Hz Input. 12VDC output. 12VA
power. 1A current. Compatible with 12VDC
devices that have a current draw up to
1 Amp. Example: MG1300.
[Text]
ACCESSORIES
51
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
BARRIER ARMS AND BARRIER
ARM ACCESSORIES
Barrier Arms for Mega Arm Operators
Aluminum, 12 ft.
Arm opening area may vary dependent upon barrier gate
operator arm length and distance from curb. See specific
notes for each arm.
MA023
White aluminum arm. 12 ft. long x 3 in. round. 129.75 in.
(end of cabinet to arm tip).
MA024R
White aluminum arm with reflective yellow-black stripes.
12 ft. long x 3 in. round. 129.75 in. (end of cabinet to
arm tip).
MA024
White aluminum arm with yellow-black stripes. 12 ft. long
x 3 in. round. 129.75 in. (end of cabinet to arm tip).
MA024RDOT
White aluminum arm with red/white retro-reflectorized
DOT tape. 12 ft. long x 3 in. round. 129.75 in. (end of
cabinet to arm tip).
ACCESSORIES
Aluminum, 12 ft. with Padding
MA025
White aluminum arm with yellow padding. 12 ft. long x
4 in. round. Requires adapter collars model MA031.
52
MA026
Replacement yellow foam padding. 12 ft. long x 4 in.
round (2 in. ID). Replacement for model MA025.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
BARRIER ARMS AND BARRIER
ARM ACCESSORIES
Barrier Arms for Mega Arm Operators (continued)
MA027
Replacement white aluminum arm. 11 ft. long x 2 in.
round. 117.75 in. (end of cabinet to arm tip). Replacement
for model MA025.
Aluminum Arm, 14 ft. with Padding
MA028
White aluminum arm with yellow padding. 14 ft long x 4 in.
round. Requires Adaptor Collar model MA031.
Replacement white aluminum arm. 13 ft. long x 2 in.
round. 141.75 in. (end of cabinet to arm tip). Replacement
for model MA028.
Replacement yellow foam padding. 16 ft. long x 4 in.
round (2 in. ID). Replacement for model MA028.
ACCESSORIES
MA030
MA029
MA031
Adaptor Collars for padded barrier arms. Set of 2.
53
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
BARRIER ARMS AND BARRIER
ARM ACCESSORIES
TEXT HERE
Barrier
ArmsIFfor
NEEDED
Mega Arm Operators (continued)
Aluminum, 17 ft.
15 ft. gate arm requires 22 in. of rear clearance for
upswing of counter arm extension. Arm opening area may
vary depending upon barrier operator arm length and
distance from curb. See specific notes for each arm.
MA115
White aluminum arm. 17 ft. long x 3 in. round. 14 ft.
(end of cabinet to arm tip). Requires Counterweight
model MA117.
MA116R
White aluminum arm with reflective yellow and black
stripes. 17 ft. long x 3 in. round. 14 ft. (end of cabinet to
arm tip). Requires Counterweight model MA117.
MA116
White aluminum arm with yellow and black stripes.
17 ft. long x 3 in. round. 14 ft. (end of cabinet to arm tip).
Requires Counterweight model MA117.
MA116R DOT
White aluminum arm with red/white retro-reflectorized
DOT tape. 17 ft. long x 3 in. round. 14 ft. (end of cabinet to
arm tip). Requires Counterweight model MA117.
Articulating Arm
MA034*
ACCESSORIES
PVC articulating arm with yellow and black stripes and
hardware kit. 9 ft. long x 2.5 in. square.
MA035*
No Image Available
Replacement PVC arm only with yellow and black stripes.
9 ft. long x 2.5 in. square. Replacement for model MA034.
MA024-10*
White aluminum articulating arm only with yellow and
black stripes. 10 ft. long x 3 in. round. Hardware kit not
included, see model MA033.
MA033
Hardware kit only for articulating arm. For model MA034
and MA024-10 barrier arms.
*Arm shipped as single piece. Installer cuts down to meet site requirements.
54
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
BARRIER ARMS AND BARRIER
ARM ACCESSORIES
Barrier Arm Accessories for Mega Arm Operators
No Image Available
MA117
Counterweight required for all 17 ft. barrier arms.
MA900
Yellow/Black tape roll 2 in. wide x 36 yards.
MA021
Replacement 5/16 in. nylon arm nuts. Regular, package
of 50.
No Image Available
MA021A
Replacement 5/16 in. nylon arm nuts. Thin, package of 50.
G50FL12024
24VAC/DC flexible rope light, red. 10 ft. length.
SAMSKIT
Sequenced Access Management functionality between
any Mega Arm operator, SL3000, or CSW200.
ACCESSORIES
55
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
BARRIER ARMS AND BARRIER
ARM ACCESSORIES
Barrier Arms for Mega Arm Sprint Operators
Barrier Arms for Mega Arm
Sprint Operators
For use with Mega Arm Sprint/Tower Operators only.
Arm opening area may vary dependent upon barrier gate
operator arm length and distance from curb. See specific
notes for each arm.
SP8
SP8PAD
White aluminum arm with yellow padding. 8 ft. long x 4 in.
round. Requires adapter collars model MA031.
Replacement yellow foam padding. 8 ft. long x 4 in. round
(2 in. ID). Replacement for model SP8.
SP8TUBE
MA031
Replacement white aluminum arm. 8 ft. long x 2 in. round.
81.75 in. (end of cabinet to arm tip). Replacement for
model SP8.
Adaptor Collars for padded barrier arms. Set of 2.
ACCESSORIES
Barrier Arms for BG Operators
G651209P
Single-Piece Arms, BG 770
PVC arm with yellow and black stripes. 10 ft. long x 2.5 in.
square. Requires clamp model (G108019).
56
G651209
15ALUMARM
Wood arm with white and black stripes. 12 ft. long x 0.75
in. wide x 4–5.5 in. high (height tapers down).
White aluminum arm with yellow and black stripes. 15 ft.
long x 2.5 in. square. Arm adaptor included.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
BARRIER ARMS AND BARRIER
ARM ACCESSORIES
G651210P
PVC articulating arm with yellow and
black stripes and hardware kit. 10 ft.
long x 2.5 in. square. Arm shipped as
single piece. Installer cuts down to meet
site requirements. Requires clamp, see
model (G108019).
Articulating Arms,
BG 770
Articulating arms are available by special
order. 4-week lead time minimum.
G651210
No Image Available
G651210 K
Wood articulating arm with white
and black stripes and hardware kit.
12 ft. L x 0.75 in. W x 4–5.5 in. H (height
tapers down).
Hardware kit for wood articulating arm.
For model (G651210) barrier arm.
Barrier Arm Accessories for BG Operators
No Image Available
G651208R
Replacement wood wishbone
arm for BG790 (white and black
stripes). 24 ft. long x 0.75 in. wide
x 4 —5.5 in. high (height tapers
down). No Counterweight included.
Model (G658056) sold separately. (See
Parts Catalog)
No Image Available
MA900
Yellow and black tape roll.
2 in. wide x 36 yards.
G408700
White and black tape roll.
3 in. wide x 36 yards.
G108019
PVC arm mounting clamp. Used with
(G651209P) and (G651210P).
G50FL12024
24VAC/DC flexible rope light, red. 10 ft.
length, includes clips. Used with all barrier
gate operators.
G50402
Timer Defeat, Hold Open Switch that
allows for the auto-close timer to be
manually disabled.
ACCESSORIES
No Image Available
50-24
Long Distance Control Wiring (24VAC).
57
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
HARDWARE
Wheels
LiftMaster Elite Series Power
Wheel, Solid Steel
®
®
Continuous-cycle operation and maintenance free.
Designed for 1 in. or larger angle tracks. Solid cold-rolled
steel. Silver zinc-plated wheels are heat-treated for
longer life.
AH107
Gold Zinc-Plated V-Groove
Power Wheels with Ball Bearings
Pair of 4 in. wheels. Gold zinc plating. Can handle gates
up to 3,000 lbs.
AH110
Gold Zinc-Plated V-Groove
Power Wheel with Ball Bearings
6 in. single wheel. Gold zinc plating. Can handle gates up
to 5,000 lbs.
AH111
Heat-Treated V-Groove Power
Wheels with Ball Bearings
Pair of 4 in. wheels. Heat-treated silver zinc plating.
Can handle gates up to 3,000 lbs.
AH113
Heat-Treated V-Groove Power
Wheel with Ball Bearings
6 in. single wheel. Heat-treated silver zinc plating.
Can handle gates up to 5,000 lbs.
UHMW
ACCESSORIES
Specifically designed for lighter sliding gates. Heavyduty nylon, non-breakable. Designed for 1 in. or larger
angle tracks.
AH102
UHMV V-Groove Wheel
4 in. single wheel. Heavy-duty nylon, UHMW. Can handle
gates up to 750 lbs. Specifically designed for lighter
sliding gates.
58
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
HARDWARE
Hinges
LiftMaster Elite Series
Power Hinges
®
®
Engineered to last longer, install easier and
provide greater safety than conventional
gate hinges. They are designed for
industrial, high-traffic applications with
heavy wrought-iron or aluminum gates.
Double 5/8 in. ball bearings for smooth
operation. 3/4 in. solid stainless steel
shaft, grounded and tempered to Rockwell
standards. Continuous-cycle operation,
self-lubricating/no-grease fittings. Offers
a unique design so the gate never hits
the post.
POWERHINGE
POWERHINGE2
POWERHINGE3
Power Hinge
Power Hinge 2
Power Hinge 3
Can handle 3,000 lbs. per pair. Solid coldrolled steel. For use on steel gates with
steel mounting posts.
Can handle 1,000 lbs. per pair. 1/2 steel,
1/2 aluminum. For use on aluminum gates
with steel mounting posts.
Can handle 1,000 lbs. per pair. Heavy-duty
aluminum. For use on aluminum gates
with aluminum mounting posts.
SWG600
SWG606
Miscellaneous Gate Hinges
Heavy-Duty Bearing
Hinge Set
Heavy-Duty Hinge Set
for Uphill Swing
Can handle 2,000 lbs. per pair. Steel
with high-grade steel needle bearings.
Self-aligning bearing case, 1 in. solid bar
attachment and Zerk fittings. Compatible
with 4 x 4 in. post.
For uphill swing, high usage or heavy
gates. Can handle 2,000 lbs. per pair.
Steel with bronze bearings. 1/2 in. thick
weldable steel plates and 3/4 in. diameter
steel hinge bolt. Up to 15% lift.
Wheel Mounting Brackets
Single Bracket for 4 in.
V-Groove Wheels
AH103
ACCESSORIES
For 4 in. wheels. Single bracket, steel, unpainted.
Single Bracket for 6 in.
V-Groove Wheels
AH1036
For 6 in. wheels. Single bracket, steel, unpainted.
59
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
HARDWARE
Wheel Covers
Black Painted
Steel Cover
LiftMaster Wheel
Covers
®
CVRPWST4
Wheel covers guard against pinch points
to meet ASTM standards and ensure
UL 325 compliance. Wheel covers are
manufactured exclusively for use with
LiftMaster Elite Series Power Wheels.
Fits 4 in. wheels. Comes as a pair of
covers, steel, black.
Note: Wheels sold separately.
CVRPWST6
Black Painted
Steel Cover
®
Fits 6 in. wheels, single cover, steel, black.
CVRPWAL6
Unpainted
Aluminum Cover
Fits 6 in. wheels. Single cover, aluminum,
unpainted.
V-Track
V-TRACK
Universal Gate Operator Track for use with
V-Groove Wheels.
VTRACKBLK
V-Track
10 ft. V-track, black. Manufactured from
12-gauge hot-dipped galvanized steel.
Single-piece design, 90° rounded angle
top. 10 ft. length by 4 in. width. Multiple
3/8 in. diameter anchoring holes for ease
of installation.
TV201
V-Track
Interlocking Ends
TM202
V-Track Mounting Plate
10 ft. V-track, black. Steel construction,
90° angle top. Powder-coated finish. 10 ft.
length by 4 in. width. Multiple 1/2 in.
diameter anchoring holes.
Used in asphalt driveways to install
TV201 track instead of pouring a concrete
pad. Steel top plate welds to bottom of
V-track. 10 in. vertical tube. Anchor on
vertical tube.
GR122-S (B or G)*
AUHM
Guide Rollers
ACCESSORIES
Guide Rollers
5/8 in. zinc-plated bolt and nut, silent
operation. Steel roller bearings and steelreinforced roller.
GR122-R (B or G)*
6 in. roller made of neoprene.
*Specify black or gray when ordering.
60
6 in. roller with bracket made of neoprene.
6 in. roller made of UHMW. Comes
in black.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
HARDWARE
Jamb-Track Assembly
Jamb-Track Assembly
A great alternative for jobs where
conventional swinging and sliding gates
would take up too much valuable space
or simply would not work. Allows an
overhead gate or door to be lifted as
close as 1 in. to the ceiling when fully
open. Comes with weldable attachments
and bronze attachments; UHMW fully
machined rollers for quiet operation.
450 lb. capacity.
All assembly models come with both right
and left power arm assemblies, 2 track
rollers with brackets and 2 kicker rollers
with brackets.
JTA175-7
For gates that are 6-1/2 ft. to 7-1/2 ft. high.
JTA175-8
For gates that are 7-1/2 ft. to 8-1/2 ft. high.
JTA175-7, JTA175-8, JTA175-9
JTA175-9
For gates that are 8-1/2 ft. to 9-1/2 ft. high.
Replacement Hardware for Jamb-Track
Replacement
Hardware Contents
JTH175-7
For gates that are 6-1/2 ft. to 7-1/2 ft. high
JTH175-8
For gates that are 7-1/2 ft. to 8-1/2 ft. high
No Image Available
JTH175-9
For gates that are 8-1/2 ft. to 9-1/2 ft. high
JTH175-7, JTH175-8, JTH175-8
Replacement Track
Contents
JTR-7 Jamb-Track Replacement
For gates that are 6-1/2 ft. to 7-1/2 ft. high.
JTR-8 Jamb-Track Replacement
For gates that are 7-1/2 ft. to 9-1/2 ft. high.
Replacement Spring
Contents
Jamb-Track Spring Only.
No Image Available
JTR-7
JTR-8
Jamb-Track
Replacement
ACCESSORIES
For both right and left tracks.
No Image Available
Jamb-Track
Replacement
No Image Available
No Image Available
No Image Available
SA700-7
SA700-8
SA700-9
Jam Track Spring only,
7 ft. length
Jam Track Spring only,
8 ft. length
Jam Track Spring only,
9 ft. length
61
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
HARDWARE
Locks
Installation Examples
MG1300
EMLO1300F*
Surface Mount
EMLO1300S*
LiftMaster Elite Series
Maglock
LiftMaster Elite Series
Maglock Face Mount
LiftMaster Elite Series
Maglock Surface Mount
12 or 24VDC. 12VDC at 500mA, 24VDC at
250mA current draw. Holds up to 1,300 lbs.
Includes 12VDC transformer, pivoting steel
armature, mounting plate and hardware.
Features junction box with knockouts, and
face mount.
12 or 24VDC. 12VDC at 500mA, 24VDC
at 250mA current draw. Holds up to
1,300 lbs. Includes mounting plate
and hardware.
12 or 24VDC. 12VDC at 500mA, 24VDC at
250mA current draw. Holds up to 1,300 lbs.
Includes mounting plate and hardware.
®
®
®
®
Face Mount
*Requires separate power supply. 12VDC Transformer model ARMP5 sold separately.
Pin Lock
Solenoid Lock
SGLOCK12V**
GPINLCK
Solenoid Lock
Pin Lock
Compatible only with LiftMaster LA412,
RSL and RSW Gate Operators. Low-power
current draw. Holds up to 3,500 lbs.
Fail-secure.
®
Locks gate arm to the gate’s mounting
bracket. Compatible with LA400DC and
LA412DC Operators.
**Low power accessory when used with operators with LiftMaster Battery Backup system.
ACCESSORIES
TEXTPack
Bulk
HEREChains
IF NEEDED
G193025
1941240D
1941240DNP
#50 Nickel-Plated
Chain Pack
#41 Black Oxide
Chain Pack
#41 Nickel-Plated
Chain Pack
Nickel-plated. 25 ft. pack. Compatible with
SL585, SL595, VSL595.
Black oxide. 10 ft. pack. Compatible with
RSL12VDC, SL3000UL, HCT, CSL24VDC.
Nickel-plated, 10 ft. pack. Compatible with
SL3000UL, CSL24VDC.
62
1940240D
#40 Black Oxide Chain
Black oxide, 10 ft. pack. Compatible with
SL3000UL, CSL24VDC.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Gate Operators
HARDWARE
Mounting Accessories for Gate Operators
MPEL
Mounting Plate for
Post Mounting
Compatible with CSW24VDC, CSW200UL,
CSL24VDC, SL3000UL, RSW12VDC.
Multiple post mounting options:
• 3 in. round on the outside
• 3 in. round on the inside
• 4 in. square welded on the inside
MSEL
MSLM
Steel Stand for
Mounting to
Concrete Pad
Steel Stand for
Mounting to Concrete
Pad or Post Mounting
Stand height: 7.5 in. Plate, 17.5 x 16.5 in.
Compatible with SL3000UL.
Removable top plate for post mounting
(square post welded on the inside). Stand
height: 9 in. Compatible with RSL12VDC.
G305803002
Post Mount Kit
For post mounting a gate operator.
4 U-bolts and hardware for 3 in. pipe.
Compatible with SL585, SL595.
Mounting Accessories for Control Boxes
50-19509
For 6 in. round post.
Post mounting kit for LA400DC or
LA412DC standard or XL metal
control boxes. Kit includes 2 U-bolts
and hardware.
50-19511
For 4 in. round post.
50-19512
For 2.5 in. round post.
Miscellaneous Hardware
ASRI
Aluminum Positive Stop
Rubber Safety Bumper
For swing gates. Includes two
rubber grommets.
5 ft., for use on slide gates.
ACCESSORIES
APSA
63
ACCESSORIES
Access Control Systems
SECURITY+ 2.0 REMOTE CONTROLS
™
Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls Narrow Band on 310/315/390 MHz Tri-Band
™
Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls
™
Remote Controls featuring narrow-band multi-frequency
(310/315/390 MHz), Rolling Code Technology. Compatible
with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 Gate Operators,
Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators and
Radio Receivers.
®
™
892LT
894LT
2-Button Learning Remote
Control
4-Button Learning Remote
Control
Controls up to two LiftMaster Gate Operators, Garage Door
Openers, Commercial Operators and/or MyQ Accessories.
Each button operates independently. Compatible with
LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 and Security+ and can clone
any LiftMaster DIP switch technology.
Controls up to four LiftMaster Gate Operators, Garage Door
Openers, Commercial Operators and/or MyQ Accessories.
Each button operates independently. Compatible with
LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 and Security+ and can clone
any LiftMaster DIP switch technology.
811LM*
813LM*
®
™
®
™
Security+ 2.0 Commercial and
Gated Community Encrypted
DIP Remote Controls
™
Compatible with Security+ 2.0 LiftMaster Commercial
Operators, Gate Operators and Commercial Receivers.
™
1-Button Remote Control
3-Button Remote Control
Extreme range 1-button encrypted DIP switch remote
control. Ideal for applications like gated communities
or commercial applications requiring a large number of
remote controls for a common entrance. Easy to code,
12-position DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes.
Extreme range 3-button encrypted DIP switch remote
control. Red/Green/Yellow on buttons designed to be
programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functionality for
commercial door operators. Easy to code, 12-position
DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes.
*Not compatible with LiftMaster Security+2.0 Garage Door Openers
™
ACCESSORIES
Security+ Remote Controls
373LM
371LM
971LM
3-Button Remote Control
1-Button Remote Control
1-Button Remote Control
Controls up to three LiftMaster Garage Door Openers,
Commercial Door Operators and/or Gate Operators.
Compatible with 315 MHz Security+ Rolling Code
Technology. 3V lithium battery and visor clip included.
Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ Garage Door
Openers, Gate Operators and Commercial Door Operators.
Program a single Garage Door Opener, Gate Operator
or Commercial Door Operator. With Security+ 315 MHz
Rolling Code Technology, users are assured of a new code
with every use.
Compatible with Garage Door Openers with orange or red
learn buttons or gray antennas. Program a single Garage
Door Opener, Gate Operator or Commercial Door Operator.
With Security+ 390 MHz Rolling Code Technology, users
are assured of a new code with every use.
64
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Access Control Systems
REMOTE CONTROLS
Digital Remote Controls
361LM/61LM
1-Button Remote Control
1-Button remote control, easy code selection. 9-position
trinary DIP switches with 19,683 changeable codes per
channel. Red LED indicates battery strength and signals
sent transmissions. 12V battery and directional visor clip
included. 315 MHz (361LM)/390 MHz (61LM).
Multi-Code Remote Control
™
333LM/33LM
Tri-Colored 3-Button
Remote Control
3-Button remote control, red, yellow and green buttons
for easy identification. Accommodates commercial door
operators requiring OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functions. Easy
code selection. 9-position trinary DIP switches with 19,683
changeable codes per channel. Red LED indicates battery
strength and signals sent transmissions. 12V battery and
visor clip included. 315 MHz (333LM)/390 MHz (33LM).
300MC
1-Button Remote Control
Compatible with Multi-Code code format.* 300 MHz
frequency. Not LiftMaster compatible.
™
®
418MHz Remote Controls
DT418
418MHz Remote Controls
1-Button decodable remote control, 418Mhz frequency for
use with Dial Code or Icon 26 Series.
ACCESSORIES
*Multi-Code is a registered trademark of the Linear Corporation.
65
ACCESSORIES
Access Control Systems
RECEIVERS
Security+ 2.0 Commercial and Gated Community Receivers
™
STAR1000
850LM
860LM
Commercial Receiver
Universal Receiver
Security+ 2.0 narrow band multi-frequency 310/315/390
MHz receiver virtually eliminates radio interference. Program
up to 1000 remote controls either individually or block learn
with Passport Lite. Large keypad and LCD screen for quick
and easy programming. Duplicate memory module included
for programming additional receivers or data backup.
Compatible with all Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls. Designed
for outdoor environments. Includes 9 in. antenna.
Security+ 2.0 narrow band multi-frequency 310/315/390
MHz receiver that virtually eliminates radio interference.
Eliminates customer callbacks due to poor range
performance. 3 channels providing large capacity:
channel 1 (50 remote controls); channel 2 (20 remote
controls); channel 3 (20 remote controls). Compatible with
all Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls.
Weather-Resistant
Universal Receiver
™
™
™
™
Security+ 2.0 narrow band multi-frequency 310/315/390 MHz
receiver that virtually eliminates radio interference. 3 channels
providing large capacity: channel 1 (50 remote controls);
channel 2 (20 remote controls); channel 3 (20 remote
controls). Compatible with all Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls.
Weather-resistant, suitable for mounting outdoors.
™
™
Security+ Commercial and Gated Community Receivers
®
312HM
412HM
Universal Coaxial
Commercial Receiver
Two memory settings: high security mode holds up to
15 Security+ 315 MHz remote controls; normal security
mode holds up to 31 Security+ 315MHz or DIP switch
remote controls. 12VDC or 35VAC/DC, jumper selectable.
2-piece aluminum case with detachable cover. Compatible
with Security+ 315 MHz Rolling Code Technology and DIP
switch Remote Controls.
Two memory settings: high security mode holds up to 15
remote controls Security+ 390MHz, normal security mode
holds up to 31 Security+ 390MHz or DIP Switch remote
controls. 12VDC or 35VAC/DC, jumper selectable. 2-piece
aluminum case with detachable cover. Compatible with
Security+ 390 MHz Rolling Code Technology, 390 MHz
billion code technology and DIP switch Remote Controls.
ACCESSORIES
Universal Coaxial
Commercial Receiver
66
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Access Control Systems
PASSPORT CREDENTIALED RADIO
CONTROL SOLUTIONS
Security+ 2.0 Passport Solution
™
Passport Credentialed Solution
Property managers no longer have to manage several different remote controls for the main gate, tenant gate, visitor doors
and parking entrances. Residential and commercial property management is now simplified with an innovative single remote
control solution that integrates with telephone entry and access control systems.
Passport with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 delivers extreme radio range and provides enhanced credential management through
simplified, menu-driven programming, providing a more effective method of managing entrances within a gated community or
commercial environment.
®
™
PPWR Passport Receiver
Fully compatible with LiftMaster Telephone Entry and Access Control solutions, as well as third party access systems supporting
standard 26-bit, 30-bit, 34-bit and 50-bit Wiegand protocol. It features two operational modes: Pass-Thru and Advanced. PassThru mode automatically passes the defined Wiegand information on to the access control solution.
Passport MAX Remote Controls
Passport Lite Remote Controls
Passport Max
Remote Controls
Passport Lite
Remote Controls
Visor and Keychain Remote Controls. Add the
PPWR Receiver to your access control system
for a one-remote-control solution. Compatible
with PPWR Wiegand Receiver for gate access
control, with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 and
Security+ Residential Garage Door Openers.
Wiegand proximity sensor available with
select keychain remote controls for access
control integration with a card reader.
Control for common areas and parking
facilities. Attractively priced remote controls
for high-volume remote control applications,
including commercial properties and parking
garages. Passport Lite Remote Controls are
compatible with Security+ 2.0 Commercial
Door Operators, Gate Operators, commercial
receivers including the STAR1000 and the
PPWR Security+ 2.0 Wiegand Receiver.
3-Button Passport MAX Visor Remote Control
1-Button Passport Lite Visor Remote Control
PPV3M
PPLV1*
3-Button Mini Passport MAX Keychain
Remote Control
1-Button Mini Passport Lite Keychain
Remote Control
PPK3M
PPLK1*
3-Button Mini Passport MAX Keychain
Proximity Remote Control
1-Button Mini Passport Lite Keychain Proximity
Remote Control
™
PPK3PHM
™
™
PPLK1PH*
*Can only be ordered in packages of 10 and 100, add -10 when ordering a 10 pack and
-100 when ordering a 100 pack
SPECIFICATIONS:
Receiver: 12 Volts DC, 50mA
Keychain: 3 Volts (One 2032 Lithium Battery)
Visor: 3 Volts (One 2032 Lithium Battery)
Receiver: Power, Noise, Data Transmission, Valid Message, Access Granted
LEDs
Receiver: 315 MHz or 390 MHz Narrow Band
Frequency
Remote Control: 315 MHz or 390 MHz SAW Stabilized
(Output in Accordance with FCC Part 15)
Buffer
Receiver: 16,000 Rolling Code Users (FIFO)
Memory
Receiver: Non-Volatile
Receiver: -40˚F to 185˚F; -40˚C to 85˚C
Temperature Range
Remote Control: -40˚F to 185˚F; -40˚C to 85˚C
Output
Receiver: 26-and 30-bit Wiegand Formats
Wire/Distance
Receiver: 5 Wire Shielded/1,000 Feet
Enclosure
Receiver: Weather-Resistant NEMA 3 Rated
Dimensions
Receiver: 5-11/16 in. W x 4-1/8 in. H x 1-7/16 in. D
Encoding
Remote Control: Narrow Band, Security+ Rolling Code Technology
ACCESSORIES
Power
67
ACCESSORIES
Access Control Systems
CARD READERS
HID iClass SE Readers
®
iClass SE R40
HID iClass SE Readers
DL91105
Next generation access control solutions for increased
security, adaptability, and enhanced performance.
Supports iCLASS HID Cards. Ideal for new and existing
iCLASS installations for increased safety and performance.
Contactless Smart Card Reader, designed to mount
and cover single gang switch boxes, 13.56 MHz Card
compatibility. Dimensions: 3.3 x 4.8 x 1.0 in.
®
iClass SE R10 Mini Mullion
DL91106
Contactless Smart Card Reader. 13.56 MHz Card
compatibility, Wiegand Controller Communications. Small
version suited for mullion-mounted door installations.
Dimensions: 1.9 x 4.1 x 0.9 in.
iClass SE R15 Mullion Mount
DL91109
Contactless Smart Card Reader. 13.56 MHz Card
compatibility. Small version suited for mullion-mounted
door installations. Dimensions: 1.9 x 6.0 x 0.9 in.
HID Multiclass SE Readers
®
Multiclass SE RP10 Mini Mullion
HID Multiclass SE Readers
DL91112
Next generation access control solutions for increased
security, adaptability, and enhanced performance supports
multiple technologies including iCLASS SE and iCLASS .
Powerful, secure and adaptable Contactless Smart
Card Reader, compatible with iCLASS SE and HID Prox
technologies. Dimensions: 4.8 x 10.3 x 2.3 cm.
®
®
Multiclass SE RP15
Mullion Mount
DL91113
Multi-technology card reader designed for customers
upgrading their current card system from some of the
most popular proximity format to iCLASS credentials.
The RP15 readers allows customer to transition to smart
cards over time while incorporating the use of multiple
card technologies within a single building or across
multiple facilities. Dimensions: 6.1 x 1.9 x 0.9 in.
Multiclass RP40 Wall Switch
DL91114
ACCESSORIES
Multi-technology card reader designed for customers
upgrading their current card system from HID Prox
to iCLASS credentials. With the RP40 multiCLASS,
the customer has the ability to transition to smart
cards over time while incorporating the use of
multiple card technologies within a single building
or across multiple facilities and enhanced security
through mutual authentication and data encryption.
Dimensions: 3.3 x 4.8 x 1.0 in.
Multiclass RPK40
DL91115
The iCLASS RPK40 is a multi-technology card reader
with Keypad designed for customers upgrading their
current card system from HID Prox to iCLASS credentials.
With the iCLASS RPK40, the customer has the ability to
transition to smart cards over time while incorporating
the use of multiple card technologies within a single
building or across multiple facilities. With the iCLASS
RPK40, you get enhanced security through mutual
authentication and data encryption.
68
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Access Control Systems
CARD READERS
HID Prox Readers
®
MiniProx 5365
HID Prox Readers
SNARHIDMINI
Low cost, entry level security supports HID Prox Cards.
Miniprox reader’s potted electronics and slim design
is ideal for indoor or outdoor mounting. 125 MHz,
Dimensions: 6 x 1.7 x 1 in.
ThinLineII 5395
SNARHIDTHIN
Mini Prox reader housed in a two-piece weather
proof secure potted enclosure, 125 MHz, Dimensions:
4.7 x 3 x 6.8 in.
ProxPoint Plus 6005
SNARHIDPOINT
Combines multiple configurations at an economical
price, ideal for indoor and outdoor applications, 125 MHz,
Dimensions: 3.7 x 1.72 x 0.66 in.
ProxPro with Keypad 5355
SNARHIDPRO
Ideal for applications requiring a longer read range,
125 MHz, Dimensions: 5 x 5 x 1 in.
ACCESSORIES
69
ACCESSORIES
Access Control Systems
CARD READERS
TEXT HERE IF
Stand-Alone
Proximity
NEEDEDCard Reader
PPLX
KPR2000
PPLX Stand-Alone Proximity
Card Reader
Wired Keypad and
Proximity Reader
50,000-user capacity. Programmable output relay (NO/
NC). Multiple Wiegand protocols (legacy 26-bit industry
standard, Passport). Latch Mode to hold the door or gate
open. Timed Anti-Passback Logic. Programmable as
stand-alone or Wiegand pass-thru.
2,000 user capacity (card, PIN, card and PIN) stand
alone or pass-thru operation. Supports HID 26 and 30 bit
Wiegand proximity card formats. Multi-colored LED status
display and backlit keypad.
PPLX Components
No Image Available
PPRP
PPCSC
PS12D2A
Proximity Card (Clamshell)
Power Supply 12VDC 2.0A
Hand held programmer for use with Passport Stand-Alone
Proximity Card Reader.
Passport proximity card. (Shipped in sleeves of 50).
Power Supply for Passport Stand-Alone Proximity
Card Reader.
ACCESSORIES
Radio Programmer For PPLX
70
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Access Control Systems
CREDENTIALED CARDS
HID
TEXT
iClass
HERE
SE IF
Credentials
NEEDED
®
HID iClass SE Credentials
For use with HID iClass SE Readers and the highest level
of security.
iClass SE Key II Contactless
Smart Key
DL91204
High frequency credential delivers same level of security
as smart card.
iClass SE Contactless
Smart Card
DL91206
SIO-Enabled smart card credential for iClass MIFARE
and DESfire.
iClass SE Clamshell
Contactless Smart Card
DL91207
Ideal for SE installations in harsh environments and can
be used for a range of diverse applications.
HID Prox Credentials
®
Prox 1346 ProxKey III
HID Prox Credentials
DL91201
Low cost entry level, compatible with HID Prox Readers.
Pocket size key fob.
Prox 1386 ISOProx Card
(imageable)
®
DL91203
Proximity card technology with photo
identifications capability.
Prox 1326 ProxCard II
Clamshell Card
DL91205
Industry choice for a cost-effective solution to proximity
access control.
ACCESSORIES
71
ACCESSORIES
Access Control Systems
IPAC ACCESSORIES
TEXT Accessories
IPAC
HERE IF NEEDED
IPACRTR
Retrofit Trim Ring
Makes installation easy when replacing both flush mount
Infinity L and ICON 26 models.
SNARHIDPOINT
HID ProxPoint Plus Mini
Proximity Reader
®
Provides multiple configuration options and is both sleek
and inconspicuous.
IPACKEY
Keypad
For customers needing multiple keypad options, IPAC
accommodates an external keypad.
IPACCAMK
IPACPLB
Camera Kit
Meets postal requirements while offering flexibility for
right- or left-side installation.
High-performing camera is perfect for applications
requiring visual installations.
ACCESSORIES
Postal Lock Box
72
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Access Control Systems
EL2000 ACCESSORIES
TEXT HERE
EL2000
Accessories
IF NEEDED
EL2000DVRCAMKT
DVR Compatible Low-Lux Color
Camera Kit
Optional color low-lux camera, compatible with DVR.
RFMODKT3
WOMODKT
EL25/EL2000 RF Module Kit
EL25/EL2000 Wiegand Module
RF module for access with 315MHz Passport remote
controls. Not compatible with Passport Lite or Passport
MAX Security+ Remote Controls.
Supports two Wiegand-compatible remote control
access devices.
No Image Available
ESSWOKSG
Wiegand Output Keypad
26 bit, 12 pad; 3 x 4 in. Keypad is selectable for 5 or
12 volts.
HIDWOKPRO
Combo Keypad/Card Reader
Wiegand Output
125 kHz wall switch keypad proximity reader. Sealed for
indoor or outdoor use.
ELHTRKT
EL2000 LCD Display Heater
Allows the EL2000 LCD display to maintain normal
operation to approximately -20°F.
ACCESSORIES
No Image Available
ELTRMKT
EL2000 Trim Plate Kit
The trim plate kit is compatible only with model EL2000.
It includes a faceplate that is mounted on the unit.
73
ACCESSORIES
Access Control Systems
EL25 ACCESSORIES
EL25 Accessories
EL25DVRCAMKT
DVR Compatible Low-Lux Color
Camera Kit
Optional color low-lux camera, compatible with DVR.
ESSWOKSG
Wiegand Output Keypad
WOMODKT
EL25/EL2000 RF Module Kit
EL25/EL2000 Wiegand Module
RF module for access with 315MHz Passport remote
controls. Not compatible with Passport Lite or Passport
MAX Security+ remote controls.
Supports two Wiegand-compatible remote control
access devices.
HIDWOKPRO
Combo Keypad/Card Reader
Wiegand Output
125 kHz wall switch keypad proximity reader. Sealed for
indoor or outdoor use
ACCESSORIES
26 bit, 12 pad; 3 x 4. in. Keypad is selectable for 5 or
12 volts.
RFMODKT3
74
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Access Control Systems
STANDARD PEDESTALS
Mounting Posts
Pedestals
Faceplate with universal hole pattern to fit almost any
access device. Black powder-coated finish, ensuring no
chipping or fading. 2 x 2 in. square post. Each neck is bent
with a 6 in. center radius. Mounting hardware included for
all pad mount models.
PED42
PED42ACC
Gooseneck Pedestal
42 in. Height
Gooseneck Pedestal
42 in. Height
Pad mount, 2 x 2 in. square pipe, 11-gauge steel.
Pad mount, 2 x 2 in. square pipe, 14-gauge steel.
PED64
PED4272
Gooseneck Pedestal
64 in. Height
Dual Gooseneck Pedestal
42 in. and 72 in. Height
In-ground mount, 2 x 2 in. square pipe, 11-gauge steel.
Pad mount, 2 x 2 in. square pipes, 11-gauge steel.
ACCESSORIES
PED72
Gooseneck Pedestal
72 in. Height
Pad mount, 2 x 2 in. square pipe, 11-gauge steel.
75
ACCESSORIES
Access Control Systems
PEDESTALS
Miscellaneous Pedestals
PEDS44
PS12D2A
142A0271
Low-Profile Access Pedestal
Power Supply
Trim Plate
Corrosion-resistant, welded, powder-coated steel
construction. Pre-drilled for quick and easy installation.
Height 44 in., pad mount 11-gauge steel.
12VDC, 2 Amp power supply.
4 x 4 in. Plate for pedestal cover, powder-coat finish, black.
GC813
Pedestal 68 in. Height
ACCESSORIES
In-ground mount, threaded 3 x 3 in. square post with
1-1/2 in. pipe, black 11-gauge steel.
76
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Access Control Systems
SURGE SUPPRESSORS AND
PROTECTION
Surge Suppressors and Protection
Surge Suppressors
Lightning damage from direct hits or nearby strikes
can potentially leave sites unsecured or inaccessible.
Downtime and repair costs can be prevented or replaced
with the use of surge suppression. LiftMaster Gate
Operators feature built-in surge suppression. But not all
devices used on installations have this feature.
®
SURGE240V
SURGELV
Surge Suppressor
Surge Suppressor
240VAC. Wired, high voltage, single phase.
Diagnostics LED.
30V, screw terminal, low voltage, 2 pair wire.
Voice/Data/Power.
Surge Protection
No Image Available
LVSS
Surge Protector for
Power Transformer
Surge protector, 12VAC (low voltage).
R4SS
Surge Protector
Surge Protector for RS485. 2,000 Amp protection.
SNATSURGE
Telephone Line
Surge Suppressor
For added protection to the phone line inputs during lowvoltage storm surges.
ACCESSORIES
77
ACCESSORIES
Access Control Systems
TRANSFORMERS
Transformers
85LM
Optional Universal Radio
Control Plug-In AC Transformer
95LM
Optional Transformer
110VAC input, 22VDC output. 2-wire connection.
ACCESSORIES
Power input level: 105–135VAC. Plug-in jack for
easy installation.
78
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Access Control Systems
ANTENNAS
Antennas
Antenna Extension Kit, 15 ft.
86LM*
For use with 312HM, 412HM, STAR1000, 860LM, and
850LM when remote operation is needed. Kit contains
antenna bracket and 15 ft. of cable.
Antenna Extension Kit, 25 ft.
86LM/86LMT
Antenna Extension Kits
86LMT*
For use with 312HM, 412HM, STAR1000, 860LM and
850LM when remote additional remote range is needed.
Kit contains antenna bracket and 25 ft. of cable.
Medium-Duty External
Antenna Kit
EXT-ANT
*Radio Control and Accessory Discount applies.
ACCESSORIES
79
ACCESSORIES
Radio Controls
MYQ ACCESSORIES
®
823LM
825LM
828LM
Remote Light Switch
Remote Light Control
Internet Gateway
Controls lights remotely. Turn on lights in your garage,
yard or home with your Garage Door Opener remote
control. Use with the Internet Gateway to control single
pole lights from your smartphone or computer. Compatible
only with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Openers,
Remote Controls and MyQ Accessories.
Operate any lamp with your Garage Door Opener remote
control or from your smartphone via your Internet
Gateway. Plug into an indoor outlet, connect cord from the
light you want to control and program it to your remote
control or the Internet Gateway. Compatible only with
LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Openers, Remote
Controls and MyQ Accessories.
Using your smartphone or computer, you can operate
your garage door, commercial door, gate or turn on or
off lights in or around your home, from anywhere in the
world. Easy and fast installation through your in-home
router. Compatible only with Security+ 2.0 Garage Door
Openers, Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators and
MyQ Accessories.
829LM
888LM
821LM
®
™
™
™
Door and Gate Monitor
MyQ Control Panel
MyQ Garage
Check and close the garage door or gate from any room in
the house. Green and red LED lights indicate whether the
garage door or gate is open or closed. Volume-controlled
audible alert lets you know when the garage door or gate
is being opened. MyQ technology allows you to monitor
and close up to four garage doors, commercial doors or
gates. Compatible only with Security+ 2.0 Garage Door
Openers, Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators and
MyQ Accessories.
Allows LiftMaster Garage Door Openers manufactured
since 1998 to be controlled by a smartphone, tablet
or computer (when paired with the Internet Gateway).
Provides the upgrade needed to utilize Security+ 2.0
and MyQ Technology. Equipped with the Timer-to-Close
and Motion Detection features. Motion detector activates
the garage door opener lights and locks out remotes for
added security.
Monitor, open and close the garage door, and control
home lighting, all from a smartphone, tablet or computer.
Controls up to two garage doors at once (requires extra
door sensor, sold separately) and up to 16 MyQ devices.
Compatible with all major brands of garage door openers
with photo eyes.
™
®
™
ACCESSORIES
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
80
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Radio Controls
SECURITY+ 2.0 REMOTE
CONTROLS
™
Remote Controls featuring narrow-band multi-frequency
(310/315/390 MHz), Rolling Code Technology. MAX models
are compatible with LiftMaster Garage Door Openers,
Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators and Radio
Receivers manufactured since January 1993.
®
895MAX
893MAX
3-Button Elite Remote Control
3-Button Remote Control
Sleek design includes bright blue LEDs. Unique contoured
shape. Faux leather grip. Controls up to three LiftMaster
Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators,
Gate Operators and/or MyQ Accessories. Compatible
with all Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators,
and Gate Operators manufactured by LiftMaster since
January 1993.
Powerful multi-door Control. Controls up to three
LiftMaster Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door
Operators, Gate Operators and/or MyQ Accessories.
Compatible with all Garage Door Openers, Commercial
Door Operators and Gate Operators manufactured by
LiftMaster since January 1993.
®
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
891LM
1-Button Standard
Remote Control
Program a single Garage Door Opener, Gate Operator,
Commercial Door Operator or MyQ Accessory. With
Security+ 2.0 , users are assured of a new code
with every use. Compatible with a single LiftMaster
Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Opener, Gate Operator and
Commercial Door Operator.
™
™
890MAX
893LM
3-Button Mini Remote Control
3-Button Remote Control
Fits in purse, pocket or on a keychain. Controls up to
three LiftMaster Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door
Operators, Gate Operators and/or MyQ Accessories.
Compatible with all Garage Door Openers, Commercial
Door Operators and Gate Operators manufactured by
LiftMaster since January 1993.
Controls up to three Garage Door, Gate Operators,
Commercial Door Operators or MyQ Accessories. Features
only Security+ 2.0 Rolling Code Technology.
™
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
ACCESSORIES
375LM*
892LT
894LT
2-Button Universal
Remote Control
2-Button Learning
Remote Control
4-Button Learning
Remote Control
Program up to two different brands of garage door
openers. Compatible with most major brands of
Garage Door Openers, Gate Operators and Commercial
Door Operators.
Controls up to two LiftMaster Garage Door Openers,
Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators and/or
MyQ Accessories. Each button operates independently.
Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 , Security+ and
can clone any LiftMaster DIP switch technology.
Controls up to four LiftMaster Garage Door Openers,
Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators and/or
MyQ Accessories. Each button operates independently.
Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 , Security+ and
can clone any LiftMaster DIP switch technology.
™
®
™
*See Radio Compatibility Chart listed with 387LM Universal
Wireless Keyless Entry in the Radio Controls section for
compatible manufacturers.
81
ACCESSORIES
Radio Controls
SECURITY+ 2.0 COMMERCIAL AND
GATED COMMUNITY REMOTE CONTROLS
™
811LM
813LM
1-Button Remote Control
3-Button Remote Control
Extreme range 1-button encrypted DIP switch Remote
Control. Compatible with Security+ 2.0 LiftMaster
Commercial Operators, Gate Operators and Commercial
Receivers. Ideal for applications like gated communities
or commercial applications requiring a large number of
remote controls for a common entrance. Easy to code,12position DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes.
™
®
Extreme range 3-button encrypted DIP switch Remote
Control. Compatible with Security+ 2.0 LiftMaster
Commercial Operators, Gate Operators and Commercial
Receivers. Red/Green/Yellow on buttons designed to be
programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functionality for
Commercial Door Operators. Easy to code, 12-position DIP
switch offers up to 4,096 codes.
™
Security+ 2.0 Commercial and Gated Community Receivers
™
850LM
860LM
Universal Receiver
Weather-Resistant
Universal Receiver
Commercial Access Control
Receiver
Security+ 2.0 narrow band multi-frequency
310/315/390 MHz receiver that virtually eliminates radio
interference. Eliminates customer callbacks due to poor
range performance. 3 channels providing large capacity:
channel 1 (50 remote controls); channel 2 (20 remote
controls); channel 3 (20 remote controls). Compatible with
all Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls. Weather-resistant,
suitable for mounting outdoors.
Security+ 2.0 narrow band multi-frequency
310/315/390 MHz receiver that virtually eliminates radio
interference. Program up to 1,000 remote controls either
individually or block learn with Passport Lite. Duplicate
memory module included that may be removed for
programming additional receivers or safe storage for
backup. Compatible with all Security+ 2.0 Remote
Controls. Designed for outdoor environments. Includes
9 in. antenna.
Security+ 2.0 narrow band multi-frequency 310/315/390
MHz receiver that virtually eliminates radio interference.
Eliminates customer callbacks due to poor range
performance. 3 channels providing large capacity: channel
1 (50 remote controls); channel 2 (20 remote controls);
channel 3 (20 remote controls). Compatible with all
Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls.
™
™
™
™
™
™
ACCESSORIES
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
STAR1000
82
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Radio Controls
SECURITY+ REMOTE CONTROLS
®
Security+ Remote Controls
®
373LM
371LM
971LM
3-Button Remote Control
1-Button Remote Control
1-Button Remote Control
Controls up to three LiftMaster Garage Door Openers,
Commercial Door Operators and/or Gate Operators.
Compatible with 315 MHz Security+ Rolling Code
Technology. 3V lithium battery and visor clip included.
Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ Garage Door
Openers, Gate Operators and Commercial Door Operators.
Program a single Garage Door Opener, Gate Operator
or Commercial Door Operator. With Security+ 315 MHz
Rolling Code Technology, users are assured of a new code
with every use.
Compatible with Garage Door Openers with orange or red
learn buttons or gray antennas. Program a single Garage
Door Opener, Gate Operator or Commercial Door Operator.
With Security+ 390 MHz Rolling Code Technology, users
are assured of a new code with every use.
®
Multi-Code Remote Control
™
300MC
1-Button Remote Control
Compatible with Multi-Code code format.* 300MHz
frequency. Not LiftMaster compatible.
™
*Multi-Code is a registered trademark of the Linear Corporation.
TEXT HERE
418MHz
Remote
IF NEEDED
Controls
ACCESSORIES
DT418
418MHz Remote Controls
1-Button decodable remote control, 418Mhz frequency for
use with Dial Code or Icon 26 Series.
83
ACCESSORIES
Radio Controls
PASSPORT CREDENTIALED RADIO
CONTROL SOLUTIONS
Passport Credentialed Radio Control Solutions
Passport Credentialed Solution
Property managers no longer have to manage several different remote controls for the main gate, tenant gate, visitor doors
and parking entrances. Residential and commercial property management is now simplified with an innovative single remote
control solution that integrates with telephone entry and access control systems.
Passport with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 delivers extreme radio range and provides enhanced credential management through
simplified, menu-driven programming, providing a more effective method of managing entrances within a gated community or
commercial environment.
®
™
PPWR Passport Receiver
Fully compatible with LiftMaster Telephone Entry and Access Control solutions, as well as third party access systems supporting
standard 26-bit, 30-bit, 34-bit and 50-bit Wiegand protocol. It features two operational modes: Pass-Thru and Advanced. PassThru mode automatically passes the defined Wiegand information on to the access control solution.
Passport MAX Remote Controls
Passport Lite Remote Controls
Passport Max
Remote Controls
Passport Lite
Remote Controls
Visor and Keychain Remote Controls. Add the
PPWR Receiver to your access control system
for a one-remote-control solution. Compatible
with PPWR Wiegand Receiver for gate access
control, with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 and
Security+ Residential Garage Door Openers.
Wiegand proximity sensor available with
select keychain Remote Controls for access
control integration with a card reader.
Control for common areas and parking
facilities. Attractively priced remote controls
for high-volume remote control applications,
including commercial properties and parking
garages. Passport Lite Remote Controls are
compatible with Security+ 2.0 Commercial
Door Operators, Gate Operators, commercial
receivers including the with STAR1000 and
the PPWR Security+ 2.0 Wiegand Receiver.
3-Button Passport MAX Visor Remote Control
1-Button Passport Lite Visor Remote Control
PPV3M
PPLV1*
3-Button Mini Passport MAX Keychain
Remote Control
1-Button Mini Passport Lite Keychain
Remote Control
PPK3M
PPLK1*
3-Button Mini Passport MAX Keychain
Proximity Remote Control
1-Button Mini Passport Lite Keychain Proximity
Remote Control
™
®
PPK3PHM
™
™
PPLK1PH*
*Can only be ordered in packages of 10 and 100, add -10 when ordering a 10 pack
and -100 when ordering a 100 pack
ACCESSORIES
SPECIFICATIONS:
Receiver: 12 Volts DC, 50mA
Keychain: 3 Volts (One 2032 Lithium Battery)
Visor: 3 Volts (One 2032 Lithium Battery)
Receiver: Power, Noise, Data Transmission, Valid Message, Access Granted
LEDs
Receiver: 315 MHz or 390 MHz Narrow Band
Frequency
Remote Control: 315 MHz or 390 MHz SAW Stabilized
(Output in Accordance with FCC Part 15)
Buffer
Receiver: 16,000 Rolling Code Users (FIFO)
Memory
Receiver: Non-Volatile
Receiver: -40˚F to 185˚F; -40˚C to 85˚C
Temperature Range
Remote Control: -40˚F to 185˚F; -40˚C to 85˚C
Output
Receiver: 26-and 30-bit Wiegand Formats
Wire/Distance
Receiver: 5 Wire Shielded/1,000 Feet
Enclosure
Receiver: Weather-Resistant NEMA 3 Rated
Dimensions
Receiver: 5-11/16 in. W x 4-1/8 in. H x 1-7/16 in. D
Encoding
Remote Control: Narrow Band, Security+ Rolling Code Technology
Power
84
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Radio Controls
WIRELESS KEYLESS ENTRY
Wireless Keyless Entries
877MAX
877LM
377LM
Wireless Keyless Entry
Wireless Keyless Entry
Open or close the garage door instantly with a private
4-digit code. Program temporary access codes for
visitors or delivery and service personnel. One-buttonto-close feature works with all LiftMaster Garage Door
Openers manufactured since 2006. Compatible with
all Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators
and Gate Operators manufactured by LiftMaster since
January 1993.
Features only LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 . Open or close
your door or gate operator instantly with a private 4-digit
code. Program temporary access codes for visitors or
delivery and service personnel. Mounts outside garage
for convenient access. One-button-to-close feature works
with all LiftMaster Garage Door Openers manufactured
since 2006.
Security+ Wireless
Keyless Entry
®
™
®
Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ 315 MHz Garage
Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators, Gate
Operators and Radio Control Receivers. Temporary
password option. Program code directly from keypad.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
387LM
Universal Wireless
Keyless Entry
Compatible with most major brands of garage door
openers and gate operators. Open or close the garage
door without using a remote control or key. Users can also
program a temporary code for friends and service people.
Completely wireless installation.
MODEL 375LM AND 387LM ARE COMPATIBLE WITH THE FOLLOWING:
LiftMaster
Security+ 2.0
Rolling Code
LiftMaster
Security+
Rolling Code
LiftMaster
Billion Code
LiftMaster
DIP Switch
(7, 8 & 9 pos)
Genie Intellicode
Rolling Code
Genie
DIP Switch
(9 and 12 pos)
Frequency
310/315/390 MHz
315 or 390 MHz
390 MHz
390 MHz
315 or 390 MHz
390 MHz
Manufacturer/
Code Format
MultiCode
Linear
MegaCode
Moore-O-Matic
DIP Switch
(8 pos) (Delta3 )
Stanley
SecureCode
Rolling Code
Stanley
DIP Switch
(10 pos)
Wayne-Dalton
Frequency
300MHz
310MHz
310MHz
310MHz
372MHz
™
®
318MHz
®
®
®
®
LiftMaster is a trademark of The Chamberlain Group. Intellicode is a trademark of Genie Company. MultiCode , MegaCode and Delta3 are trademarks of Linear Corporation. Stanley SecureCode
is a trademark of The Stanley Works.
®
®
®
®
®
NOTE: Chart applicable to the 375LM Universal Remote Control
85
ACCESSORIES
Manufacturer/
Code Format
ACCESSORIES
Radio Controls
COMMERCIAL OPERATOR AND
GATE RECEIVER ACCESSORIES
Radio Control Accessories
Medium-Duty External
Antenna Kit
EXT-ANT
*Radio Control and Accessory Discount applies.
86LM
Remote Control Antenna
Mounting Kit
For use with models 312HM, 412HM, 850LM, 860LM and
Star1000 when remote operation is needed. Kit contains
antenna bracket and 15 ft. of cable.
86LMT
Antenna Extension Kit
For use with models 312HM, 412HM, 850LM, 860LM and
Star1000 when remote operation is needed. Kit contains
antenna bracket and 25 ft. of cable.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
ACCESSORIES
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
86
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Radio Controls
DIGITAL REMOTE CONTROLS
Digital Remote Controls
361LM/61LM
1-Button Remote Control
Easy code selection. 9-position trinary DIP switches
with 19,683 changeable codes per channel. Red LED
indicates battery strength and signals sent transmissions.
12V battery and directional visor clip included. 315 MHz
(361LM)/390 MHz (61LM).
333LM/33LM
Tri-Colored, 3-Button
Remote Control
Red, yellow and green actuators for easy identification.
Accommodates commercial operators requiring OPEN/
CLOSE/STOP functions. Easy code selection. 9-position
trinary DIP switches with 19,683 changeable codes per
channel. Red LED indicates battery strength and signals
sent transmissions. 12V battery and visor clip included.
315 MHz (333LM)/390 MHz (33LM).
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
ACCESSORIES
NOTE: Indicate door width and height when ordering.
87
ACCESSORIES
Radio Controls
WIRELESS COMMERCIAL KEYPADS
Commercial Wireless Keypads
Wireless Keypad
Wireless controls are used to supplement hardwired,
push-button and key control stations. Wireless controls
cannot be used in place of hardwired controls.
WKP250LM3
Wireless access control keypad. Compatible with
LiftMaster 315 MHz rolling code receivers. 250 code
capacity, 4-digit codes. Up to 500 ft. range.
®
Wireless Keypad
WKP5LM3
Wireless access control keypad. Compatible with
LiftMaster 315 MHz rolling code. 5 code capacity, 4-digit
codes. Up to 500 ft. range.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
ACCESSORIES
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
88
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Radio Controls
TRANSFORMERS
85LM
Optional Universal Radio
Control Plug-In AC Transformer
95LM
Optional Transformer
110VAC input, 22VDC output. 2-wire connection.
Power input level: 105–135 AC. Plug-in jack for
easy installation.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
ACCESSORIES
NOTE: Indicate door width and height when ordering.
89
MISCELLANEOUS
MISCELLANEOUS
LiftMaster Standard Terms, Conditions, Policies
and Procedures
This document contains LiftMaster’s Standard Terms, Conditions,
Shipping Terms: Shipments will be Free On Board (F.O.B.) from
Policies and Procedures, which apply to all LiftMaster products
LiftMaster’s facility. Scheduled or stipulated shipping dates are
including:
approximate and based upon prompt receipt of all necessary information
• Residential Garage Door Openers and Accessories
from the Customer. If shipment is delayed at the Customer’s request,
• Commercial Door Operators and Accessories
or because of Customer acts or omissions, LiftMaster has the right to
• Residential and Commercial Gate Operators and Accessories
store the goods at a location of LiftMaster’s choice at the Customer’s
• Access Controls
risk and expense. Title to and risk of loss of the goods pass to the
These terms, conditions, policies and procedures may be occasionally
Customer upon delivery to the common carrier at the F.O.B. point,
modified by The Chamberlain® Group, Inc. (“LiftMaster”). Unless
subject to any applicable lien right of LiftMaster. It is the Customer’s
a Customer provides prompt, written notice on receipt of order
responsibility to file any shortage or damaged goods claims with the
acknowledgement objecting to any of these terms, conditions, policies
common carrier.
and procedures (including inconsistencies between the Customer’s
purchase order and LiftMaster’s terms and conditions), the Customer
Freight Terms: All products ship on a “pre-paid and add” basis unless
agrees that these terms, conditions, policies and procedures shall
previously agreed to in writing, or as noted in this document. Freight
become part of the purchase contract between the Customer
costs will be added to the Customer’s invoice. However when ordering
and LiftMaster. LiftMaster’s acknowledgment shall operate as its
ten (10) or more LiftMaster Gate Operators, prepaid freight is not added
acceptance of the Customer’s purchase order, but such acceptance is
to the invoice.
made expressly conditional on assent by the Customer to these terms,
Note that these orders may only consist of gate operators and
conditions, policies and procedures.
corresponding accessories. Any non-related product must ship under
a separate purchase order and will ship on LiftMaster’s standard freight
The Customer and LiftMaster agree that LiftMaster’s acknowledgment,
policy, “pre-paid and add.”
including these terms, conditions, policies and procedures, shall
constitute the complete and final agreement between the Customer
Back Orders: Orders that cannot be completely filled will be held until
and LiftMaster for such order, and the products received should only
all line items (or equivalent) on the purchase order can be shipped.
be delivered accordingly (except as may otherwise be agreed in writing
Back orders may be requested by the Customer. In this case, both
between the Customer and LiftMaster). These terms, conditions,
the original shipment and the back ordered items will ship based on
policies and procedures are subject to LiftMaster’s standard terms and
LiftMaster’s standard shipping policy. The Customer will be responsible
conditions of sale, which are incorporated herein by reference and are
for all associated freight charges, which will be added to the invoice per
available upon request.
the Customer’s shipping instructions.
Customers should contact their LiftMaster Sales Representative
Order Lead Times - Stock Product: LiftMaster will make every
with any questions regarding these terms, conditions, policies
reasonable attempt to ship standard items within four (4) business
and procedures.
days from order receipt, unless otherwise requested. Orders for
Customer pick up and for Customers sending in carriers of their
I. Order Placement & Shipping Policies
choice will be dated according to Customer’s requirements, providing
Order Minimum: A minimum of $25.00 U.S. is required for each order.
there is sufficient lead time. Orders for truckload quantities or multiple
truckloads may require a longer lead time which will be communicated
Order Acknowledgements: Orders will be acknowledged within one
when the order is placed. Any large quantity of one model may require
(1) business day of receipt, provided that proper e-mail information is
additional time for fulfillment and lead time will be communicated on the
given on the order. Once supplied, LiftMaster will add an e-mail address
acknowledgment.
to a Customer’s account information for communication purposes,
including invoicing. During order processing, an update will be e-mailed
Order Lead Times - Special Order Product: LiftMaster requires
to Customers with an estimated shipping time window. Once an order
ten (10) business days lead time for special order products and up to
has shipped from a LiftMaster facility, a shipping notification will be sent
twenty-one (21) business days for make-to-order specials requiring
in the same manner as the order acknowledgement with appropriate
engineering time to build the product. For details on commercial door
shipment tracking information.
operator and gate operator specialty products, please contact your
LiftMaster Sales Representative or Customer Care Representative.
2
I. Order Placement and Shipping Policies (con’t.)
Credit Hold Policy: Any order on credit hold must be released and
Orders must be picked up in their entirety. The most important criteria
shipped within ten (10) days of the order date. After ten (10) days, the
when loading any Customer pickup order is safety. If LiftMaster
order will be cancelled and must be reordered. New orders may be
distribution personnel determine a Customer vehicle to be undersized
subject to new pricing at the time the new order is entered.
or unsafe, LiftMaster reserves the right to refuse to load. LiftMaster
distribution personnel will not be expected to spend an inordinate
Shipping Point - Service and Replacement Parts: All service and
length of time loading any vehicle due to its limitations. Customers
replacement parts orders will ship from LiftMaster’s Parts Distribution
need to provide and attach tie downs to safely secure the load.
Center in Tucson, Arizona. Replacement/service parts should be
ordered separately from other LiftMaster products. Replacement parts
If the Customer’s order is not picked up on the date requested, the
shipments of less than $1,000 U.S. are all expedited to ship same day
Customer will be contacted within one (1) business day by LiftMaster
providing the order is received by 2:00 p.m. Mountain Time, and only
Customer Care to provide a new pick up date. If LiftMaster is unable
replacement/service parts are on the purchase order.
to contact the Customer or the order is not picked up within five (5)
business days after the originally scheduled date, LiftMaster will attempt
Drop Shipments: If a Customer has more than one place of business,
one more contact, and then the order will be cancelled.
a separate account number for each ship-to location should be
established with LiftMaster to avoid a drop shipment fee. To arrange for
Shipping Errors: If a shipping error is made, the Customer must
additional account numbers, Customers should contact a LiftMaster
notify LiftMaster within two (2) business days of product receipt by
Credit Analyst at 630.993.6323 or e-mail [email protected]
calling 800.323.2276. If applicable, a Returned Goods Authorization
For orders requesting drop shipment, there will be a 25% fee assessed
(RGA) with return instructions will be issued and a new shipment will
for each order. No drop shipments will be made to destinations outside
be created for order replacement. In the case of shipment overage, an
of the United States or Canada.
RGA will be issued, and the original invoice will be credited upon return
of the product. LiftMaster will provide return instructions for either small
Customer Pick-Up Orders: LiftMaster’s products are available for
parcel or common carrier returns. LiftMaster will assume all costs and
Customer pick-up at LiftMaster’s distribution centers via a Customer
risks for the product being returned due to errors attributable solely to
truck or their selected carrier. Customer pick up is limited to the product
LiftMaster.
stocked and on-hand at the distribution center at the time the order
is placed. The Customer will be asked to provide the date they will
Shipment Damages: When the Customer receives an order, all
be picking up their order and, unless otherwise notified, LiftMaster
freight bills should be noted with any damage included (supported with
will have the Customer’s order ready on that date. Customers who
photos, if possible). The carrier should be contacted by the Customer.
have arranged to pick up on the date they requested or have given
Copies of claims should also be sent to LiftMaster for its records.
LiftMaster’s warehouse team at least a two (2) hour notice to get their
order ready for same day pick up will be given priority.
Due to the high volume nature of LiftMaster’s business, out-of-stock
situations may occur. The Customer will be notified in advance when
this situation arises, and LiftMaster will work with the Customer to
assess other options.
3
II. Order Cancellation
Special orders, make-to-order, engineer-to-order or any orders with
LiftMaster warrants to the first end user purchaser (the “Purchaser”) that
modifications added cannot be cancelled after the date the order is
its products are free from defect and/or workmanship from the date of
received by LiftMaster. Cancellation or refusal of a shipment will result
shipment for the warranty period provided in the operator’s manual or
in a cancellation charge of 50% of the invoiced order amount, except
packaging accompanying such product. The warranty period begins
where prior contractual agreements have been completed.
on the date of purchase.
Payment of any cancellation charges must be made within thirty (30)
The proper operation of a product is dependent on the compliance
days from date of invoice. LiftMaster has the right to cancel any order at
by the Purchaser with the instructions regarding installation, operation,
any time, upon written notice, for any breach of terms by the Customer
maintenance and testing. Failure to comply strictly with those
(including these terms and conditions), and LiftMaster is entitled to
instructions will void this warranty in its entirety.
collect cancellation charges as identified above. The Customer has
the right to cancel any order at any time, upon written notice, of any
Specific product warranties can be found either in the product user’s
material breach by LiftMaster of the terms of such order. No termination
manual or on Dealer.LiftMaster.com. If, during the limited warranty
by the Customer for default will be effective unless LiftMaster has failed
period, the product appears to contain a defect covered by this limited
to correct the alleged default within thirty (30) days after receipt by
warranty, call the LiftMaster Technical Support Center.
LiftMaster of the written notice specifying the default.
Garage Door Openers and Accessories: 800.528.6563
III. Pricing, Taxes and Payment
Gate Operators and Accessories/Access Controls: 800.528.2806
Prices: Prices are subject to change without notice to reflect LiftMaster’s
Commercial Door Operators and Accessories: 800.528.2806
prices, and applicable freight or transportation rates, as of the date of
shipment. Unless specified by LiftMaster, all prices are in U.S. dollars.
This limited warranty is in lieu of any other warranties, express or
implied, including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for
Taxes: Prices specified do not include sales, excise or other taxes
a particular purpose or otherwise, and of any other obligations or liability
payable on account of the transaction(s) between LiftMaster and the
on LiftMaster’s part. This limited warranty does not cover non-defect
Customer. All taxes are in addition to these prices and are paid by the
damage, damage caused by improper installation, operation or care
Customer.
(including, but not limited to abuse, misuse, failure to provide reasonable
and necessary maintenance, unauthorized repairs or any alterations to
Payment: Payment terms are 1% twenty (20) net thirty (30) days. All
the product), labor charges for reinstalling a repaired or replaced unit,
due dates are calculated from date of invoice.
problems related to interference, or replacement of batteries.
Internet Minimum Advertised Pricing Policy: LiftMaster has
Under no circumstances will LiftMaster be liable for consequential,
adopted an Internet Minimum Advertised Pricing Policy to preserve
incidental or special damages arising in connection with use, or inability
its strong reputation for providing Customers with high value products
to use, the product. LiftMaster’s liability for breach of warranty, breach
and after-sales support. Please refer to the IMAP Policy document for
of contract, negligence or strict liability will not exceed the cost of
details.
the product covered hereby. No person is authorized to assume for
LiftMaster any other liability in connection with the sale of the product.
IV. Limited Warranty
LiftMaster offers the limited warranty for any product described in the
Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of consequential,
product’s operators manual or accompanying packaging. In the event
incidental or special damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may
any published warranty differs from the standard LiftMaster limited
not apply to the Purchaser. This limited warranty gives the Purchaser
warranty set forth below, the product-specific limited warranty will be
specific legal rights, and the Purchaser may also have other rights
used. LiftMaster’s standard limited warranty is as follows:
which vary from state to state.
4
V. Limitation of Liability
In no event will LiftMaster or its employees, officers and directors
In the U.S.
In Canada
be liable for consequential, special, indirect, incidental, punitive or
Chamberlain/LiftMaster
Chamberlain Group Canada
exemplary damages, costs, expenses, or losses (including lost profits,
Att: Returns Department
Att: RGA Department
or opportunity costs), regardless of the form of action, damage,
6050 S. Country Club Road,
400 Courtney Park Drive East, Unit 2
claim, liability, cost, expense, or loss, whether in contract, statute, tort
Suite180
Mississauga, Ontario LST 255
(including negligence), or otherwise.
Tucson, AZ 85706
Canada
LiftMaster, its employees, officers and directors will not be liable to the
For product returns of less than 75 lbs. (small parcels), Customers must
Customer for any actions, damages, claims, liabilities, costs expenses,
contact either the Technical Support Department or the Customer Care
or losses in any way arising out of or relating to this agreement or the
Department, and a return shipping label will be provided. An e-mail RGA
products for an aggregate amount in excess of the fees actually paid for
with a link to the return shipping label will be provided and returned via
the products giving rise to the liability.
UPS World Ship. Tracking for each return is available.
No terms of this agreement will be enforceable by or create any right or
For returns of finished goods not deemed small parcels, the Customer
cause of action for or on behalf of any person or entity other than the
Care Department must be contacted to arrange for LiftMaster’s
Customer and LiftMaster and LiftMaster’s successors and assignees.
contracted carrier to pick up defective products and return them to
LiftMaster’s Tucson facility. Again, credit will not be issued for any out-of-
VI. Return Policy and Procedure
warranty and non-defective products, and a pro-rated freight amount
In-Warranty Products/Parts: LiftMaster provides assistance installing
will be deducted from the Customer’s total credit due. Returns shipped
and servicing its products, and technical support is available, toll-free,
collect to LiftMaster will be refused and returned to the Customer at
as follows:
their expense.
Garage Door Openers and Accessories: 800.528.6563
Out-of-Warranty Products/Parts: LiftMaster will not issue credit
Gate Operators and Accessories/Access Controls: 800.528.2806
for or replace an out-of-warranty product or replacement part that no
Commercial Door Operators and Accessories: 800.528.2806
longer functions properly. Products that are out-of-warranty will not be
authorized for return.
In the event that the Technical Support Department cannot rectify a
product issue, LiftMaster will accept the return of a defective product
Non-Defective Returns: In addition to warrantied products,
still under warranty. To return such product, a Returned Goods
unopened standard, off-the-shelf products and replacement parts may
Authorization (RGA) must be obtained. An approved RGA document
be returned for credit within ninety (90) days of invoice date. All standard
(including the RGA number), must accompany the returned product.
products returned for credit must be received within ninety (90) days
The RGA number must be written on the carton used to ship the
of invoice date and in new, unused condition in original unopened
returned product. All items must be returned with complete identification
cartons. An RGA must be obtained prior to returning the product. All
(RGA document and number), freight prepaid and in accordance with
products approved for credit must be returned freight prepaid, and a
all of the above-noted instructions. Returns received without proper
25% restocking charge will be deducted from the credit amount. A
authorization may be delayed and/or refused. LiftMaster will not be
minimum of $10 U.S. will be charged against the product credit for
responsible for any items returned without proper authorization or
the return shipping, unless the Customer uses, and pays for, its own
identification. All items must be returned to:
shipping method. No returns will be accepted if shipped collect to
the LiftMaster facility. Non-defective returns will not be accepted on
discounted products.
Commercial door operators and residential and commercial gate
operators that are modified by LiftMaster per Customer request or
built-to-order by LiftMaster per Customer request cannot be returned
for credit. This includes all commercial door operators and residential
and commercial gate operators with custom wiring, limits, transformers
or other modifications. LiftMaster will not be responsible for any items
returned without proper authorization or identification.
5
VII. Miscellaneous
Quotations: All written quotations automatically expire unless accepted
Governing Law: Any order for products and these terms and
within thirty (30) days from the date quoted and unless otherwise noted.
conditions shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with,
Verbal quotations expire the same day they are made. All quotations
the laws of the State of Illinois, U.S.A. notwithstanding any conflict of
are subject to approval by an authorized LiftMaster representative. All
laws principles thereof. The parties agree that the courts of the State of
stenographic and clerical errors are subject to correction.
Illinois and/or the United States District Court for the Northern District of
Illinois shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any litigation arising between
Remedies: In case the Customer fails to make payments in
the parties, and the parties hereto hereby agree to submit themselves
accordance with the terms outlined in this document, LiftMaster, in
to the personal jurisdiction of said courts.
addition to its other rights and remedies, may, at its option, defer further
shipments until such payments are made or may terminate the order.
Waiver: Any waiver by LiftMaster of any breach or default by the
The Customer shall not have any cause of action or be entitled to any
Customer of any of the Customer’s obligations hereunder, and any
offset, counterclaim or recoupment against LiftMaster by reason of any
failure by LiftMaster to enforce any rights arising hereunder, will not be
such action. The Customer agrees to pay any legal fees which may be
construed as a waiver of any other breach or default by the Customer
necessary to effect collection.
or of LiftMaster’s right to enforce its rights arising hereunder in any other
circumstances.
Force Majeure: In the event LiftMaster’s performance hereunder
is limited or prevented in whole or in part by acts of God, fire, war,
LiftMaster reserves the right to make pricing, design or specification
civil disorders, strikes, explosions, embargoes, accidents, epidemics,
changes without notice.
floods, storms, shortages or failure of any source of supply or
transportation upon which LiftMaster is dependent, or by any rule,
regulation, order or other action taken by any governmental authority
or causes not reasonably within LiftMaster’s control whether or not
specifically provided herein, LiftMaster shall be excused, discharged
and released of performance to the extent such performance is
limited or prevented without liability for damages of any kind. Nothing
herein contained shall be construed as requiring LiftMaster to accede
to any demands of labor or labor unions, suppliers or other parties
which LiftMaster considers unreasonable. If by reason of any of the
aforesaid circumstances LiftMaster’s supply of any of the goods shall
be insufficient to meet all of LiftMaster’s requirements hereunder,
LiftMaster’s orders with its Customers and for LiftMaster’s own uses,
LiftMaster shall have the right at LiftMaster’s option and without liability
hereunder to apportion LiftMaster’s available supply of products among
any and all of LiftMaster’s Customers, including LiftMaster’s affiliates
and itself, in such manner as LiftMaster in LiftMaster’s sole discretion
considers equitable.
Assignment: No assignment of any right or interest or delegation of
any obligation or performance of the Customer hereunder may be
made without the prior written consent of LiftMaster. Any attempted
assignment or delegation will be wholly void and totally ineffective for
all purposes.
6
© 2014 LiftMaster All Rights Reserved
LMOOBDOALL 10/14
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement